Skip to main content

Full text of "A practical training in English"

See other formats


A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING 
IN  ENGLISH 


BY 

H.    A.    KELLOW    M.A. 

HEAD  OF  THE   ENGLISH    DEPARTMENT  ALLAN   GLEN'S  SCHOOL  GLASGOW 


D.  C.  HEATH  &  CO.  PUBLISHERS  ^> 
BOSTON    NEW  YORK    CHICAGO 
1912 


It? 

6M\ 

\f/Q\ 


TURNBUI.I.  AND  SPEARS,    PRINTERS,    EDINBURGH 


PREFACE 

THIS  book  is  intended  for  those  who  have  received  the  usual 
elementary  grounding  in  English  and  are  ready  to  begin  more 
advanced  work. 

The  lessons  follow  actual  class-room  practice  as  far  as  possible, 
and  therefore  may  be  regarded  as  a  kind  of  casual  teaching,  but  on 
a  formal  basis.  By  this  method  it  is  hoped  to  train  the  pupil  into 
a  certain  routine  proficiency  without  destroying  his  initiative. 

The  Questions  and  Exercises  which  follow  the  poems  are  designed 
to  elucidate  the  text,  to  promote  independent  judgment  on  the  part 
of  the  pupil,  to  prepare  his  mind  for  the  subsequent  matter,  and,  in 
some  cases,  to  refresh  his  memory  in  regard  to  former  lessons.  The 
word  Composition  which  forms  the  second  heading  is  used  in  a  very 
wide  sense.  It  will  be  seen  to  embrace  not  only  the  usual  exercises, 
definitions,  etc.,  but  also  logical  analysis  and  even  a  little  elementary 
criticism,  given  by  way  of  digression.  The  heading  Prosody  is  self- 
explanatory.  It  should  be  stated  that  in  the  earlier  lessons  the 
metre  has  occasionally  been  regularised,  but  cautions  against 
a  too  mechanical  scansion  are  also  provided.  An  attempt  has 
been  made  to  visualise  certain  stanza  forms :  but  these  dia- 
grams are  in  nowise  to  be  regarded  as  a  substitute  for  the  usual 
memorising  of  a  sample  stanza.  In  certain  cases  the  broader 
metrical  variations  have  been  shown ;  and,  although  there  are 
modulations  of  the  voice  which  no  symbols  can  represent,  the 
teacher  may  use  these  diagrams  as  a  basis  for  lessons  on  the  finer 
gradations  of  stressing.  The  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions,  it  is 
hoped,  will  provide  sufficient  practice  in  derivation  and  will  give  a 
training  in  the  minute  observation  of  a  particular  passage.  The 
Roots  have  all  been  taken  from  Skeat's  Etymological  Dictionary. 

Many  more  exercises  might  have  been  devised.     It  is  thought 

5 


6  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

that  sufficient  have  been  given  to  fix  the  required  ideas  and  at  the 
same  time  retain  the  interest  of  the  pupil.  Be  this  as  it  may,  other 
exercises  can  easily  be  improvised  from  the  additional  poems. 
These  have  been  printed  generally  as  test  pieces ;  but  occasionally 
they  serve  also  to  break  new  ground. 

Lessons  on  the  growth  of  the  English  Language  and  Literature 
have  been  placed  at  intervals  throughout  the  book,  and,  where 
possible,  these  have  been  correlated  with  each  other  and  with  the 
illustrative  extracts  preceding  and  following  them.  For  this  reason 
the  archaic  spelling  has  been  retained  in  many  poems.  These  latter 
range  from  Chaucer  to  Swinburne. 

The  Time  Charts  show  not  only  the  chronological  sequence  of 
the  various  authors  but  also  the  different  departments  of  literature 
to  which  they  gave  their  chief  strength.  Some  of  the  charts,  too, 
give  at  a  glance  the  characteristics  of  any  given  period — whether  it 
was  a  time  of  dialects,  and  so  on. 

For  these  charts  and  for  other  valuable  assistance  the  writer  is 
deeply  indebted  to  Mr  John  Talman,  M.A.,  one  of  the  lecturers  in 
History  at  the  University  of  Glasgow.  When  properly  used  such 
charts  are  a  splendid  teaching  instrument,  and  they  are  bound  to 
add  to  the  value  of  the  book. 

To  Mr  Theodore  Watts-Dunton,  the  friend  and  literary  executor 
of  Swinburne,  grateful  acknowledgment  is  made  for  permission  to 
print  the  extract  from  Tristram  of  Lyonesse,  and  to  Messrs  Ellis  for 
a  like  courtesy  in  respect  of  Rossetti's  poem  The  Sea  Limits. 

H.  A.  K. 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

1.  ORIGIN  OF  ENGLISH       .  .  .  .  .  9 

2.  A   Wish   .  .  .  .  .  .  .  .15 

3.  A  Green  Cornfield          .  .  .  .  .  .21 

4.  Earl  March        .......          25 

5.  The  Pride  of  Youth        ......          30 

6.  NATIVE  AND   FOREIGN  WORDS  .  .  .  -35 

7.  Winter    ........  40 

8.  A  Summer's  Morning   ......          44 

9.  Lament  for  Culloden      ......  50 

10.  To  the  Cuckoo     .......  54 

11.  Character  of  a  Happy  Life         .  .  .  .  .58 

12.  THE  CELTS  AND  THE  SCANDIANS         ....  63 

13.  Jock  o'  Hazeldean  ......  68 

14.  Sweet  and  Sour  .  ......  73 

15.  Instinct   ........  77 

16.  THE  INFLUENCE  OF   LATIN:   (l)   THE   ROMAN   OCCUPATION  8l 

17.  Lord  Ullirfs  Daughter  .  .  .  .  .  .85 

1 8.  A  Spring  Morning        .  .  .  .  .  .91 

19.  The  Ploughman  .......          94 

20.  The  Scholar        .......  99 

21.  THE      INFLUENCE      OF      LATIN:       (2)      INTRODUCTION      OF 

CHRISTIANITY.      EARLY  LITERATURE  .  .  .103 

22.  Sir  Galahad        .  .  .  .  .  .  .108 

23.  Sir  Arthur  O'Kellyn      .  .  .  .  .  .116 

24.  The  Norman  Baron        .  .  .  .  .  .121 

25.  THE  INFLUENCE  OF   LATIN  :   (3)  THE   NORMAN  CONQUEST  127 

26.  The  Quiet  of  Evening    .  .  .  .  .  .132 

27.  Solitude  ....  ...         136 

28.  The  Nightingale  and  the  Glow-worm   .  .  .  139 

29.  Lucy  Gray  .......         143 


8  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

30.  HOW  jENGLISC  BECAME  ENGLISH  :   THE  DIALECTS    .  .  149 

31.  Theseus  and  the  Minotaur         .  .  .  .  .155 

32.  Sir  Patrick  Spens  .  .  .  .  .  .162 

33.  THE  INFLUENCE  OF  LATIN  :   (4)  THE  REVIVAL  OF  LEARNING  170 

34.  Magic  Music       .  .  .  .  .  .  .177 

35.  The  Debate  of  the  Fallen  Angels  .  .          -  .  .         181 

36.  The  Swallow      .  .  .  .  .  .  .186 

37.  THE   INFLUENCE   OF   VARIOUS   LANGUAGES   UPON    ENGLISH 

LITERATURE  .......  193 

38.  The  Skylark        .......        200 

39.  THE     INFLUENCE     OF     VARIOUS     LANGUAGES     UPON      THE 

ENGLISH   VOCABULARY  .....  205 

40.  The  Destruction  of  Sennacherib  ....         209 

41.  To  a  Skylark      .  .  .  .  .  .  .215 

42.  Elegy  written  in  a  Country  Church-yard         .  .223 

43.  THE  INFLUENCE  OF  THE  FRENCH  REVOLUTION  :  ROMANTICISM      232 

44.  Descriptive  Passages  (from  Coleridge) ....         238 

45.  From  The  Deserted  Village       ...  .         240 

46.  Home  Thoughts,  from  Abroad  .  .  .  .  .241 

47.  From  The  Forsaken  Merman    .  .  .         242 

48.  Nature  Painting  (from  Keats)  .  .  .         243 

49.  The  Sea-Limits  .......         245 

50.  On  the  Sea          ...  ...         246 

51.  The  Swimmer     .....  .         247 

52.  Shameful  Death  .......         249 

53.  THE  SPREAD   OF  ENGLISH  TO  OTHER   LANDS  .  .  251 

54.  The  Storm          .......  257 

55.  From  Snow-Bound        ......  258 

56.  A  Happy  Life     .....                         .  259 

57.  Time  and  Love  .....                         .  260 

58.  Nature     ....                                      .             .  261 

59.  The  Chambered  Nautilus           .....  262 
LIST  OF  AUTHORS  ;  OF  ROOTS  ;  OF  PREFIXES  AND  SUFFIXES  263 
GENERAL  INDEX               ......  269 


A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING 
IN  ENGLISH 

i 

ORIGIN   OF   ENGLISH 

ABOUT  the  middle  of  the  fifth  century  certain  Germanic  tribes 
left  their  homes  on  the  low-lying  shores  of  the  North  Sea, 
crossed  over  into  Britain,  drove  the  natives  of  that  island  to  the 
mountainous  districts,  and  set  up  kingdoms  of  their  own  in  the 
conquered  territory.  No  doubt  there  were  many  fierce  battles, 
much  ruthless  slaughter,  and  perhaps  even  actual  extermination, 
before  the  natives — who  were  called  Celts — yielded  up  their  land 
and  the  invasion  thus  became  a  settlement..  Except  the  names  of 
the  victorious  bands,  practically  nothing  has  been  recorded  of  these 
early  wars.  All  the  tribes  were  of  the  same  descent,  and,  with 
slight  differences,  spoke  a  common  tongue ;  but  all  did  not  land 
at  precisely  the  same  time  nor  at  the  same  place.  Their  names  and 
their  order  of  arrival  are  : 

THE  JUTES,  who  probably  came  from  Jutland  about  449. 

THE  SAXONS,  who  came  from  the  country  between  the  Elbe  and 
the  Eider  about  477, 

THE  ANGLES,  who  came  from  Schleswig-Holstein  about  530. 

While  dwelling  on  the  continent  each  tribe  had  occupied  its  own 
separate  tract  of  land,  and  this  arrangement  was  adhered  to  in 
Britain.  The  Jutes,  the  first  comers,  settled  down  in  Kent, 
Hampshire,  and  the  Isle  of  Wight.  The  Saxons  colonised 
Sussex,  Wessex,  and  Essex.  The  Angles,  the  last  comers  and 
most  formidable  in  numbers,  occupied  a  great  stretch  of  the 
eastern  seaboard  from  Norfolk  to  the  Forth.  This  territory  was 

9 


io  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

called  after  its  owners,  Engleland,  ^Englaland,  or  England.  In 
course  of  time  the  name  England  came  to  betoken  all  the  land 
ruled  by  all  three  tribes.  Likewise  the  language  spoken  by  all  three 
tribes  came  to  be  known  as  ^Englisc,  that  is,  the  speech  of  the 
Angles.  From  ^Englisc  the  modern  word  "  English  "  is  derived. 

But  the  language  spoken  so  many  centuries  ago  differed  widely 
from  that  now  current.  For  example,  to  present-day  users  of  English 
the  sense  of  the  following  collection  of  words  is  not  easily  apparent : 

Thissa  tida  sibbe  Qnd  smyltnesse  nfl  monige  on  Northhymbra  theode  ge  sethele 
ge  unsethele  hi  sylfe  Qnd  heora  beam  gyrnath  to  mynstre  Qnd  to  Codes  theowdome 
swithor  to  syllanne,  thonne  hi  synd  to  begangenne  woruldlicne  camphad. 

Yet  these  are  all  dLnglisc  words,  their  meaning  in  modern  English 
being  thus  expressed : 

At  this  time  of  peace  and  quiet  many  people  of  the  Northumbrians,  both 
nobility  and  commonality,  prepare  to  give  themselves  and  their  children  to  the 
monastery  and  to  God's  service  rather  than  to  follow  after  worldly  warfare. 

In  the  course  of  time,  so  great  has  been  the  change  that  it  is  hard 
to  believe  that  these  two  passages  are  written  in  the  same  language. 
But  such  is  indeed  the  case;  and  the  fact  that  the  language  now 
has  an  altered  appearance  can  be  largely  explained  from  history. 
Although  the  first  passage  has  been  purposely  selected  to  show 
dissimilarity,  yet  even  in  their  ^Englisc  form  some  words  in  it  may 
be  readily  recognised;  e.g.  thissa  =  this,  monige  =  many,  ond  =  and, 
to  Godes  =  to  God's,  thonne  =  than.  Moreover,  in  some  sentences 
it  is  possible  to  recognise  almost  every  ^Englisc  word  as  a  modern 
word;  and  thus  the  change  may  not  be  so  great  after  all.  For 
example,  take  the  following  passage  from  an  old  gospel : 

Se  deofol  cwseth  to  Criste  :  "  Gif  thu  sie  Codes  sunu,  cweth  to  thissum 
stanum  thset  hie  beon  a-wgnde  to  hlafum." 

The  next  table,  which  is  not  nearly  exhaustive,  consists  of  words 
which  have  remained  almost  unaltered  since  their  first  recorded  use ; 
and  therefore  it  demonstrates  that  so  far  as  the  ordinary  vocabulary 
of  the  language  is  concerned  vEnglisc  and  English  are  identical. 


ORIGIN  OF  ENGLISH 


ii 


Table  showing  Identity 


EARLIER 

EARLIEST 

PARTS  OF  SPEECH. 

PRESENT  FORM. 

FORM, 

ABOUT 

FORM, 

BEFORE 

1400. 

900. 

Classes  of  Words. 

Noons           (a)  Minerals 

stone 

stone 

Stan 

(b)  Food 

bread 

breed 

bread 

(c)  Common  animals 

horse 

hors 

hors 

(d)  Parts  of  the  body 

heart 

herte 

heort 

(e)  Kindred 

father 

fader 

faeder 

(/)  Emotions 

sorrow 

sorwe 

sorg 

(g)  Servant  and  house 

steward 

stiward 

stiweard 

(h)  Times  and  seasons 

winter 

winter 

winter 

(z)  Natural  occurrences 

rain 

reyn 

regn 

(/)  General  ideas 

heap 
steam 
death 

heap 
steam 
death 

heap 
steam 
death 

Adjectives  (a)  Common  qualities  \ 

grim 
earnest 

grim 
ernest 

grimm 
eornest 

(b)  Colour  (primary) 

black 

blak 

blaec 

(c)  General 

deaf 
young 

deef 
yong 

deaf 
yeong 

/ 

fallen 

fallen 

feallen 

think 

think 

thyncan 

Verbs           Most  common  actions  - 

seek 

seke 

secan 

stand 

stand 

stand  an 

- 

bid 

bidden 

biddan 

Adverbs       (a)  Direction 

north 

north 

north  (norj>) 

(b)  Time 

ever 

ever 

aefre 

(c)  Manner 

fast 

fast 

faeste 

(d)  Place 

hither 

hither 

hider 

Conjunctions 

for 

for 

for 

and 

and 

and 

but 

but 

buton 

Prepositions 

betwixt 

betwixe 

betweox 

at 

at 

act 

on 

on 

on 

Pronouns 

he 

he 

he 

that 

that 

thaet 

I 

I 

Ic 

12 


A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 


But  it  must  not  be  thought  that  all  the  words  now  in  use  formed 
part  of  the  original  ^Englisc  language.  Thousands  of  new  words 
have  been  added  since  the  Jutes  and  Saxons  and  Angles  made  their 
settlements  in  Britain ;  some  ^Englisc  words  have  been  altered 
almost  beyond  recognition,  and  many  have  dropped  out  of  use 
altogether.  The  next  table  shows  how  greatly  some  words  have 
changed  their  form. 

Table  showing  Difference 


PARTS  OF 
SPEECH. 

PRESENT  FORM. 

EARLIER  FORM, 
ABOUT  1400. 

EARLIEST  FORM, 
BEFORE  QOO. 

Nouns 

lord 
burial 
groundsel 
shelter 
daisy 
lapwing 
wright 
youth 
(no  longer  found) 
lych 
(no  longer  found) 
turbine 
aerodrome 

lord  (hlaford) 
buriel 
groundswell 
sheldtrume 
dayesye 
lappewinke 
wrighte 
yuweth 
(died  out  earlier) 
lich 
(died  out  earlier) 
(not  then  invented) 
(not  then  invented) 

hlaf-weard 
byrgels 
gundeswilge 
scyldtruma 
daegeseage 
hleapwince 
wyrhta 
geogoth 
here  (an  army) 
lie  (a  corpse) 
hloth  (robber  band) 
(not  then  invented) 
(not  then  invented) 

Adjectives 

each 
either 
righteous 

elch 
either 
rightwis 

aeghwylc 
ahwaether 
rihtwis 

Verbs 

harry 

harwen 

hergian 

Adverbs 

ajar 
hence 

achar 
hens 

on  cierre 
heonan 

Conjunctions 

though 
since 
as 

thogh 
sithence 
also 

theah 
sitthans 
ealswa 

Prepositions 

athwart 

on  thwert 

on  thweorh 

Pronouns 

myself 
they 

mi-self 
thai 

min-seolf 
hi 

ORIGIN  OF  ENGLISH  13 

How  to  recognise  .SJnglisc  words  in  Modern  English 

All  words  of  ^Englisc  origin  now  in  English  are  called  Native 
words,  and  those  which  have  come  into  the  language  from  any  other 
source  are  called  Foreign  words.  In  an  English  dictionary  the 
foreign  words  now  largely  outnumber  the  native  words,  but  many  of 
the  foreign  words  are  rarely  used,  and  many  are  never  used  by  the 
common  people  at  all.  The  question  then  arises,  How  are  the 
.^Englisc  words  to  be  recognised  ?  It  has  been  found  that  for  the 
purpose  of  recognition  all  the  native  words  can  be  grouped  into 
two  great  divisions.  These  are  (i)  A  group  recognised  by  grammatical 
form,  (ii)  A  group  recognised  according  to  meaning. 

The  first  group  includes  all  the  words  belonging  to  the  following 
parts  of  speech  : — Pronouns,  Prepositions,  Conjunctions ;  likewise 
all  the  auxiliary,  defective,  and  strong  Verbs,  all  the  Adverbs  of 
time  and  place,  Adjectives  of  number  and  those  of  irregular  com- 
parison, and  Nouns  forming  the  plural  by  vowel  change. 

The  exceptions  in  this  group  are  very  few  : — 

Prepositions  and  Conjunctions    .  during,  save,  except,  because. 

Adjectives  of  Number          .         .  second,  million,  dozen. 

Adverbs  of  Time  and  Place        .  presently,  immediately. 

Strong  Verbs     ....  strive. 

Definite  rules  cannot  be  given  for  determining  the  second  group. 
It  has  been  estimated  that  more  than  three-quarters  of  the  words  in 
ordinary  daily  use  are  of  ^Englisc  origin.  Therefore  the  names  of 
the  most  common  and  familiar  things  must  be  Native;  and  it  has 
been  found  that  many  of  these  names  can  be  arranged  into  classes, 
each  containing  words  of  kindred  idea.  For  example,  in  the  class 
called  Natural  Occurrences  the  words  sun,  rain,  frost,  darkness, 
heat,  storm,  hill,  stream,  sea,  tide,  etc.,  may  be  grouped.  Words  that 
can  be  arranged  under  the  distinctive  group-names  mentioned  in  the 
first  table  are,  as  a  rule,  of  native  origin.  But  too  much  reliance 
must  not  be  placed  on  this  fact,  for  a  few  foreign  words  may  be 


14  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

included  in  each  category.     Thus,  Times  and  Seasons :  days  of  the 
week,  native ;  months  of  the  year,  foreign. 

Other  important  exceptions  are  : — 

Minerals    .         .         .     copper,    marble,    granite,    gypsum,    and   the   usua 
scientific  names. 

Food         .         .         .to  boil,  salmon,  currant,  beef,  mutton,  veal. 

Common  Animals,  etc.  rabbit,  spaniel,  grouse,  drake,  cygnet,  and  the  names 
of  foreign  animals. 

Kindred    .        .         .     uncle,  aunt,  nephew,  niece. 

Servant  and  House    .     ceiling,  lintel,  storey,  tile,  nurse,  butler. 

Times  and  Seasons    .     hour,  minute,  second,  Autumn,  January,  etc. 

Natural  Occurrences,     air,  planet,  comet,  eclipse,  ray,  plain,  valley,  river 
mountain. 

Colours     .         .         .     blue,  violet,  crimson,  carmine,  mauve. 


EXERCISES  :  I.  From  the  tables  pick  out  words  (a)  that  have  kept  their 
original  form  throughout ;  (b)  that  have  changed  during  the  middle 
period,  but  have  since  reverted  to  the  older  spelling ;  (c)  that  have 
had  a  gradual  development  from  the  oldest  to  the  present  form.  If 
possible,  give  examples  from  all  parts  of  speech. 

2.  Write  out  a  list  of  words  connected  with  "motoring"  or  " aeroplaning " 

which  you  think  are  not  of  ^Englisc  origin.     Give  a  reason  for  this. 

3.  Arrange  the  following  "  ./Englisc"  words  into  three  appropriate  classes  : 

leg,  arm,  skin,  year,  joy,  evening,  week,  hope,  hate,  Spring,  bone, 
gloaming.  Give  a  name  to  each  class. 

4.  In  the  following  poem  pick  out  all  the  native  words  known  as  such  from 

(a)  their  grammatical  form,  (i>)  their  meaning. 

5.  Re-write  in  Modern  English  the  sentence,  "  Se  deofol  cwaeth,"  etc.  (p.  10). 

a- wende  =  turned  ;  hlafum  =  loaves. 

6.  Make  a  table  similar  to  that  on  p.  1 1,  using  the  following :  toll  (a  tax),  toll, 

toll ;  word,  word,  word ;  qualm,  qualm,  cwealm  ;  sick,  seke,  seoc ; 
rest,  rest,  restan  ;  do,  do,  don  ;  by,  by,  bi ;  we,  we,  we  ;  who,  who, 
who ;  it,  it,  hit  ;  quoth,  quoth,  cwseth. 


II 

A  WISH 

A  T  INE  be  a  cot  beside  the  hill ; 
•"•*•      A  bee-hive's  hum  shall  soothe  my  ear ; 
A  willowy  brook  that  turns  a  mill, 
With  many  a  fall  shall  linger  near. 

The  swallow,  oft,  beneath  my  thatch 
Shall  twitter  from  her  clay-built  nest ; 

Oft  shall  the  pilgrim  lift  the  latch, 
And  share  my  meal,  a  welcome  guest. 

Around  my  ivied  porch  shall  spring 

Each  fragrant  flower  that  drinks  the  dew ; 

And  Lucy,  at  her  wheel,  shall  sing 
In  russet-gown  and  apron  blue. 

The  village-church  among  the  trees, 

Where  first  our  marriage  vows  were  given  : 

With  merry  peals  shall  swell  the  breeze 
And  point  with  taper  spire  to  Heaven. 

SAMUEL  ROGERS  (1763-1855). 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

Where  does  the  poet  say  that  he  would  like  to  dwell  ?  Why  ? 
Consider  the  title — Does  the  poet  wish  for  more  things  than 
one?  Name  some.  Why  is  the  poem  called  A  Wish? 
Give  other  suitable  titles.  How  many  human  beings  are 

15 


16  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

mentioned  in  the  poem  ?  Describe  each.  What  other  living 
creatures  are  mentioned  ?  What  trees  and  flowers?  Give 
a  suitable  name  under  which  the  words  hill,  brook,  waterfall, 
dew,  breeze  may  be  grouped.  Consider  the  words  cot,  mill, 
thatch,  latch,  porch,  church — under  what  name  may  they  be 
grouped.  Does  the  poem  describe  a  real  scene  or  an 
imaginary  one?  Give  reasons.  Write  out  a  list  of  words 
which  suggest  pictures,  e.g.  cot,  hill,  bees,  etc.  Arrange 
under  the  following  heads  suitable  words  in  the  poem : — 
Scenery,  Plant  Life,  Lower  Animals,  Human  Beings,  Buildings. 

2.  Composition  :  various  Definitions 

The  two  chief  ways  by  which  man  communicates  his  thoughts  to 
his  fellows  are  (a)  Speech,  (b]  Writing.  A  person  learns  to  speak 
before  he  learns  to  write.  By  the  aid  of  gesture  or  emphasis  of  the 
voice  the  speaker  strives  to  express  his  ideas  clearly,  and  if  he  does 
not  succeed  at  the  first  attempt,  it  is  not  difficult  for  him  to  put  his 
ideas  into  other  words.  The  writer  has  no  such  advantage ;  he  must 
make  his  meaning  perfectly  clear  at  the  outset.  He  must  know  pre- 
cisely what  he  is  going  to  say,  and  how  he  shall  say  it. 

The  process  of  arranging  thoughts  in  an  orderly  fashion—  so  that 
the  meaning  may  be  perfectly  clear  to  the  listener  or  the  reader — is 
called  Composition.  Composition  may  be  Oral  or  Written. 

A  necessary  step  in  Composition  is  the  placing  together  of  Words 
so  that  they  shall  express  one  complete  thought. 

A  complete  thought  expressed  in  words  is  called  a  Sentence. 

Another  essential  is  the  arranging  of  the  order  in  which  Sentences 
themselves  should  be  placed.  Just  as  the  Words  eye,  tongue,  nose, 
ear,  finger,  arm,  may  all  be  classified  under  the  group-name  Parts 
of  the  Body — so  Sentences  dealing  with  the  same  idea  may  be 
arranged  under  a  suitable  group-name.  Sentences  so  grouped  form 
a  Paragraph. 


A  WISH  17 

Paragraphs  in  their  turn  may  be  arranged  in  a  certain  order.  The 
arrangement  of  the  paragraphs  is  called  a  Plan. 

Every  piece  of  formal  composition  should  have  a  definite  plan. 
For  example,  if  the  subject  "  A  Rural  Scene  "  were  given,  the  ideas 
contained  in  the  first  poem  might  be  utilised  after  the  following 
fashion  : — 

A  RURAL  SCENE 

1st  Group  of  Sentences          .  .  .         Introduction. 

2nd         ,  ,  ....    Scenery. 


3rd 
4th 
5th 
6th 

7th 


Plant  Life. 
Lower  Animals. 
Human  Beings. 
Buildings. 
Conclusion. 


There  are  thus  seven  groups  of  sentences  or  Paragraphs.  Many 
different  plans,  and  all  equally  correct,  may  be  drawn  up  for  the 
same  subject.  Most  writers  employ  an  introductory  and  a  con- 
cluding paragraph.  The  Introduction  should  tell  the  reader  what 
the  writer  is  going  to  write  about ;  it  prepares  the  reader's  mind  for 
what  is  going  to  follow.  The  Conclusion  tells  the  reader  what  the 
writer's  verdict  is;  it  sums  up  the  statements  made  throughout  the 
composition. 

EXERCISE  :  Write  a  composition  on  "A  Rural  Scene,"  using  seven  paragraphs. 

3.  Prose  and  Poetry  :  Definitions 

That  kind  of  Composition  which  follows  an  orderly  arrangement 
of  Words,  Sentences,  and  Paragraphs  is  called  Prose.  Poetry  is 
another  kind  of  Composition :  in  it  the  arrangement  of  the  parts 
is  much  more  complicated.  Poetic  composition  must  also  have 
words  and  sentences,  but  the  words  have  to  be  selected  and 
arranged  in  such  an  order  as  to  form  Verse  and  at  the  same  time 
preserve  sense. 

Now  Verse  depends  upon  sounds.     Every  word  is  a  combination 
of  distinct  sounds.     The  word  "  hill "  can  be  broken  up  into  three 
B 


1 8  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

separate  sounds,  but  for  practical  purposes  these  three  sounds  may 
be  taken  as  combining  to  form  one  sound.  In  the  same  way  the 
word  "willowy"  may  be  taken  as  having  only  three  sounds,  will- 
ow-y.  Any  combination  of  sounds  which,  taken  together,  build  up 
one  separate  sound,  is  called  a  Syllable.  Thus  "  hill,"  being  only 
one  sound,  is  said  to  be  a  word  of  one  syllable ;  "  Pilgrim  "  is  said 
to  be  a  word  of  two  syllables ;  and  "  willowy  "  has  three  syllables. 
A  word  of  one  syllable  is  called  a  Monosyllable;  of  two,  a  Dis- 
syllable ;  of  three,  a  Trisyllable ;  of  more  than  three,  a  Polysyllable. 
When  words  have  more  than  one  syllable,  one  of  these  syllables 
generally  receives  special  emphasis  in  speech.  This  emphasis  is 
called  Stress. 

In  the  word  willowy  the  first  syllable  is  more  strongly  stressed 
than  the  other  two.  The  correct  syllable  on  which  to  place  the 
stress  is  shown  by  a  little  mark,  thus  ',  called  a  stress  or  accent 
mark.  Words  of  the  same  number  of  syllables  are  not  always 
stressed  correspondingly.  Thus  in  the  following  dissyllabic  words, 

a.  chem-ist,  sim-ply,  pa-tient ;  b.  ce-ment,  sup-port,  re-tain, 

the  stress  or  accent  falls  on  the  first  syllable  in  the  former, 
and  on  the  second  syllable  in  the  latter  group :  so  also  with 

swallow  and  beneath. 

Sometimes  the  words  in  a  sentence  vary  in  importance.  In  that 
case  the  important  word  is  stressed  in  order  to  give  it  prominence. 
By  simply  changing  the  stress  from  one  word  to  another,  the  whole 
meaning  of  a  sentence  may  be  altered. 

It  is  upon  Stress  or  Accent  that  the  arrangement  of  words  in  a 
line  of  poetry  largely  depends.  The  poet  usually  tries  to  arrange 
the  words  so  that  the  accented  syllables  recur  at  regular  intervals. 
Then  in  each  line  he  endeavours  to  put  a  fixed  number  of  stresses. 
In  this  way  a  certain  musical  effect  is  produced. 

EXERCISES  :  I.  Place  accent  marks  on  the  following  words  :• — perhaps,  stupid, 
timid,  instruments,  combination,  baron,  chamber,  hunter,  terror-haunted, 
another,  chapel,  chapelle. 

2.  Accent  all  the  dissyllables  in  "  A  Wish,"  (see  page  15). 


A  WISH  19 

3.  Stress  in  as  many  ways  as  you  can  : — One  murder  makes  a  villain  ;  millions 

a  hero  ! 

4.  Marks  are  placed  on  some  of  the  lines  of  "A  Wish."     Place  marks  on  the 

others  where  you  think  the  accents  should  fall.  Count  the  stressed 
syllables  in  each  line.  In  the  first  line  which  word  would  you  consider 
wrongly  stressed  ? 

Poetry  has  thus  an  arrangement  of  accents  within  each  line ;  but 
in  addition  there  is  often — but  not  always — an  arrangement  of  the 
lines  themselves.  In  the  preceding  poem  the  last  word  in  the  first 
line  is  "  hill "  and  the  last  word  in  the  third  line  "  mill " ;  the  final 
words  in  the  second  and  fourth  lines  are  "ear"  and  "near" 
respectively.  Hill — mill  have  almost  the  same  sound,  the  slight 
difference  being  caused  by  the  consonants  at  the  beginning,  namely, 
h  and  m.  Words  or  syllables  which,  but  for  the  initial  consonant, 
would  be  alike  in  sound  are  said  to  rhyme. 

EXERCISE:  Arrange  in  pairs  all  the  "rhymes"  in  the  poem  and  note  their 
order  in  each  group  of  four  lines. 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions  :  Definitions 

Words  which  are  commonly  used  in  poetry  and  but  rarely  found 
in  prose  are  sometimes  called  Poetic  Words.  Thus,  in  the  poem, 
the  words  "  cot,"  "  oft,"  and  "  pilgrim  "  are  poetic  words,  because 
in  ordinary  speech  the  words  "cottage,"  "often,"  and  "traveller" 
would  be  preferred. 

This  little  poem  contains  also  some  Compound  Words.  These 
are  words  which  have  been  formed  by  uniting  two  separate  words. 
Real  compound  words  should  be  written  without  a  hyphen :  thus, 
blackbird,  waterfall  •  but  sometimes  a  hyphen  is  used.  The  two 
words  forming  a  compound  may  belong  to  different  parts  of  speech. 
Thus  in  the  words,  beehive,  marriage-vows,  village-church,  a  noun  is 
joined  to  a  noun,  but  in  the  word  "  clay-built "  a  noun  is  joined  to  a 
verb. 

Frequently  it  is  possible  to  split  up  a  word  in  such  a  way  that  when 
certain  parts  are  removed  one  separate  word  remains.  The  parts 
removed  do  not  form  separate  words  and  cannot  exist  by  themselves. 


20  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

Such  words  are  not  Compound  words,  but  are  called  Derivatives, 
e.g.  manly  =  man  +  ly. 

Thus  also : — 

willowy — remove  the  ending  "  y  " — willow  remains, 
welcome — remove  the  beginning  "  wel " — come  remains, 
ivied — remove  the  ending  "  ed  " — ivi(y)  remains. 

Words  may  be  thus  altered  in  meaning  by  the  addition  of  a 
beginning  or  an  ending.  These  additions,  called  little  parts  or 
Particles,  when  used  as  beginnings  are  termed  Prefixes,  and  when 
used  as  endings,  Suffixes. 

That  part  of  the  word  which  receives  the  additions  is  called  the 
Root.  If  it  requires  to  be  slightly  altered  to  receive  the  particle 
it  is  called  a  Stem.  Examples  :  Come  is  a  Root ;  ivi,  a  Stem. 

The  suffixes  "  y  "  and  "  ed  "  have  the  effect  of  making  nouns 
into  adjectives.  They  are  therefore  called  adjective-forming  or 
adjectival  suffixes. 

Of  course  some  nouns  may  be  used  as  adjectives  without  the 
addition  of  a  suffix  :  e.g.  "  And  point  with  taper  spire  to  Heaven.  " 

EXERCISES  :  Say  which  of  the  following  are  derivatives  and  which  compound 
words  :  bespeak,  goodness,  highland,  racehorse,  manliness,  falsehood, 
action,  Suffolk  (South  folk),  unhappy,  blackguard,  oppress,  grindstone, 
railway,  blackbird,  batsman,  remarkable,  underhand. 

Make  nouns  from  the  following  adjectives  ending  in  y :  bushy,  cosy,  feathery, 
greasy,  guilty,  hilly,  healthy,  rocky,  stormy,  smoky,  seamy,  trusty, 
woolly,  worthy. 

By  supplying  nouns  show  that  the  following  words  with  ending  ed  may  be 
used  as  adjectives:  Example,  an  interested  spectator;  wretched,  ivied, 
wasted,  lettered,  landed,  gifted,  plighted,  ragged,  interested. 


Ill 

A  GREEN  CORNFIELD 

THE  earth  was  green,  the  sky  was  blue  : 
I  saw  and  heard  one  sunny  morn. 
A  skylark  hung  between  the  two, 
A  singing  speck  above  the  corn ; 

A  stage  below,  in  gay  accord, 

White  butterflies  danced  on  the  wing, 

And  still  the  singing  skylark  soared 
And  silent  sank  and  soared  to  sing. 

The  cornfield  stretched  a  tender  green 

To  right  and  left  beside  my  walks ; 
I  knew  he  had  a  nest  unseen 

Somewhere  among  the  million  stalks : 

And  as  I  paused  to  hear  his  song, 

While  swift  the  sunny  moments  slid, 
Perhaps  his  mate  sat  listening  long, 

And  listened  longer  than  I  did. 

CHRISTINA  ROSSETTI  (1830-1894). 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

Give  alternative  titles  for  the  poem.  Explain  the  phrases 
"between  the  two,"  "a  stage  below,"  "  in  gay  accord."  Was 
there  a  path  through  the  field?  Give  reasons  for  the 
answer.  What  was  the  season  of  the  year?  Give,  from 
the  poem,  four  reasons  for  the  answer.  Write  out  a  list  of 


22  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

words  of  pictorial  quality.  Give  examples  of  lines  con- 
taining words  commencing  with  the  same  letter.  Write  out 
a  list  of  words  of  native  origin  occurring  in  the  last  four 
lines. 

2.  Composition :  the  Summary 

This  poem,  like  the  preceding  selection,  deals  with  nature.  Both 
are  descriptions  of  country  scenery,  and  therefore  may  be  called 
descriptive  poems.  They  are  really  pictures  in  words,  and  should 
therefore  have  many  words  of  pictorial  quality.  But  the  first  poem 
describes  a  more  general  aspect  of  the  country-side  than  the  second 
one  does.  The  various  details  of  the  landscape — the  hill,  the 
brook,  the  trees  and  flowers,  the  birds  and  bees,  the  cottage  and 
the  mill,  the  village  and  the  church — all  suggest  pictures  to  the 
mind's  eye.  The  second  poem,  however,  deals  only  with  a  par- 
ticular occurrence — the  lark  singing  above  the  corn — and  therefore 
has  fewer  separate  words  of  pictorial  quality.  These  words  are  used 
time  and  again,  with  the  result  that  the  same  statement  is  re- 
peated in  a  slightly  different  form.  The  fact  that  the  skylark  was 
singing  is  mentioned  four  times  (singing  speck,  singing  skylark, 
soared  to  sing,  hear  his  song) ;  that  he  was  heard,  three  times  ;  that 
there  was  a  cornfield,  at  least  twice  ;  that  it  was  sunny,  twice ;  and 
that  the  earth  was  green,  twice.  The  frequent  repetition  impresses 
the  scene  more  firmly  on  the  mind,  and  the  recurrence  of  the  same 
musical  sound  delights  the  ear. 

Repetition  is  characteristic  of  poetry.  In  prose,  however,  it  is 
not  always  desirable  to  say  the  same  thing  over  and  over  again. 
Frequently  a  statement  of  the  chief  points  in  a  passage  is  wanted  in 
the  simplest  and  shortest  form.  This  short  statement  is  called  a 
Summary  or  an  Abstract.  The  process  of  summarising  is  a 
valuable  training  in  distinguishing  the  important  from  the  unim- 
portant. 

To  make  a  Summary  of  any  passage  it  is  necessary,  first,  to  note 
down  the  chief  points ;  and  second,  to  knit  together  these,  without 


A  GREEN  CORNFIELD  23 

elaboration.  The  essential  facts  in  "  A  Green  Cornfield  "  are  : — 
poetess—  sunny  morn — skylark — corn — butterflies — nest — mate — 
listening.  These  may  be  combined  thus  : — 

One  sunny  morning,  while  butterflies  danced  on  the  wing,  the 
poetess  saw  and  heard  a  lark  singing  above  the  young  corn.  She 
knew  that  he  must  have  his  nest  close  by  the  path,  and  she  thought 
that  his  mate  would  listen  to  his  song  even  longer  than  the  poetess 
herself  would. 

3.  Rhyme  and  Accent 

In  verse,  words  with  the  same  initial  letter  often  are  made  to 
follow  each  other  closely.  This  is  called  Alliteration,  e.g.  And 
silent  sank  and  soared  to  sing. 

EXERCISES  :  Give  examples  of  alliteration.  Accent  the  poem  where  unmarked. 
Group  together  the  rhymes.  How  many  rhymes  in  each  four  lines? 
How  many  stressed  syllables  in  each  line  ?  How  many  weakly  accented 
syllables?  "White  butterflies  danced  on  the  wing"  ;  put  marks  where 
the  stress  falls  in  ordinary  reading  ;  compare  with  1.  I. 

In  this  poem  there  are  four  groups  of  lines,  each  containing  two 
rhymes,  and  the  rhymes  in  each  separate  group  are  arranged 
alternately.  All  the  groups  of  lines  are  built  on  the  same  plan. 

A  group  of  lines  adjusted  to  each  other  on  a  definite  plan  is 
called  a  Stanza. 

A  Stanza  is  an  arrangement  of  lines;  and  a  line  is  an  arrangement 
of  accents.  This  may  be  shown  thus  : — 

|  The  earth  |  was  green,  |    the  sky  |  was  blue  : 
|      I  saw      |  and  heard  |  one  sun  |  -ny  morn  | 
|      A  sky      |  -lark  hang  |  between  |    the  two    | 
|     A  sing     |  -ing  speck  |    above    |  the  corn.   | 

There  are  four  stressed  and  four  weakly  accented  syllables  in  each 
line  and  each  stressed  syllable  is  preceded  by  a  weak  accent,  When 


24  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

a  line  is  divided  off  so  that  each  division  has  the  same  arrangement 
of  accents  then  these  divisions  are  called  feet.  In  every  division  or 
Foot  there  is  always  one  stress  and  no  more. 

EXERCISE  :  Divide  all  the  other  stanzas  so  as  to  show  (a)  the  rhyme  arrange- 
ment, (£)  the  accent  arrangement. 

Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Poetic  Words  morn. 

Compound  Word       somewhere  =  adjective  +  adverb. 

Prefixes  unseen,     un  =  not. 

Suffixes  singzwf,  ing,  denoting  pres.  part,  of  verb. 

dancW,  ed  or  d,  denoting  past  tense  or  past  part,  of  verb. 

longer,  er,  sign  of  the  comparative  of  an  adjective. 

silent,  ent.     Adjectival  suffix. 

EXERCISES  :  Give  words  from  the  poem  illustrating  suffixes  and  prefixes 
previously  learnt. 

Write  out  a  list  of  words  of  native  origin.    Give  reasons  for  your  choice. 

Show  that  past  participles  with  suffix  ed  or  d  may  be  used  also  as  adjectives 
(v.  p.  20). 

What  end-letter  occurs  in  each  of  the  following  words  ?  bold,  cold,  dead, 
naked,  bread,  head,  brood.  In  which  of  these  words  do  you  think  the 
end-letter  is  really  a  suffix  ? 


IV 
EARL  MARCH 

T7  ARL  MARCH  look'd  on  his  dying  child, 

— '     And,  smit  with  grief  to  view  her — 
The  youth,  he  cried,  whom  I  exiled 
Shall  be  restored  to  woo  her. 

She's  at  the  window  many  an  hour 

His  coming  to  discover  : 
And  he  look'd  up  to  Ellen's  bower 

And  she  look'd  on  her  lover. 

But  ah  !  so  pale,  he  knew  her  not, 

Though  her  smile  on  him  was  dwelling — 

And  am  I  then  forgot — forgot? 
It  broke  the  heart  of  Ellen. 

In  vain  he  weeps,  in  vain  he  sighs, 

Her  cheek  is  cold  as  ashes ; 
Nor  love's  own  kiss  shall  wake  those  eyes 

To  lift  their  silken  lashes. 

THOMAS  CAMPBELL  (1777-1844). 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

How  many  characters  are  mentioned  in  this  poem  ?  Name  them. 
What  was  the  cause  of  Ellen's  illness?  Who  wept  and 
sighed  in  vain  ?  What  broke  the  heart  of  Ellen  ?  Give 
two  instances  of  direct  speech  in  the  poem.  Who  were  the 


a6  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

speakers  ?     Suggest  a  title  for  the  poem.     How  many  stanzas 
in  the  poem  ?    Give  examples  of  repetition. 

2.  Composition  :  the  Narrative 

It  has  been  shown  that  poetry  may  be  descriptive :  the  previous 
poems  have  been  detailed  descriptions,  nothing  necessary  for  the 
clear  portrayal  of  the  scene  being  omitted.  This  poem,  however,  is 
not  a  description  but  a  narration.  A  poem  which  narrates  a  story  is 
called  a  narrative  poem. 

Narrative  composition  ought  to  be  easy,  for  nearly  every  one  can 
tell  a  story.  But  a  story  may  be  narrated  in  many  ways  and  there 
are  good  story  tellers  and  bad  story  tellers.  The  good  story  teller 
relates  events  in  the  order  of  their  occurrence  and  shows  clearly  how 
each  is  connected  with  the  other-,  he  avoids  minor  details  and  gives 
prominence  to  the  main  points  which  have  a  bearing  on  the  con- 
clusion; he  knows  where  to  end  the  story.  The  speaker  can  give 
animation  to  a  narrative  by  the  play  of  voice  and  gesture,  but  the 
writer  must  rely  only  on  his  skilful  selection  and  arrangement  of  the 
facts. 

Notice  how  Campbell  relates  the  story  of  Ellen.  First,  he 
introduces  the  various  characters,  the  Earl,  the  youth,  the  maiden, 
and  shows  that  each  has  a  part  to  play  in  the  story.  The  next 
stanza  gives  prominence  to  Ellen's  longing  for  her  lover  and  to  their 
meeting  at  last.  Then  follows  the  important  fact  that  the  youth 
did  not  recognise  Ellen.  Lastly,  the  consequences  of  this  non- 
recognition  are  dwelt  upon. 

It  would  have  been  quite  easy  to  introduce  minor  details  into  the 
story,  but  the  poet  has  skilfully  withheld  them.  The  central  fact  is 
the  death  of  Ellen,  and  additional  explanations  would  only  obscure 
it.  Therefore  the  catastrophe  itself  is  fully  described  and,  although 
the  circumstances  leading  up  to  it  are  not  told  exactly,  just  enough  is 
hinted  at  to  make  the  story  thoroughly  understood.  It  is  easy  to 
bridge  over  any  gap  that  exists.  By  withholding  certain  particulars 


EARL  MARCH  27 

which  do  not  affect  the  main  issue  the  poet  really  stimulates  the 
imagination  of  the  reader,  who  is  thus  enabled  to  fill  in  the  details 
according  as  his  own  fancy  dictates. 

QUESTIONS  AND  EXERCISES  :  The  following  questions  are  mostly  unanswered 
by  the  poet.  After  having  considered  them,  build  up  a  detailed 
(imaginary)  description  of  the  youth — give  his  birth,  rank,  age, 
appearance,  etc. 

What  was  the  youth's  name?  Was  his  place  of  exile  far  off?  Did  he  really 
love  Ellen  ?  Did  he  know  of  her  illness  ?  How  would  he  receive  the 
news?  When  Earl  March  saw  that  Ellen  was  pining  what  did  he  do? 
Did  he  realise  Ellen's  grave  condition  ?  Did  the  youth  realise  it  ? 
Did  Ellen  really  die  suddenly  ?  Was  the  youth  to  blame  ?  Was  Earl 
March  to  blame?  Why  did  Earl  March  dislike  the  youth? 

1.  Write  out  in  prose  form  any  instances  of  direct  speech, — using  quotation 

marks. 

2.  Between  the  first  and  the  second  stanza  there  is  a  gap  in  the  story — write 

a  paragraph  explaining  what  Earl  March  did. 

3.  Expand  the  story  of  the  poem,  using  some  of  the  additional  ideas  gained 

from  the  above  questions. 

3.  Rhyme  and  Accent 

When  a  line  is  divided  off  into  feet  it  is  said  to  be  scanned :  the 
dividing  of  a  line  into  feet  is  therefore  called  Scansion. 

The  following  is  the  scansion  of  the  first  stanza  : — 
|  Earl  March  |  look'd  on  j  his  dy  |  -ing  |  child  | 

|  And,  srnit  |  with  grief  |  to  view  |  her  ( )  | 

[  The  youth  |  he  cried  |  whom  I  |  exiled  | 
|  Shall  be  |  restored  |  to  woo  |  her  ( ).  | 

How  many  stressed  syllables  in  each  line?  How  many  feet  in 
each  line  ?  How  many  weak  syllables  in  each  line  ? 

The  regular  recurrence  of  stress  or  accent  at  certain  intervals  is 
called  Metre  (Gr.  metron,  a  measure).  It  has  been  said  that  in 
every  foot  there  is  one  strong  stress  and  no  more  :  therefore,  if  there 


28  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

are  four  strong  stresses  in  a  line  there  are  four  feet  in  that  line ;  if 
three  stresses,  three  feet,  and  so  on.  Lines  receive  names  according 
to  the  number  of  stresses  or  feet  which  they  contain.  Thus  when  a 
line  has  four  strong  stresses  it  is  called  Tetrameter  (Gr.  tctra,  four ; 
metron,  a  measure).  When  a  line  has  three  of  these  stresses  it  is 
called  Trimeter.  For  example,  in  the  first  stanza,  the  line— 

|  Earl  March  |  look'd  on  |  his  dy  |  -ing  child  | 
is  Tetrameter,  and  the  line 

|  And,  smit  |  with  grief  |  to  view  |  her  ( )  j 

is  Trimeter,  because  there  are  four  and  three  strong  stresses 
respectively. 

When  a  line  has  a  weak  syllable  beyond  the  last  foot  it  is  said  to 
be  Excessive. 

EXERCISES  :  Give  examples  of  Tetrameter  and  of  Trimeter  Excessive  lines 
from  the  last  two  stanzas.  Scan  each  line.  By  means  of  letters  or 
figures  show  the  order  of  the  rhymes  in  each  stanza.  What  is  the 
order  of  the  rhymes?  Arrange  all  the  rhymes  of  the  second  and 
fourth  lines  of  every  stanza  in  pairs,  thus  : — ashes,  lashes.  Over  how 
many  syllables  does  the  rhyme  extend  ? 

Where  would  you  place  the  stress  marks  in  the  fourth  line  in  order  to  secure 
emphasis  ? 

When  Rhymes  extend  over  two  syllables,  they  are  called  Double, 
or  Feminine,  or  Weak. 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Phrases 

Poetic  Word  bower. 

Compound  Words        Are  there  any  ? 

Prefixes  ex   —  exiled     —  out. 

re   —  restored  —  back, 
dis  —  discover  —  apart,  away. 

for  — forgot     — intensive    prefix  =  making    the   stem 
have  a  stronger  meaning. 


EARL  MARCH  29 

Suffixes       en  —  silken  —  adjectival. 

er  —  lover  —  noun  forming,  denoting  "  one  who." 

es  —  ashes  —  plural  ending. 

's  —  Ellen's  —  possessive  case  ending. 

s  —  weeps  —  showing  3rd  sing,  present  tense  of  verb. 

EXERCISES  :  In  this  poem  there  are  not  many  poetic  words,  but  there  is  a 
poetic  order  of  words.  Point  out  any  words  so  arranged,  and  re-write 
them  in  ordinary  prose  order. 

Make  out  a  list  of  other  words  showing  prefixes  and  suffixes. 
Give  words  of  native  origin  in  the  poem.     Give  reasons. 

Use  the  word  out  in  the  explanation  of  the  following  words  :  extinguish  (to 
quench  out),  explore  (to  search  out],  exalt,  excavation,  except,  excision, 
exclaim,  excursion,  exhale,  exit,  expand,  expel,  export,  extort,  extract. 

Similarly  show  the  force  of  the  prefix  re  in  recede  (to  go  back),  remand  (to 
send  an  accused  person  back  to  await  trial),  recall,  recant,  recline,  recoil, 
recumbent,  recur,  reform,  refund,  report,  reserve,  response,  retaliation. 

Similarly  show  the  force  of  the  prefix  dis  in  disclose  (to  close  apart,  i.e.  to 
unclose),  disease  (away  from  ease,  i.e.  want  of  ease),  disconsolate,  dis- 
criminate, disgorge  (gorge  =  throat),  disgrace,  dislocate,  dismiss,  dispel, 
disperse,  dispute,  disruption,  dissent,  distend,  distort. 

Similarly  show  the  force  of  the  suffix  er  (ar,  or)  in  singer  (one  who  sings), 
beggar,  tailor,  lawyer,  liar,  miller,  player,  baker,  sailor,  tinker  (one  -who 
tinks,  i.e.  makes  a  linking  sound  in  the  mending  of  metal  pots). 

Explain  following  words :  golden  (adjective  from  gold,  made  of  gold), 
wooden,  earthen,  silvern,  brazen,  silken,  flaxen,  waxen. 

Write  down  the  singular  of  the  following  plural  forms,  and  note  the  plural 
endings  in  each  case  :  churches,  hands,  stones,  taxes,  armies,  ladies, 
days,  keys,  potatoes,  heroes,  mementos,  pianos,  folios,  safes,  proofs. 


V 
THE  PRIDE  OF  YOUTH 

TT)ROUD  Maisie  is  in  the  wood, 
•*-        Walking  so  early ; 
Sweet  Robin  sits  on  the  bush, 
Singing  so  rarely. 

"  Tell  me,  thou  bonny  bird, 

When  shall  I  marry  me  ?  " 
— "  When  six  braw  gentlemen 

Kirk  ward  shall  carry  ye." 

"  Who  makes  the  bridal  bed, 

Birdie  say  truly  ?  " 
— "  The  gray-headed  sexton 

That  delves  the  grave  duly. 

The  glowworm  o'er  grave  and  stone 

Shall  light  thee  steady ; 
The  o'wl  from  the  steeple  sing, 

'  Welcome,  proud  lady.' " 

SIR  WALTER  SCOTT  (1771-1832). 


THE  PRIDE  OF  YOUTH  31 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

Who  is  an  example  of  youthful  pride  in  the  poem?  Is  this 
person  beautiful?  Quote  in  support  of  your  view.  What 
proverb  does  the  poem  illustrate  ?  How  many  speakers  are 
there  ?  Name  them.  Which  speaks  the  first  four  lines  ? 
Who  speaks  these?  What  name  would  be  given  to  these 
four  lines  regarded  as  a  division  of  a  composition  ?  Gather 
together  all  the  words  that  suggest  pictures.  What  human 
beings  does  Robin  mention?  What  other  living  things? 
When  is  the  glowworm  seen  ?  When  the  owl  ?  Does  the 
poet  tell  a  story  or  give  a  description  ? 

2.  Oomposition  :  Condensation  and  Expansion  :  Plan  of  the  Poem 

Sometimes  a  poet  has  a  very  brief  story  to  tell,  so  brief  that  the 
main  statement  of  the  whole  poem  might  be  expressed  in  a  single 
sentence.  For  example,  the  story  of  Maisie  might  be  condensed 
thus  : — "  Proud  Maisie,  little  knowing  that  she  was  soon  to  die,  was 
wondering  when  her  marriage  would  take  place." 

When  a  passage  is  summarised  to  such  an  extent  that  only  its 
general  sense  remains,  then  it  is  said  to  be  condensed,  and  the 
process  is  called  condensation. 

Just  as  it  is  possible  to  build  up  an  essay  from  a  plan,  so  it  is 
possible  to  build  up  a  poem  from  a  single  statement.  In  this  poem 
Sir  Walter  Scott  builds  upon  the  simple  idea  expressed  above,  and 
expands  it.  He  imagines  a  conversation  between  Maisie  and  a 
robin.  He  makes  it  take  place  in  a  wood  early  in  the  morning, 
when  the  robin  was  singing  in  a  bush.  The  robin  describes  the 
funeral  preparations  ;  how  the  sexton  is  digging  the  grave ;  how  the 
corpse  will  be  borne  by  six  braw  gentlemen ;  how  the  body  will  be 
left  to  the  company  of  the  owl  and  the  glowworm. 

This  process  of  starting  with  a  simple  idea  and  gradually  adding 
detail  after  detail  is  called  Expansion.  It  is  the  opposite  of 
Condensation. 


32  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

A  conversation  between  two  persons  in  which  questions  and 
answers  frequently  occur  is  called  a  Dialogue.  In  this  poem  there 
is  a  dialogue  between  Maisie  and  the  robin,  the  first  stanza  serving 
as  the  introduction.  The  poem  is  therefore  divided  into  two  parts, 
thus : — 

A.  The  Introduction.  ist  stanza. 

B.  The  Dialogue.     Maisie's  question.      ) 

rr,,         . .  ,  >       2nd  stanza. 

I  he  robins  answer,  j 

Maisie's  question.      ,        -^stanza. 


The  robin's  answer 

The  robin's  answer 
continued. 


.} 

}        4th 


The  effect  of  the  dialogue-form  of  the  story  is  to  give  reality  to 
the  scene.  The  reader's  interest  is  aroused,  and  his  attention  fixed. 
Bit  by  bit,  as  the  dialogue  proceeds,  he  comes  to  understand  that 
Maisie,  in  the  pride  and  beauty  of  youth,  has  gone  forth  full  of 
joyous  hopes  to  meet  an  unseen  destiny,  which  is  about  to  over- 
whelm her.  This  sudden  and  startling  change  of  fortune  gives  the 
story  what  is  called  Dramatic  Effect.  The  dramatic  effect  is 
heightened  and  increased  by  the  manner  of  the  robin's  replies. 
He  answers  the  lady's  questions  almost  in  the  affirmative,  but 
immediately  adds  some  particulars  which  change  the  whole  mean- 
ing: "Shall  I  be  led  to  church  soon?" — "Yes,  when  six  braw 
gentlemen  carry  you  thither."  "  Is  a  bridal  bed  being  prepared 
for  me?" — "Yes,  by  the  sexton  in  the  churchyard."  Maisie  is 
perhaps  appalled  now,  but  the  bird  anticipates  a  further  question 
she  had  intended  to  ask — whether  there  should  be  song  and  lights 
at  the  evening  festival.  "Lights?  Yes,  those  of  the  glowworms 
among  the  tombs ;  and  for  songs,  the  hooting  of  owls  from  the 
steeple."  This  manner  of  imparting  bitter  tidings  in  the  guise  of 
good  news  is  called  irony. 


THE  PRIDE  OF  YOUTH  33 

EXERCISE  :  Make  a  little  prose  dialogue  between,  say,  a  robin,  a  wren,  and 
an  owl,  about  Maisie.  Instead  of  death,  make  them  forecast  her 
approaching  marriage  and  promise  her  all  happiness. 

3.  Rhyme  and  Accent 

When  a  line  of  poetry  has  only  two  stressed  syllables  its  measure 
is  said  to  be  Dimeter.  "The  Pride  of  Youth3'  is  written  in  an 
irregular  metre,  where  there  are  many  weakly-accented  syllables, 
but  for  all  that  it  is  an  example  of  Dimeter,  because  there  are  only 
two  strong  stresses  in  each  line.  Thus — 

Tell  me,  thou  bonnie  bird, 

When  shall  I  marry  me  ? 
— When  six  braw  gentlemen 

Kirkward  shall  carry  ye. 

When  a  line  contains  only  one  stressed  syllable  its  measure  is 
Monometer.  This  kind  of  metre  seldom  occurs. 

In  the  previous  poems  the  stress  has  almost  always  fallen  on 
syllables  that  would  naturally  be  accented  in  ordinary  speech, 

e.g.  dying,  exiled,  discover,  singing,  skylark,  pilgrim,  fragrant.  But 
occasionally,  in  order  to  preserve  the  regular  beat  of  the  verse,  a 
word  has  had  to  be  stressed  contrary  to  custom.  Thus  the  ordinary 

accentuation  of  somewhere  is  somewhere ;  but  in  the  line 

'  '  '.  ' 

"Somewhere  among  the  million  stalks," 

the  second  syllable  is  stressed.  For  the  same  reason  unimportant 
words,  which  in  ordinary  speech  are  seldom  emphasised,  are  often 
accented  in  verse.  Thus — 

"Proud  Maisie  is  in  the  wood"; 
"Sweet  Robin  sits  on  the  bush." 

In  reading  such  lines  it  is  well  not  to  give  these  unimportant  words 
too  much  voice-emphasis, 
c 


34  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

EXERCISES  :  Write  out  the  name  of  the  metre  when  a  verse  has  I,  2,  3,  4 
stressed  syllables  respectively. 

Name  the  lines  in  the  poem  which  have  most  weak  accents. 
Write  out  in  pairs  the  double  rhymes  in  the  poem. 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Poetic  Words  o'er,  thee,  ye,  thou. 

Compound  Words     gentlemen  :  adject.  +  noun,     grey-headed,  adject.  +  adject. 

glow-worm  :  verb  +  noun. 
Prefixes  Name  any. 

Suffixes  ie        —  Maisie      —  ie,  Diminutive. 

ly        —  early         —  ly,  adverbial  suffix. 

ward  —  kirkward  —  ward,      ,, 

A  Diminutive  is  a  particle  denoting  smallness. 

EXERCISES  :  Give  another  example  of  a  Diminutive. 

Write  out  a  list  of  Compound  words  already  given,  and  show  from  what 
parts  of  speech  these  words  are  formed. 

Give  examples  of  the  following  suffixes,  -al,  -y,  -ly,  -ing. 


VI 

NATIVE  AND  FOREIGN  WORDS 

IT  has  been  shown  already  that  in  spite  of  their  changes  in 
Structure  and  Spelling  many  words  can  boast  a  direct  English 
descent  from  the  earliest  times  through  a  middle  period  to  the 
present  day.  Some  idea  of  the  character  and  prevalence  of  these 
words  has  been  gained  :  all  the  link-words — articles,  prepositions, 
conjunctions — are  English  ;  the  names  of  the  most  common  and 
familiar  things  are  English;  the  words  which  occur  in  speech 
over  and  over  again,  and  without  which  it  would  be  almost  im- 
possible to  frame  a  single  sentence,  are  all  English.  Indeed,  it 
can  be  proved  that  quite  three-fourths  of  the  words  used  by 
the  educated  Briton  in  his  every-day  speech  are  of  native  origin. 
It  is  easy  to  write  sentences  containing  no  foreign  words ;  it 
is  difficult  to  write  even  one  sentence  containing  no  native 
words. 

It  would  appear  from  this  latter  fact  that  the  native  words  must 
largely  outnumber  those  of  foreign  origin.  But  the  very  opposite 
is  the  case.  The  actual  vocabulary^  i.e.  the  whole  stock  of  words  in 
the  language,  has  only  a  third  of  its  contents  native  ;  the  remainder 
is  foreign.  The  reason  for  the  discrepancy  is  that  in  a  Dictionary 
each  word  occurs  only  once,  whereas  in  speech  the  same  word  may 
recur  time  and  again. 

Since  there  is  such  a  large  proportion  of  foreign  words  incor- 
porated in  the  English  language,  it  is  desirable  to  inquire  when  and 
how  such  words  entered  English  speech  and  by  what  means  they  may 
be  recognised. 

35 


36  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

How  Foreign  Words  may  be  recognised 

The  best  way  of  recognising  a  foreign  word  is  from  its  Root.  A 
Root  may  be  defined  as  a  word  in  its  simplest  form.  It  may  be 
discovered  by  stripping  off  all  prefixes  and  suffixes ;  this  operation 
leaves  the  Stem.  The  Stem  is  the  Root  prepared  to  receive  the  pre- 
fixes and  the  suffixes.  For  example,  in  the  word  extenuate,  ex  is 
the  prefix,  ate  is  the  suffix,  tenu  is  the  stem,  and  TEN  is  the 
Root. 

From  one  root  very  many  words  can  be  built  up.  The  following 
words  are  all  formed  from  the  root  VERT  (the  idea  of  turning) : 
adverse,  advert,  advertise,  avert,  controversy,  converse,  convert, 
divers,  diverse,  divert,  divorce,  inverse,  invert,  obverse,  pervert, 
prose,  reverse,  revert,  subvert,  transverse,  traverse,  verse,  versify, 
version,  vertebra,  vertex,  vertigo,  vortex. 

The  root  vert  is  foreign,  and  being  of  Latin  origin  is  therefore 
called  a  Latin  Boot. 

Similarly  from  the  Greek  Root  GRAPH  (idea  of  writing}  many 
words  can  be  derived :  autograph,  digraph,  lithograph,  paragraph, 
phonograph,  photograph,  biography  (and  many  others  in  -graphy), 
graphic,  graft,  anagram,  diagram,  epigram,  glamour,  grammar, 
grammatical,  programme,  telegram. 

There  are  at  least  three  hundred  thousand  words  in  a  good 
dictionary,  and  it  has  been  calculated  that  all  these  words  have 
been  built  up  from  less  than  five  hundred  Roots.  It  is  obvious, 
therefore,  that  a  knowledge  of  Roots  is  the  key  to  this  great  store- 
house of  words,  not  only  in  regard  to  their  structure  but  also  in 
regard  to  their  meaning. 

The  process  of  word-building  may  be  pictorially  represented  as 
a  tree  with  many  branches,  but  still  capable  of  further  growth. 


A  LATIN  ROOT  TRANSPLANTED  TO  ENGLISH  SOIL  BECOMES  A  THRIVING  TREE 


A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 


The  relationship  existing  between  Root,   Stem,  Prefixes,  and 
Suffixes  may  also  be  shown  graphically  as  under : — 


and  Prefix. 

ist  Prefix. 

Root  &  stem. 

ist  Suffix. 

and  Suffix. 

3rd  Suffix. 

con 

vert 

ible 

in 

con 

vert 

ibil 

ity 

in 

e 

rad    ic 

abil 

ity 

dis 

put 

at 

1OUS 

ness 

dis 

pro 

por    t 

ion 

able 

ness 

The  Introduction  and  Growth  of  Foreign  Words 

More  than  half  of  the  words  in  English  are  of  Latin  origin,  and  it 
is  interesting  to  study  how  they  were  transplanted  into  English  soil, 
and  how  they  flourished  there  and  in  some  instances  even  changed 
their  character  and  meaning  under  the  stimulus  of  their  new 
habitat.  It  was  in  the  earlier  periods  of  the  English  language  that 
foreign  roots  were  brought  in ;  but  it  took  a  long  time  before  they 
gained  a  firm  hold,  for  a  forest  of  words  is  not  produced  quickly. 
The  three  main  periods  in  the  development  of  English  have  already 
been  indicated,  and  it  is  convenient  to  regard  the  first  two  of  these, 
from  the  point  of  view  of  foreign  words,  as  the  times  of  introduction 
and  growth  respectively.  The  main  features  during  the  three  stages 
of  progress  are  shown  below,  and  afterwards  the  reasons  for  thus 
clearly  marking  off  these  stages  will  become  apparent. 


ist  Period,  450-1100. 

Old  English 

(/Cnglisc). 

2nd  Period,  1100-1500. 

Middle  English. 

3rd  Period,  from  1500. 

Modern  English. 

(i)  English  words  .  .  . 
Native. 

(ii)  Introduction     of 
Foreign  words. 

(iii)  English   words 
supreme. 

(i)  More     Foreign   words 
introduced, 
(ii)  Growth    of  Foreign 
words, 
(iii)  Native  struggle  against 
Foreign, 
(iv)  Changes  in  both  Foreign 
and  Native  words. 

(i)  More  Foreign  words 
introduced. 

(ii)  Some  Foreign  and 
a  few  Native  die. 

(iii)  Language  fixed. 

NATIVE  AND  FOREIGN  WORDS  39 

As  each  language  has  its  own  prefixes  and  suffixes,  it  follows  that 
the  particles  found  in  English  vary  in  origin.  As  a  rule  the  different 
parts  of  a  single  word — Root,  Prefix,  Suffix — are  derived  from  the 
same  language  ;  but  there  are  exceptions.  Thus  an  ^Englisc  prefix 
or  suffix  may  be  attached  to  a  Latin  root,  and  vice  versa  :  peaceful, 
Lat.  +  ^Eng. ;  bondage,  ^Eng.  +  Lat.  ;  overturn,  ^Eng.  +  Lat. 

Words  of  which   the  parts  come  from  different  languages   are  called 
Hybrids. 

EXERCISES  :  i.  Give  examples  of  hybrids. 

2.  Show  all  the  prefixes  and  suffixes  which  may  be  added  to  the  root  "  vert." 

3.  Construct  a  tree  showing  the  following,  and  other,  words  from 

Latin — Ponere  (Posit),  to  place  :  Exposed,  apposite,  component,  composite, 
composition,  compound,  deponent,  deposit,  disposition,  exposition,  im- 
position, interposition,  juxtaposition,  opponent,  opposite,  postpone, 
supposition,  transposition. 

4.  In  the  above  list  of  words  separate  the  prefixes  and  suffixes  from  the 

stem  or  root. 


VII 

WINTER 

WHEN  icicles  hang  by  the  wall, 
And  Dick  the  shepherd  blows  his  nail, 
And  Tom  bears  logs  into  the  hall, 

And  milk  comes  frozen  home  in  pail ; 
When  blood  is  nipt,  and  ways  be  foul, 
Then  nightly  sings  the  staring  owl, 
To-whit !  Tu-whoo  !  a  merry  note  ! 
While  greasy  Joan  doth  keel  the  pot. 

tit  i 

When  all  about  the  wind  doth  blow, 

And  coughing  drowns  the  parson's  saw ; 
And  birds  sit  brooding  in  the  snow, 

And  Marian's  nose  looks  red  and  raw ; 
When  roasted  crabs  hiss  in  the  bowl — 
Then  nightly  sings  the  staring  owl, 
To-whit !  Tu-whoo  !  a  merry  note  ! 
While  greasy  Joan  doth  keel  the  pot. 

WILLIAM  SHAKESPEARE  (1564-1616), 
from  Love's  Labour's  Lost. 

keel  =  stir,  saw  =  saying,  crabs  =  crab-apples. 


1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

Name  the  five  characters  mentioned  in  the  poem.     Why  is  the 
owl  called  the  "  staring  owl "  ?     What  is  the  cry  of  the  owl  ? 
Mention  birds  known  by  their  cry.     Why  does  Tom   bear 
40 


WINTER  41 

logs  into  the  hall?  What  is  the  hall?  Why  is  the  owl 
merry  when  the  other  birds  sit  brooding  in  the  snow  ?  Has 
the  owl  a  good  coat  of  feathers  ?  What  is  the  meaning  of 
"brooding,"  "ways  be  foul,"  "blows  his  nail,"  "coughing 
drowns  the  parson's  saw,"  "  blood  is  nipt."  Write  out  from 
the  poem  a  list  of  words  or  phrases  suggesting  "cold." 
Why  is  the  title  of  the  poem  appropriate?  Is  the  poem 
humorous  or  sad?  Is  it  rich  in  words  of  pictorial  quality? 
Give  examples.  Does  the  poem  tell  a  story  or  is  it  merely 
descriptive  ?  Was  Joan  a  thin  person  ?  Was  she  slovenly  ? 
Is  the  poem  a  picture  of  town  life  or  of  country  life  ? 

2.  Composition  :  Quotations 

The  study  of  poetry  is  an  aid  to  prose  composition  in  many  ways. 
The  wisest  thoughts  of  the  ages  are  found  enshrined  in  verse. 
Sometimes  when  a  writer  wishes  to  state  a  thought  he  uses  the  same 
form  of  words  by  which  it  has  previously  been  expressed.  When 
he  does  so  he  is  said  to  quote,  and  the  words  used  form  a  quotation. 
Quotations  are  used  to  illustrate  a  point,  to  focus  attention,  and, 
generally,  to  make  the  meaning  more  clear.  Shakespeare's  descrip- 
tion of  winter  is  a  poem  from  which  quotations  might  be  taken  to 
illustrate  certain  aspects  of  that  season.  Of  course  it  is  not  a  full 
account  of  winter  ;  the  poet  treats  it  in  a  half-humorous  manner — 
"  Marian's  nose  is  red  and  raw " ;  but  he  does  not  speak  from  the 
point  of  view  of  poor  Marian. 

Nevertheless,  if  "Winter"  were  set  as  a  theme  the  poem  would 
suggest  some  ideas  of  the  effect  of  winter  on  different  people.  The 
following  plan  is  based  on  a  more  comprehensive  treatment  of  the 
subject,  but  paragraphs  two  and  three  might  be  illustrated  by 
quotations  from  the  poem. 

I.  Introduction, — At  what  time  of  year  winter  occurs — how  long  it  lasts. 
II.   General  characteristics, — The  weather  in  winter — rain,  frost,  icicles,  snow, 
winds,  storms. 


42  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

III.  Effect  on  people  and  occupations. — Depends  on  kind  of  weather — 

(a)  If  severe,  then  "blood  is  nipt,"  "red  noses,"  "ways  be  foul," 
coughing  in  church,  sometimes  many  deaths. 

(6)  Outdoor  workers  cannot  follow  employment — roads  blocked — 
trains  and  cars  stopped — commerce  affected. 

IV.  Winter  sports — (a)  outdoor.      Skating,  sliding,  curling,  toboganning,  snow- 

balling. 

(b)  indoor.     Reading,  billiards,  cards. 
V.   Conclusion. — Winter  inevitable — has  its  advantages  and  disadvantages. 

EXERCISES  :  I.  Write  a  paragraph  on  the  owl. 

2.  Write  a  composition  on  winter,  following  above  plan  and  using  quotations 
from  the  poem.     Keep  all  paragraphs  distinct. 

3.  Rhyme,  Accent,  etc. — One   characteristic    of  poetry  is  repeti- 
tion.   This  may  take  many  forms.     The  same  idea  may  be  repeated 
in  different  words,  as  is  exemplified  in  Christina  Rossetti's  poem, 
"A  Green  Cornfield."     Frequently,  however,  there  is  a  repetition 
of  the  same  words,  phrases,  and  even  lines. 

When  there  is  a  regular  recurrence  of  the  same  line  or  lines,  and 
especially  at  the  close  of  each  stanza,  such  repeated  lines  constitute 
a  Refrain  or  Burden. 

EXERCISES  :  How  many  strong  stresses  in  each  line  ?  How  many  feet  in 
the  line?  What  is  the  name  of  the  metre?  What  is  the  rhyme 
arrangement  in  each  stanza  ?  How  many  separate  rhymes  are  there  in 
the  whole  poem  ?  How  many  lines  are  there  in  the  refrain  ?  Scan 
the  last  two  lines.  Should  the  word  "Joan  "be  sounded  as  a  mono- 
syllable or  a  disyllabic  ?  Give  a  reason  for  the  answer.  Give  examples 
of  alliteration. 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Poetic  Words  be(foul),  doth. 

Compound  Words        shepherd  =  sheep  +  herd — noun  +  noun, 
into  =  in  +  to — preposition  +  preposition. 
Obsolete  Words  keel  =  stir. 

Words  which  have  fallen  out  of  use  are  called  Obsolete. 
Archaic  Words  saw  =  wise  saying. 

Words  which  were  once  commonly  used  but  are  now  only  rarely  used  are 
termed  Archaic. 


WINTER  43 

Prefixes  How  many  prefixes  are  there  ? 

Suffixes  -en,  frozen,  past  participial  ending  of  the  strong  verb. 

t*0 

t,  nip/,  past  participial  ending  of  the  weak  verb.    (JE. ) 
th,  doM,  verbal,  showing  the   3rd  sing.    pres.   tense. 

(&} 
ly,  night/y,  adverbial.     (M.) 

Note. — The  origin  of  prefixes,  suffixes,  etc.,  is  shown  by  s£.  =  ^Englisc  and 
L.  =  La  tin. 

Diction. — This  is  the  general  name  to  describe  the  various  kinds 
of  words  used  in  any  particular  passage,  e.g.  "archaic  diction," 
"  poetic  diction,"  etc. 

EXERCISES  :  i.  Give  examples  of  other   words  having  prefixes  or  suffixes 
already  known. 

2.  Select  six  words  and  divide  each  so  as  to  show  prefix  or  suffix  (or  both) 

and  stem  or  root. 

3.  What  words  are  of  foreign  origin  ? 

4.  Give  examples  of  the  use  of  the  archaic  word  saw,  and  write  sentences 

showing  the  modern  word  in  two  senses. 


VIII 
A  SUMMER'S   MORNING 

HARK  !  hark  !  the  watchful  Chanticleer 
Tells  us  the  day's  bright  harbinger 
Peeps  o'er  the  eastern  hills  to  awe 
And  warn  Night's  sovereign  to  withdraw. 

Now  doors  and  windows  are  unbarred, 
Each-where  are  cheerful  voices  heard, 
And  round  about  "Good- morrows"  fly, 
As  if  Day  taught  Humanity. 

Now  through  the  morning  doors  behold 
Phoebus  arrayed  in  burning  gold, 
Lashing  his  fiery  steeds,  displays 
His  warm  and  all-enlightening  rays. 

The  traveller  now  leaves  his  inn 
A  new  day's  journey  to  begin, 
As  he  would  post  it  with  the  day, 
And,  early  rising,  makes  good  way. 

The  fore-horse  jingles  on  the  road, 
The  waggoner  lugs  on  his  load, 
The  field  with  busy  people  sings, 
With  various  cries  the  city  rings. 

The  world  is  now  a  busy  swarm, 
All  doing  good  or  doing  harm  ; 
But  let's  take  heed  our  acts  be  true, 
For  Heaven's  eye  sees  all  we  do. 

CHARLES  COTTON  (1630-1687). 


44 


A  SUMMER'S  MORNING  45 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

What  meaning  must  be  given  to  the  following  expressions  in  the 
poem  : — chanticleer,  harbinger,  Night's  sovereign,  Phcebus, 
fiery  steeds?  Which  two  persons  are  early  astir  in  the 
morning?  Name  words  of  pictorial  quality.  Does  the 
poem  describe  action  ?  Which  stanza  or  stanzas  portray 
most  action  ?  Has  this  poem  an  Introduction  and  a  Con- 
clusion which  would  be  suitable  for  a  prose  composition? 
If  so,  what  lines  constitute  the  Introduction  and  the  Con- 
clusion respectively  ?  Which  stanza  has  most  poetic  words 
or  the  most  poetic  order  of  words  ?  Give  reasons  for  the 
choice.  Which  stanza  is  nearest  prose,  either  in  the  order 
of  the  words  or  in  the  style  of  words  ?  Which  lines  are  no 
longer  appropriate  ?  What  would  bring  the  illustration  up 
to  date  ?  Has  this  poem  any  locale — town  or  country  ? 
Would  it  be  right  to  call  this  a  descriptive  poem  ?  If  you 
think  this  is  a  descriptive  poem,  in  what  respects  does  it 
differ  from  "  Winter  "  ?  Is  the  poem  written  in  the  present 
tense  or  in  the  past  tense  ? 

2.  Composition  :  Prose  and  Poetry :  Paraphrasing 

Composition  has  been  defined  as  the  process  of  arranging 
thoughts  in  an  orderly  fashion  so  that  the  meaning  may  be  perfectly 
clear.  Since  thought  may  be  expressed  either  in  prose  or  in  verse, 
it  follows  that  composition  is  of  two  kinds :  prose-composition  and 
verse-composition.  Prose  is  that  kind  in  which  words  are  arranged 
as  in  the  natural  order  of  speech  :  Verse  is  that  kind  in  which  words 
are  arranged  according  to  metre. 

Prose  and  Verse  thus  differ  inform. 

The  Form — the  outward  appearance  and  arrangement — of  prose 
is  seen  in  the  Sentence  and  the  Paragraph.  Verse  has  sentences  and 
occasionally  also  paragraphs;  but  its  form  is  shown  chiefly  by  the 
Line  and  usually  also  by  Rhyme  and  the  Stanza. 


46  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

Verse,  that  differs  from  prose  not  only  in  form  but  also  in 
diction  and  m  feeling,  is  called  Poetry. 

The  poems  studied  hitherto  have  exemplified  many  characteristics 
— of  form,  diction  and  feeling — peculiar  to  poetry.  The  poet  is 
compelled  to  arrange  his  words  in  accordance  with  the  metre  he 
employs.  He  must  select  some  words  for  the  purposes  of  rhyme. 
The  writer  of  prose  is  not  so  trammelled,  and  therefore  one  great 
difference  between  prose  and  poetry,  is  to  be  found  in  the  order  and 
arrangement  of  the  words.  The  language  of  poetry  is  also  marked 
by  the  deliberate  omission  of  certain  prosaic  phrases,  by  the  use  of 
special  poetic  words  and  by  a  preference  for  archaic  words.  Many 
artifices,  designed  either  to  give  pleasure  to  the  ear  or  to  produce  a 
distinct  mental  effect — as,  for  example,  the  use  of  repetition — are 
frequently  employed  in  poetry,  and  rarely,  if  ever,  employed  in 
prose.  Then  as  regards  the  manner  or  feeling  of  poetry,  as  a  rule, 
prose  does  not  make  the  same  appeal  to  the  imagination  and  the 
emotions. 

Since  poetic  composition  is  written  under  all  these  limitations,  it 
is  not  easy  to  turn  prose  into  poetry,  and  for  the  same  reason  the 
latter  is  sometimes  more  difficult  to  understand.  But  the  mere 
meaning  of  a  passage  may  often  be  made  more  clear  by  changing 
the  order  and  arrangement  of  the  words  or  by  employing  other 
words  to  express  the  same  ideas.  That  is  to  say,  the  sense  of  a 
passage  may  be  more  apparent  when  the  words  are  arranged  in 
prose  form.  When  a  piece  of  composition,  either  prose  or  verse, 
is  re-written  in  different  words,  but  so  as  to  preserve  the  original 
meaning,  it  is  said  to  be  paraphrased. 

Paraphrasing  (Gk.  para,  beside  :  phrasis,  a  speaking)  is  a  process 
which  tests  intelligence,  vocabulary,  power  of  expression,  and  know- 
ledge of  the  rules  of  composition.  The  passage  to  be  paraphrased 
must  be  understood.  The  first  step,  therefore,  is  to  get  the  general 
sense  of  the  passage.  This  general  sense  may  be  briefly  recorded 
by  the  process  of  summarising  or  condensation.  The  next  step  is 


A  SUMMER'S  MORNING  47 

that  of  expansion.  The  general  sense  of  the  passage  is  expanded 
by  the  use  of  different  words  and  in  such  a  way  that  none  of 
the  ideas  contained  in  the  original  passage  are  omitted.  So 
long  as  the  general  sense  is  kept,  the  words  of  the  paraphrase 
may  be  either  simpler  or  grander  than  those  of  the  original.  As 
a  rule,  however,  it  is  well  to  use  the  simplest  possible  language 
for  the  paraphrase.  As  many  excellent  and  simple  words  are 
bound  to  occur  in  the  original,  it  is  not  necessary  to  alter  every 
word  in  paraphrasing  it. 

Example :  Stanza  I 

(a)  General  Sense.     The  crowing  cock  announces  the  coming  of 

the  day  and  the  going  of  the  night. 

(b)  Use  of  Different  Words.      Chanticleer  =  cock ;    day's   bright 

harbinger  =  sun  ;  Night's  sovereign  =  moon. 

(c)  Paraphrase.     Hark  !  hark  !  the  wakeful  cock  announces  that 

the  sun,  the  bright  messenger  of  day,  is  peeping  over 
the  eastern  hills  in  order  to  frighten  away  the  ruler  of 
the  night,  the  moon. 

EXERCISES  :  I .  Paraphrase  stanza  3  according  to  the  above  scheme. 

2.  Condense  the  poem  into  one  prose  paragraph  entitled  "A  Summer's 

Morning." 

3.  Re-write  the  second  last  stanza  in  the  past  tense. 

4.  Name  poems  which  appeal  to  the  imagination  ;  which  appeal  to  the 

emotions. 

5.  Does   "A  Summer's  Morning"  appeal  to  the  imagination?   to   the 

emotions?    Give  a  reason  for  your  answers. 


3.  Prosody 

Prosody  is  the  general  term  for  the  whole  science  of  versification. 
Rhyme,  Stanza,  Accent,  Metre,  Scansion,  Foot  are  all  names 
included  in  the  general  term. 


A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 


EXERCISES  :  Stress-mark  all  the  lines.  What  is  the  metre  ?  Scan  the  last 
stanza.  How  many  stanzas  ?  How  many  rhymes  in  each  stanza  ? 
Arrange  the  rhymes  in  pairs.  Note  the  order  of  the  rhymes  in  each 
stanza.  Give  any  examples  of  the  same  rhyme-arrangement  in  previous 
poems.  How  must  "  heard  "  be  pronounced? 

Two  succeeding  lines  which  rhyme  together  constitute  a  Couplet. 

How  many  couplets  in  each  stanza  ?  Give  examples  of  couplets  from  the  last 
two  stanzas.  Scan  the  second  last  stanza  re-written  in  past  tense.  Does 
it  make  good  verse  ?  Why  ? 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 


Poetic  Words 
Compound  Words 

Archaic  Words  • 
Prefixes 


Suffixes 


Chanticleer,  harbinger,  Phoebus, 
withdraw,  prep.  +  verb.     Good-morrow,  adj.  -f  noun, 
all-enlightening,  adj.  +verb.     fore-horse,  adj.  +noun. 
each-where,  lugs  (luggage). 


with  —  withdraw 
be     —  behold 

—  begin 

—  arrayed 

—  displays 

—  enlighten 

—  watchful 


—  with,  back.    (.E.) 

—  be,  intensive  particle.    (/£. ) 


ar 
dis 
en 
ful 
en 

y 

ty 


—  ad,  to.     (L.) 

—  dis,  apart  (L.) 

—  en(in),  in.     (L.) 

—  ful,  full.     (/E.) 

—  enlightening —  en,  to  make.     (^E.) 

—  busy  —  y,  adjectival.     (.#£.) 

—  humanity       —  ity,  ending  of  abstract  noun.    (L.) 


ROOTS 

LATIN  : 
Ag6re;  to  drive,  do 


Cantare,  sing : 
Varius,  various ; 
Civis,  citizen  : 
Homo,  a  man : 

/ENGLISC  : 
Drawan,  to  draw : 


ACTS,  agent,  agile,  agitate,  coagulate,  cogent, 
cogitate,  counteract,  enact,  exact,  exigent, 
transact. 

CHANTICLEER,  chant,  incantation,  accent. 

VARIOUS,  vary,  variegate,  variety. 

CITY,  citadel,  citizen,  civil. 

HUMANITY,  homage,  homicide,  humane. 


WITHDRAW,  drag,  dray,  draft,  draught,  dredge, 
drawer,  drudge. 


A  SUMMER'S  MORNING  49 

EXERCISES  :    I.  Give  examples  of  plural-suffixes  :   of  possessive-suffixes  :   of 
verb-suffixes  (pres.  part.,  past  tense,  p.  part.). 

2.  Build  words  from  Roots,  Cantare  and  Agere. 

3.  In  the  words  derived  from  Agere  show  Root  or  stem  of  each  :  then  write 

down  in  a  column  the  other  parts  of  each  word  and  say  whether  prefixes 
or  suffixes. 

4.  Define  the  term  "intensive  particle."     Give  the  intensive  forms  of: 

stir,  give,  jewelled,  grime,  bear. 

5.  Make  compound  words  by  joining  a  preposition  to  a  verb,  an  adjective 

to  a  noun,  an  adjective  to  a  verb,  a  preposition  to  a  preposition,  a 
noun  to  a  noun. 

6.  What  are  the  parts  of  speech  which  enter  into  the  composition  of  the 

following  words :  watchful,  each- where,  cheerful,  gentlemen,  glow- 
worm, grey-headed,  skylark,  butterflies,  cornfield,  somewhere,  beehive, 
welcome  ? 

7.  The  word  "lug"  originally  meant  "  to  pull  by  the  hair."     Is  the  word 

really  archaic  ?    Give  an  instance  of  its  modern  use. 

8.  Find  words  or  phrases  occurring  in  the  poem  which  might  be  substituted 

for  the  following  poetic  words  :  portals,  pilgrim,  hostelry,  the  pranc- 
ing steed  makes  music,  the  swain  arrays  his  chariot's  weight,  never 
obscured  is  the  vision  of  Heaven. 


IX 

LAMENT  FOR  CULLODEN 

THE  lovely  lass  o'  Inverness, 
Nae  joy  nor  pleasure  can  she  see ; 
For  e'en  and  morn  she  cries,  Alas ! 

And  aye  the  saut  tear  blins  her  ee ; 
Drumossie  moor — Drumossie  day — 

A  waefu'  day  it  was  to  me ! 
For  there  I  lost  my  father  dear, 

My  father  dear,  and  brethren  three. 

Their  winding-sheet  the  bluidy  clay, 

Their  graves  are  growin'  green  to  see  : 
And  by  them  lies  the  dearest  lad 

That  ever  blest  a  woman's  ee ! 
Now  wae  to  thee,  thou  cruel  lord, 

A  bluidy  man  I  trow  thou  be; 
For  mony  a  heart  thou  hast  made  sair 

That  ne'er  did  wrang  to  thine  or  thee. 

ROBERT  BURNS  (1759-1796), 

The  Lovely  Lass  of  Inverness. 

Nae = no.      e'en  =  even  =  evening,      saut  =  salt,      blins  =  blinds,      ee  =  eye. 
waefu'  =  woeful,     bluidy  =  bloody,     sair  =  sore,     wrang  =  wrong. 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

What  is  a  Lament  ?  Who  laments  here  ?  Why  ?  How  many 
persons  that  she  loved  fell  in  the  battle?  Say  who  they 
were.  Where  is  Culloden  ?  When  was  the  battle  fought  ? 
Why  was  it  fought  ?  Do  you  notice  anything  peculiar  about 


LAMENT  FOR  CULLODEN  51 

the  diction  of  the  poem  ?  Explain  any  peculiarity  you  may 
notice.  Is  this  a  descriptive  poem  ?  Whether  would  this 
poem  or  the  last  ("  A  Summer's  Morning")  be  the  easier  to 
write  ?  Give  reasons  for  your  answer.  Supply  a  verb  in  the 
first  line  of  the  second  stanza.  Is  this  kind  of  omission 
characteristic  of  poetry  ? 

2.  Composition :  Questions  and  Exercises 

Write  in  your  own  words  the  reason  why  the  lovely  lass  was  sad.     Which 

two  lines  give  the  main  reason  ? 

Do  you  think  paraphrasing  would  make  this  poem  simpler  ? 
Is  changing  the  Scots  words  into  current  English  paraphrasing? 
Is  changing  the  poetic  words  into  ordinary  speech  paraphrasing  ? 
Write  out  a  list  of  words  or  expressions   in  this   poem  that  might  be 

paraphrased.     What  paraphrase  would  you  give  for  each  ? 

Construction  of  the  Poem 

There  are  three  distinct  parts  in  this  poem: 

I.  Introduction — who  weeps?     11.  1-4. 
II.  Reason  for  Weeping.     11.  5-12. 
III.  Whom  she  blames.     11.  13-16. 

It  will  be  observed  that  these  three  divisions  correspond  roughly 
to  three  aspects  of  the  heroine's  grief  rising  one  above  another  with 
increasing  intensity.  At  first  her  grieving  is  described  generally, 
and,  no  cause  being  assigned  for  it,  little  sympathy  is  felt.  The 
words  "Drumossie  Moor"  instantly  suggest  a  battle,  probably  a 
death :  they  also  link  the  first  division  of  the  poem  to  the  next, 
where  the  extent  of  the  tragedy  is  gradually  unfolded.  The  sudden 
realisation  that  her  lover  is  lying  dead  beside  her  kinsmen  changes 
her  sorrow  into  fury  against  the  cruel  lord.  The  transition  from 
the  second  to  the  third  division  of  the  poem  appears  abrupt,  but  it 
is  natural :  she  feels  that  she  also  is  made  to  suffer  unjustly. 

The  method  of  treatment,  like  that  of  "  Proud  Maisie "  and 
"  Earl  March,"  is  dramatic.  The  poet  does  not  tell  the  facts  in  an 
ordinary  way.  He  unfolds  them  bit  by  bit,  so  that  expectation  is 


52  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

aroused  as  to  what  is  to  come  next ;  and  by  this  means  also  more 
and  more  sympathy  is  gained  for  the  heroine. 


EXERCISE  :  The  lovely  lass  is  here  called  a  heroine.  What  is  the  usual 
meaning  of  "heroine"?  Consider  the  poem  carefully,  then  construct 
a  sentence,  describing  exactly  what  is  meant  by  "the  heroine"  in  a 
dramatic  poem.  Write  a  composition  (of  three  paragraphs  based  on 
the  above  plan)  telling  the  incident  of  "the  lovely  lass  o'  Inverness." 
Expand  the  account  where  you  think  proper. 

3.  Prosody 

What  is  the  name  of  the  metre?  Are  all  the  lines  of  the  same  length?  How 
many  stanzas?  How  many  lines  in  the  whole  poem?  In  these  lines  how  many 
distinct  rhymes  ?  Note  the  order  of  the  rhymes  in  each  stanza.  Write  down 
any  pairs  that  do  not  rhyme  exactly.  What  is  the  total  number  of  rhymes  em- 
ployed ?  Is  the  same  rhyme  found  in  both  stanzas  ?  Name  the  rhymes  common 
to  both.  Give  examples  of  alliteration. 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Poetic  Words  e'en,  aye,  father  dear,  brethren  three,  trow,  hast — (note 

"father  dear" — poetic  order.} 
Compound  Words      winding-sheet,  verb  +  noun. 


Prefixes 


Suffixes 


ROOTS 


Licgan,  to  lie  : 
Laedan,  to  lead  : 

Leosan,  to  lose  : 


Inver  —  Inverness  —  Inver,  at  the  mouth  of  (p.  65). 
(Celtic.) 

Drum  —  Drumossie  —  Drum,  a  ridge  of  land  (p.  65). 
(Celtic.) 

est  —  dearest  —  est,  denoting  superlative  degree. 
(4fe) 

st  —  hast  —  st,  and  per.  pres.  tense  of  verb 

=  verb-suffix.  (JE.) 

en  — brethren  — en,  sign  of  the  plural  =  a  plural- 
suffix.  (&.) 


LIES,  lay,  layer,  lair,  low,  alight,  outlay. 
LAD  (one  led),  lead,  lode. 

[The  derivation  of  "  lass  " — although  it  is  the  feminine 

of  ' '  lad  " — is  not  known  with  certainty.  ] 
LOST,  lose,  lorn,  forlorn,  loss. 


LAMENT  FOR  CULLODEN 


53 


Eage,  the  eye :  EE   (eye),   eyne,    daisy   (day's   eye),   window 

(wind  eye,  an  eye  or  hole  for  the  admission 
of  air  and  light). 

Deore,  precious :          DEAR,  DEAREST,  darling,  dearth. 

Wringan,  to  wring:    WRANG,  wrong,  wrench,  wrinkle. 

[The  words  writhe,  wrest,  wrestle,  wrist,  wroth,  wry 
are  probably  connected  with  the  same  root.] 


LATIN  : 

Placere,  to  please  : 
Crudelis,  cruel : 


PLEASURE,  complacent,  placid,  plead. 
CRUEL,  cruelty,  crude. 


EXERCISES.  I.  Give  instances  of  other  poetic  words. 

2.  Give  examples  of  suffixes  and  prefixes  already  noted. 

3.  Show  the  suffix  and  its  force  in  shoon,  kine,  eyne,  oxen,  children. 

4.  Build  words  from  grave,  tear,  blinds  (blins). 

5.  Change  the  Scots  words  into  modern  English.    Show  what  letters  have 

been  added,  omitted,  or  changed. 

6.  Give  the  derivation  of  "lord."     Show  the  various  forms  it  assumed 

(v.  p.  12). 


X 
TO  THE  CUCKOO 

OB  LITHE  new-comer  !  I  have  heard, 
I  hear  thee  and  rejoice : 
O  Cuckoo  !  shall  I  call  thee  Bird 
Or  but  a  wandering  Voice  ? 

While  I  am  lying  on  the  grass 

t  >  t 

Thy  twofold  shout  I  hear ; 

From  hill  to  hfll  it  seems  to  pass, 

/  /  / 

At  once  far  off  and  near. 

Though  babbling  only  to  the  vale 

Of  sunshine  and  of  flowers, 
Thou  bringest  unto  me  a  tale 

Of  visionary  hours. 

Thrice  welcome,  darling  of  the  Spring  ! 

Even  yet  thou  art  to  me 
No  bird,  but  an  invisible  thing, 

A  voice,  a  mystery  ; 

The  same  whom  in  my  schoolboy  days 

I  listened  to  ;  that  Cry 
Which  made  me  look  a  thousand  ways 

In  bush,  and  tree,  and  sky. 

To  seek  thee  did  I  often  rove 

Through  woods  and  on  the  green ; 

And  thou  wert  still  a  hope,  a  love ; 
Still  long'd  for,  never  seen  ! 

54 


TO  THE  CUCKOO  55 

And  I  can  listen  to  thee  yet ; 

Can  lie  upon  the  plain 
And  listen,  till  I  do  beget 

That  golden  time  again. 

O  blessed  Bird  !   the  earth  we  pace 

Again  appears  to  be 
An  unsubstantial,  faery  place, 

That  is  fit  home  for  Thee. 

W.  WORDSWORTH  (1770-1850). 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

Can  the  poem  be  properly  described  as  a  narrative  ?  As  a 
description  ?  In  what  respect,  either  in  subject-matter  or  in 
treatment,  does  this  poem  differ  from  those  already  studied  ? 
In  this  poem  does  the  poet  conceal  his  personality  ?  If  not, 
why  ?  Does  he  think  that  the  cuckoo  understands  him  ?  In 
what  way  does  the  bird  really  speak  to  the  poet  ?  Why  does 
he  regard  it  as  a  friend  ?  Why  is  it  a  one-sided  friendship  ? 
Give  from  the  poem  three  reasons  why  the  poet  welcomes 
the  cuckoo  ?  Bring  together  lines  under  the  heading  of 
"  Memories."  Quote  the  stanza  in  which  the  poet  con- 
fesses that  he  does  not  understand  the  cuckoo.  Point  out 
any  special  characteristics  of  poetry  occurring  in  the  poem. 
Give  examples  of  the  repetition  of  the  same  words,  and  of 
the  same  idea  in  different  words.  What  different  epithets 
does  the  poet  apply  to  the  cuckoo  ?  In  what  different  ways 
does  he  describe  its  cry  ?  Does  the  cuckoo  sing  ?  Is  the 
language  of  the  poem  simple  ?  Give  a  reason  for  your 
answer.  Write  out  a  list  of  the  words  of  more  than  two 
syllables.  Select  the  stanza  which  you  think  is  nearest 
prose.  Between  which  two  stanzas  is  there  no  break  in  the 
sense  ? 

2.  Composition :  Exercises 

I.  Make  one  or  two  sentences  about  the  poem  ;  say  what  is  its  subject,  what 
is  the  method  of  treatment,  how  much  of  it  is  narrative,  how  much 


56  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

descriptive,  whether  it  is  dramatic,  and  so  on.     Write  as  if  you  were 
explaining  it  to  a  class-mate. 

2.  Condense  the  poem,  omitting  all  repetitions. 

3.  Paraphrase  Stanza  I  and  Stanza  8. 

4.  Using  the  following  plan,  write  an  essay  on  the  "  Cuckoo."      Quote 

appropriately  from  the  poem. 

(i)  The  Cuckoo — why  called — a  visitor  to  Britain, 
(ii)  When  it  comes — why  it  comes — nesting — its  food, 
(iii)  Stories  of  its  young — its  neglect  of  its  offspring, 
(iv)  When  it  goes  away — where  it  goes. 

(v)  Conclusion :  Why  Cuckoo  is  regarded  as  bird  of  good  omen — 
"  the  harbinger  of  Spring." 

An  Ode  is  a  poem  written  in  honour  of,  and  addressed  to  some 
person,  principle,  place,  or  thing. 

3.  Prosody 

Read  the  poem  through,  accenting  the  stressed  syllables.  Has  each  line  the 
same  number  of  feet  ?  Name  the  arrangement  of  the  lines  in  regard  to  stresses 
and  to  rhymes.  Do  the  lines  with  the  same  number  of  stresses  rhyme  together 
or  alternately  ?  Write  out  a  list  of  all  the  poems  already  studied  which  have  the 
same  kind  of  stanza. 

Without  looking  at  the  poem,  re-write  the  following  in  the  proper  metre  : — 
Thrice  welcome  !  darling  of  the  Spring,  even  yet  thou  art  to  me  no  bird,  but 
an  invisible  thing,  a  voice,  a  mystery  :  the  same  whom  in  my  schoolboy  days  I 
listened  to  :  that  cry  which  made  me  look  a  thousand  ways  in  bush,  and  tree, 
and  sky. 

Occasionally  in  scanning  a  line  it  is  necessary  to  omit  a  letter 
which  stands  for  a  syllable.  The  word  "  invisible  "  is  made  up  of 
four  syllables,  in  vis  i  ble ;  but  in  the  line 

No  bird  |  but  an  |  invis  |  ible  thing 

it  should  be  sounded  as  a  trisyllable  for  the  sake  of  the  metre. 
This  is  called  slurring.  In  the  first  stanza  the  word  "  wandering  " 
must  be  slurred  to  "  wand'ring,"  just  as  is  usually  done  in  speech. 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Poetic  Words  thy,  bringest,  rove,  wert,  pace,  faery,  vale. 

Compound  Words  sunshine,  noun  +  verb;  upon,  prep.  +  preposition. 

Onomatopoelic  Words        cuckoo,  babbling. 


TO  THE  CUCKOO 


57 


Words  which  are  imitations  of  sounds  heard  in  nature  are  called  Onomato- 
poetic  words. 


—  re,  again.     (L.) 

—  in,  not.     (L.) 

—  be,  intensive.     (^E.) 

—  ad,  to.     (L.) 

—  ary,  Adjectival  suffix. 

—  ible 


Prefixes  re     —  rejoice 

in      —  invisible 
be     —  beget 
ap     —  appears 

Suffixes  ary    — visionary         — ary,  Adjectival  suffix.     (L.) 

ible  —  invisible  —  ible         ,,  ,,          (L.) 

ial     —  unsubstantial  —  ial  ,,  ,,          (L.) 

ling  — darling  — ling.     Diminutive.     (L.) 

y       — mystery  — y.     Abstract  suffix.     (L.) 

ROOTS: 
LATIN  : 

Videre,  to  see :  VISIONARY,  invisible,  evident,  providence,  advise. 
Planus,  flat :    PLAIN,  plane,  plan,  explain,  esplanade. 
Vox,  voice :       VOICE,  advocate,  vocal,  convoke. 


EXERCISES  :  Give  other  words  formed  from  above  roots, 
from  roots  previously  learnt. 


Give  words  formed 


Write  out  a  list  of  other  compound  words  based  on  these  models  :  noun  + 
verb,  verb  +  noun,  adj.  +noun,  noun  +  adj.  Give  words  having  prefixes 
or  suffixes  previously  learnt. 


XI 
CHARACTER  OF  A  HAPPY  LIFE 

HOW  happy  is  he  born  and  taught 
That  serveth  not  another's  will ; 
Whose  armour  is  his  honest  thought 
And  simple  truth  his  utmost  skill ! 

Whose  passions  not  his  masters  are, 
Whose  soul  is  still  prepared  for  death, 

Untied  unto  the  world  by  care 
Of  public  fame,  or  private  breath  ; 

Who  envies  none  that  chance  doth  raise, 

Or  vice ;  who  never  understood 
How  deepest  wounds  are  given  by  praise, 

Nor  rules  of  state,  but  rules  of  good ; 

Who  hath  his  life  from  rumours  freed  ; 

Whose  conscience  is  his  strong  retreat ; 
Whose  state  can  neither  flatterers  feed, 

Nor  ruin  make  oppressors  great ; 

Who  God  doth  late  and  early  pray 
More  of  His  grace  than  gifts  to  lend  ; 

And  entertains  the  harmless  day 
With  a  well-chosen  book  or  friend ; 

— This  man  is  freed  from  servile  bands 

Of  hope  to  rise,  or  fear  to  fall, 
Lord  of  himself,  though  not  of  lands ; 

And  having  nothing,  yet  hath  all. 

SIR  HENRY  WOTTON  (1568-1639). 


CHARACTER  OF  A  HAPPY  LIFE  59 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

Substitute  another  title.  What  is  this  poem  a  description  of? 
Is  it  the  same  kind  of  descriptive  poem  as,  e.g.,  "  Winter "  ? 
What  is  the  difference?  Gather  together  (i)  what  the  good 
man  will  do,  and  (2)  what  he  will  not  do.  Is  the  good  man 
also  the  happy  man?  Is  the  happy  man  necessarily  a 
wealthy  man  ?  Has  he  a  good  conscience  ?  Is  he  religious  ? 
independent?  honest?  honourable?  slanderous?  envious? 
a  false  praiser?  interested  in  politics?  Give  a  quotation 
from  the  poem  to  back  up  your  answers.  How  is  the  happy 
man  defended  against  the  attacks  of  others?  What  is  his 
own  means  of  attack?  What  is  his  defence?  Paraphrase 
"public  fame,"  "private  breath,"  "strong  retreat,"  "servile 
bands."  What  line  must  be  repeated  at  the  beginning  of 
most  stanzas  ?  At  which  stanza  is  it  unnecessary  to  repeat 
this  line?  Is  the  same  idea  ever  repeated  in  the  poem? 
Illustrate  your  answer  by  quotations?  Who  is  the  "this 
man  "  referred  to  in  the  last  stanza  ?  Is  he  born  to  a  happy 
life  ?  trained  to  a  happy  life  ? 

2.  Composition  :  Plan  of  poem  :  construction  of  sentences  :  reflection  : 

Note  the  disproportion  in  the  divisions  of  the  poem — 
I.  Introduction — "How  happy  is  he  born  and  taught."  1.  i. 
II.  Characteristics.  11.  2-20. 

III.  General  Conclusion.  11.  21-24. 

But  the  introductory  line  is  very  important,  because  it  forms  the 
main  clause  of  every  sentence  contained  in  the  second  division  of 
the  poem,  viz.,  characteristics,  11.  2-20.  Thus : 

(a)  How  happy  is  he  born  and  taught  Main. 

That  serveth  not  another's  will.  Subordinate. 

(£)  How  happy  is  he  born  and  taught  Principal. 

Whose  armour  is  his  honest  thought.  Subordinate. 

(c)  How  happy  is  he  born  and  taught  Principal. 

Whose  utmost  skill  is  simple  truth.  Subordinate. 

(<f)  How  happy  is  he  born  and  taught  Principal. 

Whose  conscience  is  his  strong  retreat.  Subordinate. 


60  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

There  are  about  twenty  statements  in  the  poem  which  may  be  put 
in  the  above  manner.  Each  of  these  statements  is  really  a  reflection 
about  the  happiness  of  being  born  with  a  certain  characteristic,  or 
of  having  acquired  that  characteristic  by  education  and  training. 
It  is  not  likely  that  the  poet  is  describing  a  real  man.  Probably  he 
is  portraying  his  ideal — what  he  thinks  the  happy  man  should  be. 
He  turns  over  in  his  mind  various  thoughts  about  the  happy  life 
and  how  to  live  it.  This  turning  over  of  thought  in  the  mind  is 
called  Reflection  (re,  back  or  again  ;  flection,  a  bending).  A  poem 
which  has  many  of  these  reflections  may  be  called  a  reflective  poem. 

Here  the  reflective  statements  are  all  put  in  simple  fashion,  a 
main  clause  being  followed  by  an  adjective  clause.  However,  it  is 
quite  possible  to  make  the  same  statement  in  another  way  by 
changing  the  structure  of  the  sentence.  Thus : 

(a)  How  happy  is  he  born  and  taught  who  never  understood  the  rules  of  State, 

Adjective  clause. 

(b)  When  a  man  has  never  understood  the  rules  of  State  he  has  been  happily 

born  and  taught.     Adverb  clause. 

(c)  The  happily-born  and  happily-taught  man  has  never  understood  the  rules 

of  State.     Simple  sentence. 

Altering  the  structure  of  a  sentence  is  a  common  device  in 
paraphrasing. 

EXERCISES  :  I.  Make  other  reflective  statements  from  the  poem,  commencing 
"  How  happy  is  he  born  and  taught." 

2.  Put  these  reflections  into  sentences  having — 

(a)  a  Main  and  an  Adjective  clause. 

(b)  a  Main  and  an  Adverb  clause. 

(c)  a  Main  and  any  other  kind  of  Subordinate  clause. 

(d)  only  one  clause. 

3.  Express  the  main  thought  of  the  poem  in  a  paragraph. 

4.  Paraphrase  Stanza  3  and  Stanza  6. 

5.  After  having  studied  the  words  and  expressions,  answer  Ques.  3  (p.  62). 


CHARACTER  OF  A  HAPPY  LIFE  61 

3.  Prosody 

Scan  the  poem.  What  is  the  number  of  feet  in  each  line  ?  Has  every  line 
the  same  number  of  feet  ?  Point  out  any  slurred  syllables.  What  is  the  rhyme 
arrangement  ? 

A  Stanza  containing  four  lines  is  called  a  Quatrain. 

It  has  been  shown  that  poetry  may  easily  be  turned  into  prose. 
It  is  not  so  easy  to  turn  prose  into  poetry,  but  sometimes  in  order 
to  test  one's  knowledge  of  prosody  simple  exercises  in  versification 
are  given.  The  following  prose  passage  contains  (i)  the  rhymes 
underlined,  (2)  the  correct  number  of  words.  The  stress  order  is 
"weak-strong,"  "weak-strong"  throughout,  4  stresses  to  the  line. 

Who  hath  freed  his  life  from  rumours,  whose  conscience  is  his  strong 
retreat ;  whose  state  can  neither  feed  flatterers,  nor  ruin  make  oppressors 
great. 

It  is  required  to  write  this  as  a  stanza  with  alternate  rhymes. 
First,  note  down  the  rhymes :  freed,  retreat,  feed,  great.  Second, 
accent  the  words  as  they  stand  with  the  rhymes  placed  at  every 
fourth  stress.  Third,  transpose  any  word  which  seems  wrongly 
stressed. 

The  first  line  may  be  : 

Who  hath  from  rumours  his  life  freed, 
or: 

Who  hath  his  life  from  rumours  freed. 

The  second  arrangement  is  the  better,  because  "his,"  an  unim- 
portant word,  is  stressed  in  the  first ;  whereas  in  the  second  all  the 
important  words  have  stresses.  It  is  rare  that  the  order  of  the 
words  in  a  line  of  poetry  can  be  changed  without  destroying  either 
the  metre  or  the  sense. 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Poetic  Words  Give  any. 

Compound  Words     Another,   adj.  +  adj.    (pronoun);    nothing,    adj.  +  noun; 
understood  (prep,  or  adv. )  + verb. 


62  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

Prefixes  pre     —  prepared     —  pre,  prse,  before.     (L.) 

con    —  conscience  —  con,  together.     (L.) 
op      —  oppressors  —  ob,  against.     (L.) 
enter — entertains    — inter,  amongst.     (L. ) 
re       —  religious      —  re,  again,  back.     (L.) 

Suffixes  most  —  utmost         —  most,  superlative,     (&•) 

ht       — though/       — abstract  suffix.     (M.) 
th       —  trath  „  ,,          (M.) 

ion     —  passz'0»s  ,,  „          (L.) 

our     —  rumour  ,,  ,,          (L.) 

ce       —  conscience  ,,          ,,          (L.) 

grace. 

less     — harm/ess      — adjectival.     (fiL. ) 
ic        —  pubhV  ,,  (L.) 

ile       —  servi'fe         —          ,,  (L.) 

ious    —  religious      —          ,,  (L.) 

ate      —  private         —  ,,  (L.) 

or        —  oppressor    —  denoting  "agent." 

EXERCISES  :  I.   Make  out  a  complete  list  of  the  abstract  nouns  in  the  poem  : 
show  the  various  suffixes  and  their  origins. 

2.  Select  the  stanza  which  has  the  least  foreign  words  and  the  one  which 

has  the  most. 

3.  Write  your    estimate   of   the   poem   in   regard   to   "language"   and 

"  feeling."     If  the  poem  does  not  appeal  to  you,  give  your  reasons. 

ROOTS 
LATIN  : 

Anna,  arms:  ARMOUR,  arms,  armament. 

Pati,  pass,  to  suffer :       PASSIONS,  patience,  compassionate. 

Stare,  stat,  to  stand ;      STATE,  circumstance,  distance,  destitute,  in- 
stantly. 
UNSUBSTANTIAL  ("To  the  Cuckoo"). 

Scire,  to  know :  CONSCIENCE,  conscious,  science,  scientific. 

Trab.e"re,  tract,  to  draw:  RETREAT,  tract,  training,  treatment,  trail. 

Oratus,  pleasing :  GRACE,  congratulate,  ungrateful,  agreeable, 

ingratiate. 

Semis,  slave:  SERVETH,  SERVILE,  servant. 


XII 

THE  CELTS  AND  THE  SCANDIANS 

IT  has  been  shown  that  the  English  speech  was  introduced  into 
the  island  of  Britain  from  the  mainland  of  Europe  by  three 
Germanic  tribes,  and  it  is  clear  that,  owing  to  the  presence  of  foreign 
words,  the  original  language  has  since  been  profoundly  modified.  The 
foreign  tongue  which  has  exerted  the  greatest  influence  upon  English 
is  undoubtedly  Latin,  and  on  what  occasions  and  by  what  means 
its  influence  was  exerted  will  be  shown  later.  But  in  the  first,  or 
Old  English,  period,  in  addition  to  Latin,  other  two  languages  were 
sources  of  foreign  words.  These  were  Celtic  and  Scandinavian. 

It  is  not  quite  clear  who  were  the  original  inhabitants  of  Britain, 
but  it  is  certain  that  the  Celts,  like  the  English  themselves,  were 
invaders  and  the  conquerors  of  a  race  already  settled  there.  The 
date  of  the  Celtic  invasion  must  have  been  long  before  the  com- 
mencement of  the  Christian  era.  When  the  famous  Roman  general 
Julius  Caesar  made  his  first  visit  to  Britain  in  55  B.C.,  he  was  attracted 
thither  by  the  stories  of  traders  and  merchants,  and  it  is  recorded 
that  certain  Jewish  navigators,  the  Phoenicians,  had  traded  with  the 
Celts  centuries  before  that  date. 

If  a  race  has  once  been  firmly  established  in  a  country  there  are 
always  traces  of  its  presence  in  the  speech  of  its  successors.  There- 
fore the  Celts  would  adopt  some  words  from  their  predecessors  in 
Britain,  and  the  English  in  their  turn  adopt  some  words  from  the 
Celts.  A  modern  instance  of  the  same  tendency  may  be  quoted. 
The  Maories  of  New  Zealand,  themselves  originally  invaders,  have 
been  conquered  and  largely  dispossessed  by  the  British.  When  the 
white  population  has  entirely  absorbed  the  Maori  element,  the 


64  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

language  of  the  latter  will  probably  die  out  as  a  spoken  tongue.  But 
many  of  their  words,  having  been  already  incorporated  in  English, 
will  survive.  Thus,  most  of  the  New  Zealand  geographical  names 
are  of  Maori  origin — Ruapehu,  Waikato,  Orcpuki,  Kaikoura  ;  and  a 
few  general  terms  likewise — kiwi,  moa. 

In  the  same  manner  when  the  English  came  to  Britain  they 
found  the  chief  natural  features  of  the  country — the  mountains,  rivers, 
hills,  valleys — already  named  by  the  Celts,  and  in  most  cases  it  was 
easy  and  convenient  to  adopt  these  place-names,  e.g.  Aberdeen, 
Carlisle,  Ben  Lomond.  Likewise  they  adopted  a  few  general  terms, 
e.g.  bannock,  crock,  down  (Wiltshire  Downs). 

Frequently  it  happened  that  the  invaders  did  not  know  or  did  not 
use  the  native  names.  They  therefore  either  re-named  the  place 
according  to  their  own  ideas  of  it,  or  translated  the  native  word  into 
their  own  tongue.  There  are  thus  two  layers  of  place-names,  Celtic 
and  ^Englisc;  and  sometimes  there  is  a  combination  of  both 
tongues  to  form  one  name. 

e.g.  Meikledrumgray  =  Meikle  (^nglisc),  Drum  (Celtic),  Gray 
(^Englisc),  the  big  gray  ridge  of  land. 

The  Scandinavian  invasions  also  left  their  impress  on  the  language 
of  this  country.  The  Scandinavians,  Scandians,  Danes,  or  Norse 
were  a  fierce  northern  people  closely  allied  in  speech  to  the  whole 
of  the  English  tribes,  but  most  nearly  related  to  the  Anglians. 
They  came  from  the  north  of  Denmark,  from  Jutland,  and  from 
South  Sweden,  and  about  four  hundred  years  after  the  coming  of  the 
English  they  made  great  settlements  along  the  East  Coast  of  Britain, 
in  the  Western  Isles  of  Scotland,  and  in  Ireland.  The  English 
tribes,  who  had  now  become  consolidated  into  three  kingdoms, 
fought  vigorously  against  these  fierce  sea-rovers.  But  all  their 
efforts  were  in  vain.  The  Scandians  conquered  in  turn  the  Anglian 
kingdom  of  Northumbria — which  stretched  from  the  Forth  to  the 
Humber — and  the  Mercian  kingdom — which  lay  between  the 
Humber  and  the  Thames.  The  heroic  efforts  of  its  great  ruler, 
Alfred,  saved  the  Saxon  kingdom  of  Wessex — which  then  comprised 


THE  CELTS  AND  THE  SCANDIANS 


the  land  lying  south  of  the  Thames.  But  it  was  only  for  a  time.  The 
invaders  came  in  fresh  force,  and  finally  the  whole  of  South  Britain 
had  to  submit  to  the  foreign  rule  of  the  powerful,  but  wise  and  good, 
Canute.  History  records  that  the  Danish  dynasty  was  short-lived 
in  England,  but  in  Ireland,  and  especially  in  the  Western  Isles  of 
Scotland,  Danish  or  Norse  rulers  held  sway  for  many  centuries. 
In  these  districts  most  firmly  held,  Scandian  place-names  are  in 
most  abundance,  and  as  the  Danes  came  into  contact  with  both 
Celts  and  ^Englisc,  certain  words  have  been  formed  by  the  union  of 
Danish  and  ^Englisc  and  of  Danish  and  Celtic  respectively.  Thus  : — 

Danish  and  ^Englisc,  Scarborough ;  Danish  and  Celtic,  Scarsdale. 

The  Origin  of  Place-names 


CELTIC. 

jENGLISC. 

SCANDIAN. 

MEANING  AND  EXAMPLES. 

Avon,  Usk, 

Burn,  Stream 

Beck,  Fleet 

water,  river  :    Avonmore,  Exeter, 

Ex,  Tain, 

Blackburn,  Wans&c£,  Purfleet. 

Wy 

Ben,    Dun, 

Hill,  Law 

Fell 

mountain,     summit,     peak  :     Ben 

Tor 

Nevis,  Yes  Tor,  Green/aw,  Lud- 

low,  Snae/W/. 

Craig,  Car- 

Stan,    Stone, 

Scar 

rock,    stone  :     Craigroillar,    Stan- 

rick,  Crag 

Cliffe 

rigg,  Shornc/z^Jr,  Scarsdale. 

Bally 

Ton,     Stead, 

By,      Toft, 

house,  town,  village,  place  :  Bally- 

Ham 

Heim, 

mena,      Stock/<w,      Hampstead, 

Thorpe, 

West  Ham,  Whitfjj/,   Lowes/V/1, 

Thwaite 

Burnham  Thorpe,  CrosstAwaite. 

Dail,    Dol, 

Dale,     Dene, 

Dal 

valley  :         ZWgelly,        Glengarry, 

Glen, 

Combe 

SirotAclyde,  TyneJa/e,  Jesmon- 

Strath 

dene,  \\hacombe,  Kenofo/. 

Inch,  Innis 

ey»  ig 

oe,  ey 

island  :     7«<rAkeith,     £nm'skillen, 

Jersey,  Rothesoy,  Faroe. 

Inver,  Aber 

mouth 

wick 

river,    mouth,    creek  :    Inverness, 

Portsmouth,  'Berwick. 

Can,  Kin 

naze 

ness 

headland  :      Cawtire,     The    Naze, 

Caithness. 

Kil,  Llan 

cirice  =  church 

Kirk 

sacred  place  :    A7/marnock,  Llan- 

daff,  A7r/£cudbright. 

Rin,  Drum, 

R'gg 

Cefn 

ridge    of    land,    height  :     Rhinns 

Ard 

of   Galloway,    Meikle^rwwgray, 

Ardoch,  Longrtggend,  CAeviot. 

Lyn,  Pool 

Mere 

Tarn 

lake,    marsh:    Dub//w,   "Liverpool, 

Winder/wtfrc,  Zarwsyke. 

N.B. — The  derivation  of  many  place-names  is  doubtful. 


66  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

EXERCISES  :  Write  out  lists  of  geographical  names  of  Celtic,  of  ^Englisc,  and 
of  Scandian  origin  respectively. 

Select  words  which  show  signs  of  both  Celtic  and  ^Englisc  origin  :  of  both 
Scandian  and  ^Englisc  :  Celtic  and  Scandian. 

Construct  a  table  (as  above)  showing  origin  of  following  words  :  Rydal, 
Airdrie,  Dalkeith,  Rhinsdale,  Penrhyn,  Scarborough,  Kilbride,  Killer- 
mont,  Clifford,  Hochheim,  Hopetoun,  Stanhope,  Carter  Fell,  Dovre- 
feld,  Drumcliffe,  Drumossie,  Ballyjamesduff,  Holbeck,  Dunchurch, 
Dunbarton. 

Scandian  and  JEnglisc :  their  relationship 

It  is  well  known  that  the  Scandians,  or  Danes,  came  from 
almost  the  same  part  of  the  continent  as  the  English,  and  it  is 
believed  that  they  were  either  the  descendants  of,  or  closely  related 
to,  those  of  the  three  Germanic  tribes  who  had  preferred  to  stay 
behind  at  the  time  of  the  migration  to  Britain.  The  Scandian  and 
the  ^nglisc  tongues  had  therefore  once  been  identical,  and  in  spite 
of  differences  which  had  developed  in  the  course  of  centuries,  it 
was  not  very  difficult  for  the  two  peoples  to  understand  each  other. 
In  some  cases  the  English  adopted  a  Danish  word,  and  still  retained 
their  own  word  to  express  the  same  meaning.  This  was  an  advan- 
tage, because  the  same  idea  could  be  expressed  in  two  ways,  e.g. 
the  Scandian  word  kirk  and  the  ^Englisc  form  church  both  came 
to  be  used.  Other  examples  are  : — 

jEnglisc  Form.  Scandian  Form. 

drop  drip 

troth  )  trust  ) 

truth  /  tryst  / 

girdle  girth 

gleam  glimmer 

slay  slaughter 

It  is  obvious  that  girdle  and  girth  must  be  derived  from  the  same 
root,  and  that  the  other  pairs  have  a  similar  relation.  Now  when 
there  are  two  forms  of  a  word  both  derived  from  the  same  root  and 
differing  only  slightly  in  meaning,  these  forms  are  called  Doublets. 
One  result  of  the  intermixture  of  Danish  and  /Englisc  was  the 
formation  of  doublets. 


THE  CELTS  AND  THE  SCANDIANS 


67 


In  some  cases  the  Scandian  form  drove  out  the  JEnglisc  form 
altogether,  and  so  there  are  many  common  words  which  might  be 
thought  to  be  of  ^nglisc  origin  but  are  really  of  Scandian.  Such 
words  certainly  number  several  hundreds,  but  since  Scandian  and 
^Englisc  were  so  closely  related,  it  is  desirable  at  this  stage  to  classify 
them  all  as  native. 

Common  Words  of  Scandian  Origin 


NOUNS. 

VERBS. 

ADJECTIVES  AND  ADVERBS. 

PRONOUNS. 

PREPOSITIONS. 

bark  (tree) 
brink 

are 

bait 

both 
bound 

they 
them 

till 
fro 

bulk 

bask 

harsh 

their 

carouse 

cast 

ill 

earl 

call 

irksome 

egg 
fellow 

dash 
die 

loose 
same 

harbour 
husband 
leg 
pudding 
raft 
sister 

gasp 
glint 
guess 
raise 
rove 
rush 

scant 
skittish 
sly 
tight 
ugly 
welcome 

skirt 
sky 
slush 

rip 

skin 
smile 

window 

take 

wing 

wag 
whirl 

Provincial  Words  of  Scandian  Origin 

Some  Scandian  words  are  used  only  in  the  lowlands  of  Scotland 
and  the  northern  parts  of  England.     Thus  : — 

clatch,  a  brood  of  birds.  lowe,  a  flame. 

flit,  to  change  houses.  mun,  maun,  must. 

gar,  to  cause.  neif,  fist. 

greet,  to  weep.  sket,  quickly. 


XIII 
JOCK  O'  HAZELDEAN 

"  T  T  THY  weep  ye  by  the  tide,  ladie  ? 

V  V       Why  weep  ye  by  the  tide  ? 
I'll  wed  ye  to  my  youngest  son, 

And  ye  sail  be  his  bride : 
And  ye  sail  be  his  bride,  ladie, 

Sae  comely  to  be  seen  " — 
But  aye  she  loot  the  tears  down  fa' 

For  Jock  o'  Hazeldean. 

"  Now  let  this  wilfu'  grief  be  done, 
And  dry  that  cheek  so  pale ; 

Young  Frank  is  chief  of  Errington 
And  lord  of  Langley-dale  ; 

His  step  is  first  in  peaceful  ha', 
His  sword  in  battle  keen  " — 

But  aye  she  loot  the  tears  down  fa' 

/  /         / 

For  Jock  o'  Hazeldean. 

"  A  chain  of  gold  ye  sail  not  lack, 

Nor  braid  to  bind  your  hair, 
Nor  mettled  hound,  nor  managed  hawk, 

Nor  palfrey  fresh  and  fair ; 
And  you,  the  foremost  o'  them  a', 

Shall  ride  our  forest  queen  " — 
But  aye  she  loot  the  tears  down  fa' 

For  Jock  o'  Hazeldean. 

68 


JOCK  O'  HAZELDEAN  69 

The  kirk  was  deck'd  at  morning-tide, 

The  tapers  glimmer'd  fair ; 
The  priest  and  bridegroom  wait  the  bride, 

And  dame  and  knight  are  there ; 
They  sought  her  baith  by  bower  and  ha' ; 

The  ladie  was  not  seen  ! 
She's  o'er  the  Border,  and  awa' 

Wi'  Jock  o'  Hazeldean. 

SIR  WALTER  SCOTT  (1771-1832). 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

Quote  lines  from  the  poem  bringing  out  the  idea  of  "  sadness." 
Show  the  single  line  which  turns  this  "sadness"  into 
"rejoicing."  In  what  respect,  then,  does  the  poem  differ 
from  "  Earl  March  "  ?  In  what  respects  is  it  similar  ?  Show 
where  there  is  a  gap  in  the  story.  Does  this  gap  lend  itself 
to  imaginative  treatment  ?  Why  ?  Mark  off  those  parts  of 
the  poem  which  are  said  by  the  poet  himself  and  those 
parts  which  the  poet  makes  another  say.  Is  this  other 
speaker  a  man  or  a  woman?  Which  is  the  most  important 
character  in  the  poem  ?  Why  ?  Which  two  characters  are 
mentioned  by  name?  Langley-dale  is  in  the  county  of 
Durham ;  where  did  Jock  o'  Hazeldean  dwell  ?  Can  you 
imagine  any  reason  why  Frank's  father  wanted  his  son  to 
marry  the  young  lady  ?  Quote  lines  to  show  that  the  lady 
was  beautiful.  Would  that  be  a  reason?  Do  you  think 
young  Frank  would  have  made  a  good  husband?  Give 
reasons.  Who  arranged  the  wedding?  Did  he  think  him- 
self cruel  ?  In  which  stanza  does  he  show  sympathy  ?  im- 
patience ?  self-satisfaction  ?  At  what  time  of  the  day  was 
the  marriage  to  take  place?  When  did  the  lady  run  off 
with  Jock  o'  Hazeldean?  At  what  period  in  history  was 
such  an  event  likely  to  take  place  ?  Do  you  know  any  other 
poem  by  the  same  author  with  almost  the  same  plot  ?  What 
"moral"  may  be  drawn  from  this  story?  In  the  last  stanza 


70  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

mark  off  the  lines  in  which  the  past  tense  is  employed,  and 
those  in  which  the  present  tense  is  used.  What  effect  is 
gained  thereby? 

2.  Composition :  Description,  Narration,  Reflection 

Compositions  regarded  solely  from  the  point  of  view  of  Form  and 
Diction  fall  naturally  into  two  great  classes — prose  and  verse.  But 
all  writing,  whether  prose  or  verse,  may  be  regarded  also  from  the 
point  of  view  of  subject-matter  and  general  treatment.  For  example, 
the  selections  given  in  this  book  are  all  poetic,  but  it  is  obvious 
that  the  poems  are  not  all  of  the  same  kind  as  regards  subject  and 
method  of  treatment.  There  is  the  poetry  of  Description,  as  in 
Roger's  A  Wish,  Christina  Rossetti's  A  Green  Cornfield,  Shake- 
speare's Winter,  and  Cotton's  A  Summer's  Morning;  there  is  the 
poetry  of  Narration,  as  in  Earl  March  and  The  Pride  of  Youth ; 
there  is  the  poetry  of  Reflection,  as  in  The  Character  of  a  Happy  Life 
and  To  the  Cuckoo.  Description,  Narration,  Keflection  are  the 
three  great  classes  under  which  all  composition  may  be  grouped ; 
but  very  seldom  is  a  piece  of  prose  or  poetry  purely  descriptive  or 
purely  narrative,  or  purely  reflective.  An  illustration  of  the  over- 
lapping of  these  divisions  and  of  the  various  aspects  in  which  a 
composition  may  be  regarded  is  provided  in  Jock  o'  Hazeldean. 

It  is  a  narrative  poem  because  it  tells  a  story.  But  it  has  also 
descriptive  touches': 

"The  kirk  was  deck'd  at  morning  tide, 
The  tapers  glimmer'd  fair." 

Then  its  treatment  is  essentially  dramatic,  for  it  shows  human 
life  in  action  and  the  stress  of  conflicting  emotions.  Its  subject- 
matter  is  romantic,  for  it  is  a  tale  of  love  and  adventure. 

Although  there  is  an  appearance  of  reality  about  the  story,  and 
the  central  incident  may  have  been  commonplace  enough,  neverthe- 
less the  poet  has  drawn  the  details  and  the  setting  from  his  own 


7* 

fancy.  He  gains  an  air  of  truth  by  giving  the  actual  names  of 
persons  and  places ;  but  at  the  same  time  he  withholds  the  names  of 
others.  Enough  is  given  to  stimulate  curiosity,  but  not  enough  to 
satisfy  it ;  and  in  this  way  also  there  is  an  appeal  to  the  imagination. 

A  composition  is  classified  according  to  its  prevailing  character- 
istic. Jock  o1  Hazeldean  is  primarily  a  narration  of  a  certain  event, 
and  therefore,  although  it  possesses  several  other  qualities,  it  is 
ranked  as  a  Narrative  poem. 

A  Ballad  is  a  short  narrative  poem  treating  of  a  romantic 
incident  in  a  dramatic  way.  Jock  o'  Hazeldean  is  a  ballad. 

EXERCISES  :  I.  Put  the  ideas  contained  in  the  first  stanza  into  one  sentence. 

2.  Condense  the  whole  story  into  one  paragraph. 

3.  Describe  the  scene  when  Jock  o'  Hazeldean  carried  off  the  young  lady. 

Hints:   time — place — conversation — means  of  escape — resolve — flight 
— anxiety — safety. 

4.  Expand  the  account  of  the  scene  at  the  church.     Make  the  various 

characters — dame,  knight,  priest,  bridegroom,  father — speak. 

3.  Prosody 

Give  examples  of  Alliteration.  Write  down  instances  of 
Repetition  of  idea  other  than  that  of  the  Refrain.  What  special 
poetic  effect  is  gained  by  the  Refrain  ?  Scan  all  the  unmarked  lines. 
Mark  the  rhyme  arrangement :  express  it  in  words.  How  many 
separate  rhymes  in  each  stanza  ?  What  is  the  effect  of  the  refrain 
on  the  rhyme  ?  How  does  this  add  to  the  difficulty  of  the  poet's 
task? 

It  has  become  customary  to  write  certain  kinds  of  poetic  com- 
position in  a  certain  metrical  way,  and  because  of  this  there  is  often 
a  close  connection  between  the  form  and  the  matter  of  verse.  Thus 
Ballads  are  usually,  but  not  always,  written  in  a  stanza  of  four  lines 
of  alternate  tetrameter  and  trimeter,  with  feet  having  a  weak  followed 
by  a  strong  stress,  and  rhyming  alternately. 


72  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

Thus  :— 

|  A  chain  [  of  gold  |  ye  sail  |  not  lack  | 

|  Nor  braid  |  to  bind  |  your  hair  j 

|  Nor  met  |  tied  hound,  |  nor  man  |  aged  hawk  | 

|  Nor  pal  |  frey  fresh  |  and  fair.  | 

This  arrangement  of  lines  is  known  as  the  Ballad  Stanza. 

Ballads  were  originally  sung  by  strolling  minstrels,  and  perhaps 
the  arrangement — tetrameter  followed  by  trimeter — was  the  easiest 
to  memorise,  and  so  became  the  usual  stanza  for  the  ballad. 

EXERCISE  :  Name  poems  from  this  book,  written  in  the  ballad  stanza,  but 
which  are  not  ballads.     In  each  case  show  why  the  poem  is  not  a  ballad. 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Poetic  Words  tide  =  sea,  tide  =  time,  bower,  o'er. 

Compound  Words    wilfu'  =  will  +  full,  noun  +  adj.  ;  bridegroom,  noun  +  noun  ; 

peaceful. 

Archaic  Word          tide  =  time. 
Prefixes  Are  there  any  ? 

Suffixes  ed  —  mettled  —  ed,  adjectival.     (./E.) 

Words  and  Phrases  peculiar  to  a  certain  district  and  differing  from  the 
standard  speech  are  called  Provincialisms. 

EXERCISES:    I.    Give   the   origin   and   meaning    of   the    following    place- 
names  :  Hazeldean,  Langley-dale,  Errington. 

2.  Write  out  a  list  of  all  contracted  words. 

3.  Give  meaning  of  all  words  not  now  current  in  ordinary  written  English. 

Which  of  these  words  would  you  classify  as  provincialisms  ? 

4.  Classify  the  following  words  as  "Native"  or  "Foreign";  give  reasons: — 

priest,  bridegroom,  kirk,  lady,  bride,  cheek,  grief,  lord,  step,  tear,  gold, 
hound,  queen,  tapers,  dame,  knight. 

5.  Discover  in  the  poem  at  least  two  Scandian  words.     In  what  part  of  the 

country  were  Scandian  words  most  numerous  ? 


XIV 

SWEET  AND  SOUR 

Q^  WEET  is  the  Rose,  but  grows  upon  a  brere ; 
^^S  '  r    .    *  r  r 

V-'     Sweet  is  the  Juniper,  but  sharp  his  bough  ; 

Sweet  is  the  Eglantine,  but  pricketh  near ; 
Sweet  is  the  Firbloom,  but  his  branch  is  rough ; 
Sweet  is  the  Cypress,  but  his  rind  is  tough ; 
Sweet  is  the  Nut,  but  bitter  is  his  pill ; 
Sweet  is  the  Broomflow'r,  but  yet  sour  enough  ; 
And  sweet  is  Moly,  but  his  root  is  ill. 
So  every  sweet  with  sour  is  temper'd  still, 
That  maketh  it  be  coveted  the  more  : 
For  easy  things,  that  may  be  got  at  will, 

/  f  f  f  t 

Most  sort  of  men  do  set  but  little  store. 

EDMUND  SPENSER  (1553-1599), 
from  Amoretti. 

Moly,  a  magic  herb  of  the  Greeks. 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

Would  you  call  this  a  narrative,  a  descriptive,  or  a  reflective 
poem?  Why?  Quote  lines  that  are  descriptive.  What 
does  the  poet  wish  to  show  in  this  poem  ?  Which  two  lines 
give  a  general  statement  of  his  meaning  ?  By  what  means 
does  he  endeavour  to  demonstrate  this?  How  many 
different  illustrations  does  he  make?  From  what  great 
natural  kingdom  are  these  illustrations  taken?  Could  the 

73 


74  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

poet  have  taken  his  illustrations  from  the  animal  kingdom  ? 
Make  sentences  about  the  horse,  the  cow,  the  dog,  the 
sheep,  the  lion,  the  bear,  showing  in  the  first  half  of  the 
sentence  an  advantage  and  in  the  second  half  a  disadvantage 
— from  the  point  of  view  of  man,  e.g.  Gentle  is  the  cat,  but 
his  claws  are  sharp.  Make  a  similar  series  of  sentences 
about  the  ruby,  diamond,  sapphire,  pearl,  amethyst,  opal : 
and  about  the  lily,  pansy,  oak,  ash,  willow. 

2.  Composition:  Illustration 

In  this  poem  Spenser  has  built  upon  the  thought  that  everything 
has  some  drawback  or  defect.  It  is  instructive  to  note  how  he 
expands  this  thought  or  reflection.  He  does  it  in  two  ways — the 
first,  by  seeking  to  show  by  illustrations  that  this  main  statement  is 
true :  the  second,  by  adding  another  reflection  suggested  by  the 
main  statement. 

Thus,  the  main  statement  is  : — 

So  every  sweet  with  sour  is  tempered  still 
That  maketh  it  be  coveted  the  more. 

This  statement  is  illustrated  by  references  to  the  Rose,  Juniper, 
Eglantine,  Firbloom,  Cypress,  Nut,  Broomflower,  and  Moly. 
These  illustrations  occupy  eight  lines. 

Finally,  another  reflection  is  added : — 

"  For  easy  things,  that  may  be  got  at  will, 
Most  sort  of  men  do  set  but  little  store. 

Here,  then,  is  the  plan  of  the  poem. 

(i)  Illustrations,  11.  1-8. 
(ii)  MAIN  STATEMENT,  11.  9-10. 
(iii)  Reflection  on  main  statement,  11.  11-12. 

An  illustration  is  that  which  throws  light  upon  some  fact  or 
statement.  It  bears  out  the  truth  of  the  statement  by  means  of 
something  more  easily  understood.  Thus  in  the  poem  the  first 


SWEET  AND  SOUR  75 

eight  lines  are  descriptive  and  deal  with  actual  realities,  the 
concrete ;  whilst  the  other  four  lines  are  reflective  and  deal  with 
thought,  something  existing  in  the  mind,  the  abstract. 

Since  illustrations  are  subordinate  to  the  main  statement,  the 
general  character  of  the  poem  is  Eeflective. 

The  use  of  illustration  in  a  prose  composition  will  be  shown  in 
the  next  lesson. 

EXERCISES  :  I.  Paraphrase  the  last  four  lines. 

2.  Write  out  the  first  sentence  in  prose  order.     Note  that  it  extends  to 
eight  lines. 

3.  Prosody 

Lines  which  have  five  stresses  are  called  Pentameter. 

How  many  stress  marks  in  each  line  ? 

Write  down  the  names  for  lines  which  have  i,  2,  3,  4,  5  stresses. 

Divide  the  last  five  lines  into  feet,  thus  : 

X  r  _X  /  X  r  X  /  X      / 

|  And  sweet  |  is  Mol  |  y,  but  |  his  root  |  is  ill  | 

In  these  five  lines  what  is  the  arrangement  of  the  stresses  ? 
Consider  the  first  seven  lines.  Is  the  same  regular  arrangement  of 
the  stresses  followed  ?  Try  to  divide  the  first  seven  lines  into  feet 
in  such  a  way  that  every  foot  contains  one  strong  stress  and  one 
weak  :  over  every  weak  stress  place  a  cross,  thus  : 

/  X  X  /  X/  X/X/ 

Sweet  is  |  the  Rose,  |  but  grows  |  upon  |  a  brere ;  | 

How  many  feet  in  each  line  follow  the  general  rule  of  "  weak- 
strong  "  stress  ?  What  is  the  exception  ? 

Obviously  in  the  first  foot  the  stress  order  is  inverted  :  according 
to  rule  it  should  be  x  J,  but  actually  it  is  1  x .  When  the  stress 
order  is  the  opposite  of  the  prevailing  arrangement,  then  there  is 
"inverted  stress." 

Feet  are  named  according  to  the  stress  order  of  their  syllables. 
When  a  weak  stress  is  followed  by  a  strong  stress,  the  foot  is  called 


76  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

an  iambus,  e.g.  x  ^.  When  a  strong  stress  is  followed  by  a  weak 
stress  the  foot  is  called  a  trochee,  e.g.  J.  x  .  An  iambus  is  an  inverted 
trochee,  and  a  trochee  is  an  inverted  iambus. 

The  line  is  named  (i)  according  to  the  number  of  feet,  (2) 
according  to  the  prevailing  kind  of  foot. 

Thus  in  the  poem,  because  each  line  has  five  feet,  it  is  Penta- 
meter, and  because  the  prevailing  foot  is  an  iambus,  it  is  iambic. 
The  full  name  for  the  line  is  therefore  iambic  pentameter. 

A  short  way  of  writing  iambic  pentameter  is  5  x  1 ;  the  5  shows 
the  number  of  feet,  and  the  symbol  x  J.  shows  the  stress  order. 

EXERCISES :  Write  down  in  words  the  meaning  of  the  following  symbols : 
4  xl,  3  x^,  2  xj,  i  xj.. 

How  many  separate  rhymes  in  the  poem  ?     Denote  the  rhyme  arrangement 
by  letters. 

Read  over  the  preceding  poems  and  say  where  you  would  place  inverted 
stresses. 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Poetic  Words  Make  out  a  list  of  all  poetic  words. 

Compound  Words     Make  out  a  list  of  all  compound  words,  and  show  from 

what  parts  of  speech  they  are  formed. 
Archaic  Words          Write  down   any  archaic   words.      Distinguish   Archaic 

from  Obsolete.     Is  the  word  "  his  "  archaic  here  ? 

Prefixes  Make  out  a  list  of  all  prefixes,  and  show  meaning  of  each. 

Suffixes  Make  out  a  list  of  all  suffixes,  and  show  meaning  of  each. 

Words  which  have  the  opposite,  or  nearly  the  opposite,  meaning  are 
called  Antonyms  [e.g.  Sweet— Sour]. 

EXERCISES  :  Excluding  proper  names,  select  ten  words  of  ^Englisc  origin, 
and  give  a  reason  for  each  one  (v.  p.  n). 

What  is  meant  by  Diction  ?    How   would  you  describe  the  Diction  of 
this  poem  ?     What  word  would  be  substituted  for  the  word  "his." 

Give  the  Antonyms  of  Good,  beautiful,  bravery,  stupidity,  coarse,  fat,  big, 
die,  false,  transparent,  willing,  abstract. 

ROOT 

LATIN  : 

Temperare,  to  restrain:  TEMPERED,  attemper,  distemper,  tamper, 

temperate. 


XV 
INSTINCT 

r  I  ^HERE  may  no  man  embrace 

As  to  distrain  a  thing  which  that  nature 
Hath  naturally  set  in  a  creature. 

Take  any  bird,  and  put  it  in  a  cage, 
And  do  all  thine  intent,  and  thy  courage, 
To  foster  it  tenderly  with  meat  and  drink 
Of  all  dainties  that  thou  can'st  bethink, 
And  keep  it  all  so  cleanly  as  thou  may, 
Although  his  cage  of  gold  be  never  so  gay, 
Yet  hath  this  bird  by  twenty  thousand  fold 
Levere  in  a  forest,  that  is  rude  and  cold, 
Go  eat  worms  and  such  wretchedness  ; 
For  ever  this  bird  will  do  his  business 
To  escape  out  of  his  cage  if  he  may ; 
His  liberty  this  bird  desireth  aye. 

Let  take  a  cat,  and  foster  him  well  with  milk 
And  tender  flesh,  and  make  his  couch  of  silk, 
And  let  him  see  a  mouse  go  by  the  wall, 
Anon  he  waiveth  milk,  and  flesh,  and  all, 
And  every  dainty  that  is  in  that  house 
Such  appetite  he  hath  to  eat  a  mouse. 

GEOFFREY  CHAUCER  (1340-1400), 
from  The  Canterbury  Tales. 

embrace  as  to  distrain  =  be  successful  in  changing. 

77 


78  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

How  would  you  describe  the  Diction  of  this  passage  ?  Make 
out  a  list  of  words  which  are  not  used  in  the  ordinary  sense. 
Of  the  three  parts  of  the  poem  which  would  you  select  as 
being  most  modern  in  diction  and  expression  ?  Why  ? 
Supply  the  word  omitted  between  "Let"  and  "take"  in 
line  1 6.  What  does  the  bird  desire  most  ?  What  does  the 
cat  desire  most  ?  Try  to  explain  the  difference,  if  any,  be- 
tween the  two  desires.  Are  worms  really  "wretchedness" 
to  birds  ?  From  what  point  of  view  is  Chaucer  speaking  ? 
By  what  adjective  would  you  describe  animals  that  are  tame 
and  are  kept  in  or  about  a  house  ?  Give  other  examples  of 
"Instinct"  in  birds  and  in  animals.  Has  man  "Instinct"? 
Why  may  this  be  classified  as  a  Reflective  composition? 
Quote  lines  that  are  "  descriptive."  Which  lines  would  you 
select  as  the  main  statement  in  the  passage  ? 

2.  Composition:  Illustration 

In  this  quaint  extract  from  one  of  Chaucer's  poems  the  use  of 
illustration  is  again  shown.  The  poet  first  of  all  makes  a  general 
statement  embodying  the  truth  that  all  creatures  which  have  been 
domesticated  by  man  still  retain  the  natural  impulse  which  is  called 
Instinct.  He  then  seeks  to  make  this  truth  more  apparent  by 
means  of  two  illustrations — the  first,  that  of  the  caged  bird  desiring 
always  its  liberty ;  the  second,  that  of  the  cat,  which  prefers  a  mouse 
to  all  other  dainties.  The  poem  thus  divides  itself  into  three  distinct 
parts : — 

(i)    THE  MAIN  STATEMENT.       11.   1-3. 

(ii)  The  illustration  of  the  caged  bird.     11.  4-15. 

(a)  Description  of  the  bird  :  its  desire.     11.  3-12. 

(b)  The  conclusion  from  this  description.     11.  13-15. 

(iii)  The  illustration  of  the  Cat.     11.  16-21. 

(a)  Description  of  the  cat ;  its  life.     11.  16-20. 
(£)  Conclusion  from  this  description.     1.  21. 


INSTINCT  79 

The  reasoning  is  thus  carefully  built  up,  and  the  result  is  that 
the  reader  admits  the  truth  of  the  main  statement.  Such  a  process 
of  reasoning  is  often  called  Exposition.  Most  reflective  composi- 
tions expound  some  principle  or  truth.  Illustrations  are  used  to 
make  the  exposition  clearer  and  the  meaning  more  apparent. 

As  a  rule  prose  is  a  better  means  of  exposition  than  verse, 
because  the  argument  can  be  very  clearly  set  forth  in  the  former 
without  the  encumbrance  of  metre  and  rhyme.  For  example,  it  is 
easy  to  understand  the  reasoning  of  this  poem  when  it  is  written  in 
condensed  prose : — 

(i)  Man  is  not  able  to  overcome  the  natural  instinct  of  any 

creature. 
Thus  (ii)  No  matter  how  well  he  treats  a  captive  bird  it  always 

desires  its  liberty. 
And  (iii)  No  matter  how  well-fed  a  cat  may  be  it  always  prefers 

its  natural  food  to  other  dainties. 

The  plan  of  the  following  essay  is  largely  suggested  by  the 
poem. 

Do  ANIMALS  THINK? 

I.  Introduction. — Animals  of  different  kinds.     Some  thought  to  be  wiser  than 

others. 

II.  Illustrations.— (a)  Wise   animals — dog,    monkey,    elephant,    horse,    etc. 
(6)  Stupid  animals — sheep,  donkey,  pig. 

III.  So  wise  are  certain  animals  that  some  people  believe  they  actually  think. 

(a)  Illustrations  of  this  wisdom  :  beaver  builds  dam  ;  dog  herds  sheep  ; 
elephant  piles  logs,  etc. 

IV.  What  animals  cannot  do :  invent  something  new. 

(a)  Illustrations :   beavers  never  try  new  kind  of  dam  ;    dog,    horse, 

elephant,  etc.,  directed  by  man. 

V.   Conclusion. — Animals  have  instinct,  but  not  reason ;  therefore  animals  do 
not  think. 

EXERCISES  :  I.  Write  the  above  essay,  keeping  all  paragraphs  distinct  and 
using  some  of  the  illustrations  provided. 

2.  Paraphrase  the  first  three  lines  of  the  poem. 


8o 


A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 


3.  Write  in  prose  order,  but  substituting  words  commonly  used  for  any 

unusual  phrases,  the  account  of  the  caged  bird. 

4.  Select  another  illustration  from  the  animal  kingdom  to  show  the  truth 

of  the  main  statement. 

3.  Prosody 

Write  down  in  words  a  description  of  the  rhyme  arrangement.  What  special 
name  is  given  to  this  rhyme  arrangement?  (v.  p.  48).  How  many  stresses  in  each 
line? 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Poetic  couch. 

Compound    although  =  all  +  though ,  adj .  +  conj . 

Archaic        aye,  anon,  bethink. 

levere= rather. 

es,  ex,   —  escape  —  ex,  out  of.     (L.) 

dis         — distrain          — dis,  apart.    (L.) 

ap  (ad)  —  appetite 

in  —  intent 

age        —  courage 


Obsolete 
Prefixes 


Suffixes 


—  ad,  to.     (L.) 

—  in,  to.     (L.) 

—  age,  abstract  suffix.     (L.) 


ness       —  wretchedness  —  ness, 


ROOTS 

LATIN  : 
Liber,  free : 
TendSre,  to  stretch 


Cor,  the  heart : 
Petere,  to  fly>  attack . 
Locus,  a  place : 
Traho,  /  draw : 


LIBERTY,  deliver,  liberal,  liberate,  livery. 

INTENT,  attend,  contend,  distend,  extend, 
intend,  intense,  ostensible,  ostentation, 
portend,  pretend,  subtend,  superinten- 
dent, tendon,  tense,  tension,  tent. 

COURAGE,  accord,  concord,  cordial,  discord, 
record. 

APPETITE,  competent,  competitor,  impetus, 
petition,  petulant. 

COUCH,  allocate,  collocate,  dislocate,  local, 
locate,  locomotion,  locus. 

DISTRAIN,  abstract,  attract,  contract,  detract, 
distract,  extract,  portrait,  portray,  pro- 
tract, retract,  retreat,  subtract,  train. 


XVI 
THE  INFLUENCE  OF  LATIN 

(l)   THE   ROMAN   OCCUPATION 

Preparatory  Questions  and  Exercises 

MAKE  a  list  of  the  authors  of  the  poems  already  studied. 
Consider  their  dates  of  birth  and  death,  and  write  down 
the  name  of  the  author  (i)  who  died  most  recently,  (ii)  whose  birth 
occurred   earliest.     How  many  years   have   elapsed   between   the 
earliest  date  of  birth  (ii)  and  the  last  date  of  death  (i)  ? 

To  which  of  the  three  great  periods  of  the  language  (p.  38) 
belong  most  of  the  poems  already  studied?  Which  of  these 
authors  belongs  to  the  Middle  Period  of  the  language?  Towards 
which  end  of  the  period  did  he  live  ?  What  are  the  characteristics 
of  that  period  in  regard  to  Native  and  Foreign  words  ?  Which  of 
these  characteristics  is  exemplified  in  his  poem  ? 

Consider  the  lists  of  Roots  appended  to  the  various  lessons. 
To  which  language  do  most  of  these  roots  belong?  To  which 
poem  is  the  largest  number  of  such  roots  appended  ?  What  is  the 
date  of  the  author  of  the  poem  ?  To  which  period  does  he  belong  ? 
So  far,  what  is  the  name  of  the  earliest  author  from  whom  an 
extract  is  printed  ?  In  this  extract  are  there  any  foreign  words  ? 
Before  whose  lifetime  must  these  words  have  come  into  the  language  ? 
Therefore  before  what  date? 

Chaucer  used  Words  of  Latin  Origin 

Geoffrey  Chaucer  lived  and  wrote  about  the  close  of  the  fourteenth 
century,  and  thus  is  representative  both  of  Middle  and  of  Modern 
English.  He  stands  at  the  end  of  one  great  period  in  the  history 

81 


82  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

of  the  English  language  and  almost  at  the  beginning  of  another. 
The  example  of  his  work  which  has  just  been  studied  is,  with  the 
exception  of  a  modernised  spelling,  exactly  as  he  wrote  it.  In 
diction,  in  rhyme,  in  metre  it  is  almost  modern,  and  the  reader 
therefore  finds  no  difficulty  in  understanding  it.  The  passage, 
however,  has  been  specially  selected  to  show  how  closely  the 
English  of  the  fourteenth  century  coincides  with  the  current  speech, 
and  it  must  be  admitted  that  all  Chaucer's  writing  is  not  quite  so 
modern.  Towards  the  end  of  this  book  another  poem  will  illustrate 
the  strong  mediaeval  side  of  his  work.  Nevertheless,  whereas  the 
language  of  the  Old  English  (yEnglisc)  Period  has  a  very  strange 
appearance  to  modern  eyes,  the  English  of  Chaucer  seems  quite 
familiar. 

The  Middle  Period,  to  which  Chaucer  in  part  belonged,  is 
characterised  by  the  introduction  and  growth  of  foreign  words,  by 
the  struggle  between  native  and  foreign,  and  by  consequent  changes 
in  both.  The  fact  that  Chaucer  uses  a  large  number  of  words 
derived  from  Latin  demonstrates  that  by  the  fifteenth  century  many 
foreign  words  had  become  incorporated  in  the  ordinary  speech  of 
the  time,  and  that  in  the  struggle  between  native  and  foreign  the 
language  itself  was  changing  from  YEnglisc  to  English.  The  Latin 
words  used  by  Chaucer  as  part  of  his  ordinary  vocabulary  must 
have  been  introduced  into  the  language  at  a  much  earlier  date ;  and 
since  Latin  has  entered  largely  into  the  composition  of  present-day 
English  speech,  it  is  necessary  to  know  how  and  on  what  occasions 
that  language  was  brought  into  Britain.  The  story,  a  long  one,  and 
touching  at  many  points  the  general  history  of  the  country,  begins 
with  the  coming  of  the  Romans,  and  therefore  with  the  dawn  of 
British  history. 

The  conquering  Latin  Tongue 

Of  all  the  great  empires  that  the  world  has  seen  rise  and  fall,  that 
of  the  Romans  is  best  known  in  history.  Several  hundred  years 
before  the  Christian  era,  a  few  members  of  a  tribe  called  the  Latins, 
who  dwelt  in  the  Italian  peninsula,  built  the  city  of  Rome.  Its 


THE  ROMAN  OCCUPATION  83 

citizens  were  consequently  termed  Romans.  Gradually  these  ex- 
tended their  sway  beyond  the  city  walls  until  they  were  masters, 
not  only  of  Italy  itself,  but  also  of  Spain,  France  (Gaul),  Belgium, 
Greece,  Asia  Minor,  and  the  northern  part  of  Africa.  From  Gaul 
they  carried  their  arms  across  the  channel  into  Britain,  and  for 
nearly  four  hundred  years  they  imposed  their  rule  on  the  native 
Celts. 

The  Romans,  besides  being  skilful  in  war,  were  a  highly  civilised 
race,  and  wherever  they  conquered  they  introduced  their  own  forms 
of  government  and  their  own  civilisation.  Some  of  the  conquered 
peoples,  notably  the  Spaniards  and  the  Gauls,  adopted  the  language 
of  their  Roman  masters,  and  many  of  the  Celts  of  Britain  also  began 
to  use  the  Latin  tongue.  But,  when  the  Roman  Empire  began  to 
decay  and  the  Roman  legions  were  withdrawn  from  the  outlying 
parts  to  defend  Italy  itself  from  attack,  Britain,  which  had  been  the 
last  territory  to  be  conquered,  was  the  first  to  be  abandoned,  and 
the  process  of  making  the  British  Celts  a  Latin-speaking  race  was 
consequently  checked. 

The  Roman  occupation  of  Britain  came  to  an  end  in  the  year 
409  A.D.,  and  the  invasions  of  the  Germanic  tribes  began  about 
450  A.D.,  so  that  whatever  chance  Latin  had  of  becoming  the 
national  speech  was  soon  destroyed  altogether.  Moreover,  the 
invaders,  Jutes  and  Angles  and  Saxons,  being  then  barbarians, 
soon  swept  away  nearly  all  of  the  Roman  civilisation.  But  certain 
traces  of  the  Roman  power  still  remained.  Their  great  practical 
works  could  not  be  easily  effaced.  The  Roman  wall,  vallum ;  the 
Roman  road,  strata ;  the  Roman  war-camp,  castra ;  the  Roman 
harbour,  portus,  have  all  resisted  the  ravages  of  time,  and  to  this 
day  are  regarded  as  triumphs  of  engineering  skill,  true  monu- 
ments to  Roman  greatness,  the  delight  of  the  historian  and  the 
antiquary. 

The  English  adopt  a  few  Latin  Words 

A  very  old  ^Englisc  poem  tells  how  the  fierce  Saxon  warriors 
were  struck  with  amazement  at  beholding  the  magnificence  of  the 


84  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

Roman  city  of  Bath,  and  how  they  regarded  the  great  structures 
as  "  the  work  of  the  giants."  As  the  newcomers  had  no  names  of 
their  own  for  these  works,  they  naturally  adopted  the  Latin  terms 
for  them,  and  incorporated  these  into  their  own  language.  In  this 
way  the  First  Latin  Addition  was  brought  about. 

"Vallum,"  "strata,"  "castra,"  "portus,"  etc.,  did  not  retain  their 
original  Roman  form,  but  were  modified  somewhat,  as  the  following 
table  shows : — 

Table  of  Latin  and  Fart-Latin  Place-names 

Latin   Word.  English   Words. 

Castra  Lancaster,  Doncaster,  Chester,  Winchester,  Leicester, 

Gloucester. 

Strata  Stratford,  Stradbroke,  Streatham,  Street. 

Portus  Portsmouth,  Newport,  Port. 

Vallum  Wall,  Wallsend. 

Millia  Mile  (measurement  of  distance). 

Colonia  Lincoln,  Colne,  Colchester. 

Vicus  Wickham,  Prestwich,  Prestwlck. 
(village) 

EXERCISES  :  I.  Give  the  derivation  of  the  following  words : — Casterton, 
Worcester,  Colchester,  Stratton,  Stretton,  Portchester,  Portsea,  Wall- 
bury,  Wallhill,  Walton,  Mile-end. 

2.  The  modern  English  word  "  wine  "  is  very  like  the  Latin  word  vinum, 

and  some  think  that  the  word  was  introduced  into  Britain  at  the  time  of 
the  military  occupation.  From  your  general  knowledge  give  reasons 
why  this  should  be  so. 

3.  Show  the  modifications  of  the  Roman  word  castra.     In  what  part  of 

England  is  each  form  usually  found  ?    Consult  a  map. 

4.  What  name  is  given  to  a  word  the  parts  of  which  come  from  different 

languages  ?  Consult  table  on  p.  65  and  then  select  words  from  above 
list  which  are  derived  from  Latin  and  Celtic  and  from  Latin  and 
./Englisc.  Explain  the  formation  of  the  latter  forms,  considering  that 
the  English  did  not  arrive  until  the  Romans  had  vacated  Britain. 


XVII 
LORD  ULLIN'S  DAUGHTER 

A  CHIEFTAIN,  to  the  Highlands  bound 
Cries,  "  Boatman,  do  not  tarry  ! 
And  I'll  give  thee  a  silver  pound 
To  row  us  o'er  the  ferry ! " 

"  Now  who  be  ye,  would  cross  Lochgyle, 
This  dark  and  stormy  water  ?  " 
"  O,  I'm  the  chief  of  Ulva's  isle, 
And  this,  Lord  Ullin's  daughter. 

And  fast  before  her  father's  men 
Three  days  we've  fled  together, 
For  should  he  find  us  in  the  glen, 
My  blood  would  stain  the  heather. 

His  horsemen  hard  behind  us  ride — 
Should  they  our  steps  discover, 
Then  who  will  cheer  my  bonny  bride, 
When  they  have  slain  her  lover  ?  " 

Out  spoke  the  hardy  Highland  wight, 
"  I'll  go,  my  chief — I'm  ready ; 
It  is  not  for  your  silver  bright, 
But  for  your  winsome  lady  : 

And,  by  my  word,  the  bonny  bird 
In  danger  shall  not  tarry  : 

8* 


86  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

So  though  the  waves  are  raging  white, 
I'll  row  you  o'er  the  ferry." 

By  this  the  storm  grew  loud  apace, 
The  water-wraith  was  shrieking ; 
And  in  the  scowl  of  Heaven  each  face 
Grew  dark  as  they  were  speaking. 

But  still  as  wilder  blew  the  wind, 
And  as  the  night  grew  drearer, 
Adown  the  glen  rode  armed  men 
Their  trampling  sounded  nearer. 

"  O  haste  thee,  haste !  "  the  lady  cries, 
"  Though  tempests  round  us  gather ; 
I'll  meet  the  raging  of  the  skies, 
But  not  an  angry  father." 

The  boat  has  left  a  stormy  land, 

r  /  / 

A  stormy  sea  before  her, — 

When,  oh  !  too  strong  for  human  hand 

The  tempest  gather'd  o'er  her. 

And  still  they  row'd  amidst  the  roar 
Of  waters  fast  prevailing  ; 
Lord  Ullin  reach'd  that  fatal  shore, — 
His  wrath  was  changed  to  wailing. 

For,  sore  dismay'd,  through  storm  and  shade 
His  child  he  did  discover : 
One  lovely  hand  she  stretch'd  for  aid, 
And  one  was  round  her  lover. 


LORD  ULLIN'S  DAUGHTER  87 

"  Come  back  !  come  back  ! "  he  cried  in  grief, 

"  Across  the  stormy  water ; 

And  I'll  forgive  your  Highland  chief, 

My  daughter !— Oh,  my  daughter!" 

'Twas  vain  :  the  loud  waves  lash'd  the  shore, 
Return  or  aid  preventing  : 
The  waters  wild  went  o'er  his  child — 
And  he  was  left  lamenting. 

THOMAS  CAMPBELL  (1777-1844). 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

Which  of  the  following  adjectives  would  you  select  to  describe 
this  poem  ?  tragic,  descriptive,  narrative,  dramatic,  reflective, 
romantic.  Give  a  reason  for  each  adjective  chosen,  and 
quote  lines  in  support  of  your  opinion.  Give  a  single  name 
for  this  kind  of  poem.  Give  from  the  poem  examples  of 
the  following  characteristics  of  poetry :  omission,  repetition, 
changed  order  of  words.  Gather  together  all  the  references 
to  the  storm.  What  verses  describe  the  scene  at  sea  ?  What 
verses  describe  the  first  scene  on  the  shore  ?  What  verses 
describe  the  scene  on  the  shore  after  the  arrival  of  Lord 
Ullin?  Were  all  in  the  boat  drowned?  Does  the  poet 
say  so? 

2.  Composition  and  Exposition 

One  characteristic  of  the  "  ballad  "  is  compression ;  the  narrative 
is  always  short ;  nothing  is  said  but  what  is  necessary  for  a  proper 
understanding  of  the  matter.  Every  separate  stanza  in  this  poem 
really  supplies  some  fresh  information  ;  but  that  does  not  mean  that 
each  stanza  forms  a  separate  heading  in  the  story.  When  the 
stanzas  of  this  ballad  are  properly  grouped  together  it  is  seen  that 
the  narrative  has  four  main  heads  or  divisions.  By  summarising 
and  condensing  each  stanza  in  turn,  this  is  made  quite  clear. 


88  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

Stanza  Summary.  Grouping  of  Stanzas. 

(1)  Chieftain  urges  boatman  to  row  across  ferry. 

(2)  Boatman  questions  him  :  Chief's  answer. 

(3)  Chiefs  answer  and  explanation. 

(4)  Chiefs  explanation  (continued). 

(5)  Boatman's  answer.  (i)  The  first  scene  on 

(6)  Boatman's  answer.  the  shore. 

(7)  The  storm  described. 

(8)  The  noise  of  pursuit  heard. 

(9)  Lady  anxious. 

(10)  Boat  leaves;  storm  great.  (ii)  Departure  of  boat. 

(11)  Boat  in  the  storm  : 

Lord  Ullin's  arrival.  (iii)  The  arrival  of  Lord 

(12)  What  he  saw.  Ullin  and  second 

(13)  "  Come  back."  scene  on  shore. 

(14)  Conclusion  :  (iv)  Conclusion. 
Note  that  a  turn  in  the  story  takes  place  in  the  middle  of  the  eleventh  stanza. 

The  right  hand  column  shows  the  general  plan  of  the  composition, 
and  the  left  hand  column  shows  a  detailed  plan. 

EXERCISES  :  i.  Write  a  character  sketch  of  the  Boatman  (imaginative). 

2.  Describe  the  three  days'  chase  (imaginative). 

3.  Re-write  the  following  stanzas,   changing  the  tense  throughout  from 

present  to  past,  and  vice  versa  : — Stanzas  7,  8,  10. 

4.  Re-write  the  last  stanza  in  prose  order. 

5.  Paraphrase  Stanza  7. 

6.  Notice  the  heading  "Composition  and  Exposition."     What  is  meant 

by  Exposition  ?  (v.  p.  79). 

3.  Prosody 

What  is  the  name  of  the  stanza  ?  In  each  line  how  many  stressed  syllables  ? 
What  is  the  rhyme  arrangement  ?  Point  out  any  double  rhymes.  In  what  part 
of  the  stanza  are  these  found?  Show  the  usual  arrangement  of  double  and 
single  rhymes.  In  which  stanzas  do  the  first  and  third  lines  not  rhyme  ?  How 


LORD  ULLIN'S  DAUGHTER  89 

is  this  absence  of  rhyme  in  lines  one  and  three  made  up  for  ?  Give  instances  of 
a  word  in  the  middle  of  a  line  rhyming  with  a  word  at  the  end  of  the  line.  In 
the  double  rhyming  words  on  which  syllable  is  the  stress?  Give  examples  from 
the  poem  of  Trimeter  Excessive  lines.  Compare  this  with  Earl  March  (p.  25) ; 
point  out  any  resemblances  in  the  stanza  forms.  Who  wrote  both  ?  Give  from 
the  poem  examples  of  alliteration. 

The  Rhyming  of  a  word  in  the  middle  of  a  line  with  one  at  the 
end  of  it  is  often  called  Middle  Rhyme. 

Adown  the  glen  rode  armed  men. 

Rhymes  which  do  not  rhyme  exactly  are  imperfect,  but  some  of 
these  rhymes  are  allowable,  e.g.  tarry — ferry. 

A  pictorial  representation  of  the  metre  of  any  stanza  may  be 
given;  thus: —  x  =  weak,  J.  =  strong,  I 1  =foot.  Rhymes  "de- 
noted by  similar  marking. 

Rhymes. 
I x  •*•  I  *  •*•  I'       •       iambic  tetrameter  a 


[X  j.\  x^|x  ^[x      _  _  iambic  trimeter  excessive          .  b 

Ix/lx/lv/lv/ll  •      i  • 

I     •*•!        I     -H  *  -HI  .  iambic  tetrameter     ...  a 

-*-lx      .  .  iambic  trimeter  excessive  b 


4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Poetic  Words  wight,  adown. 

Compound  Words      Highlands,  boatman,  horseman. 
Provincialism  Bird  is  the  boatman's  word  for  bride. 

Prefixes  a        — apace          — a,  on,  across.     (M.) 

—  adown         —  a,  of.     (M. ) 

—  amidst         — a,  in.     (^E.) 

prse   — prevailing  — prse,  before.     (L.) 

—  preventing —  prse,  before.     (L.) 
Suffixes                       ain     —  chieftain     —  ain,  agent  or  doer  (L.) 

an      —  human        —  an,  adjectival.     (L.) 
some  —  winsome    — some,  adjectival.     (^E. 


90  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

ROOTS 


Faran,  to  go  :          FERRY,   fare,   wayfarer,    thoroughfare,    farewell, 

welfare,  ford,  firth,  warfare,  chaffer. 
Slean,  to  strike  :      SLAIN,  slaughter,  sledge-hammer,  slog. 

LATIN  : 

Caput,  the  head:  CHIEF,  achieve,  captain,  chieftain,  cabbage, 
cape,  capital,  capitation,  capitulate,  cattle, 
chapter,  decapitate,  precipice. 

Fari,  to  speak  :  FATAL,  affable,  confess,  defame,  fable,  fairy> 
ineffable,  infamy,  infant,  nefarious. 

EXERCISES:    I.    Derive:  —  human,  armed,  father,   hand,   bride,  bird,   child, 
lovely,  forgive,  water,  daughter. 

Say  whether  "native  "  or  "foreign,"  and  give  reasons. 

2.  Collect  words  having  similar  prefixes,  and  show  how  the  prefix  affects 

the  meaning  of  the  root. 

3.  What  is  the  derivation  of  :  fieldfare,  fjord,  firth,  frith? 

4.  What  are  provincialisms  ?    Give  examples  (v.  p.  72). 

5.  From  the  preceding  poems  compile  a  list  of  (a)  archaic,  (b)  obsolete 

words.     Give,  if  possible,  the  modern  equivalent  of  each  word. 


XVIII 
A  SPRING  MORNING 

r  I  ^HERE  was  a  roaring  in  the  wind  all  night ; 
The  rain  came  heavily  and  fell  in  floods : 
But  now  the  sun  is  rising  calm  and  bright, 
The  birds  are  singing  in  the  distant  woods, 
Over  his  own  sweet  voice  the  stockdove  broods, 
The  jay  makes  answer  as  the  magpie  chatters, 
And  all  the  air  is  filled  with  pleasant  noise  of  waters. 

All  things  that  love  the  sun  are  out  of  doors, 

The  sky  rejoices  in  the  morning's  birth, 

The  grass  is  bright  with  raindrops ; — on  the  moors 

The  hare  is  running  races  in  her  mirth ; 

And  with  her  feet  she  from  the  plashy  earth 

Raises  a  mist,  that,  glittering  in  the  sun, 

Runs  with  her  all  the  way,  wherever  she  doth  run. 

WILLIAM  WORDSWORTH  (1770-1850), 
from  Resolution  and  Independence. 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

What  type  of  poetry  does  the  poem  illustrate  ?  Do  you  think 
Wordsworth  had  an  actual  scene  in  his  mind  when  he  wrote 
the  poem?  Give  reasons.  With  what  kind  of  life  does 
the  poem  deal  ?  Write  down  a  list  of  words  dealing  with 
"birds,"  "animals,"  "occurrences  in  nature,"  "landscape." 
Judge  from  the  poem  what  kind  of  life  Wordsworth  was 
specially  interested  in  ?  Select  some  of  the  following 
adjectives  to  describe  the  diction  of  the  poem :  simple, 

9* 


92  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

foreign,  easy,  grand,  native,  poetic ;  give  reasons  for  your 
selections.  Does  the  description  call  up  an  actual  picture 
in  your  mind  ?  Which  detail  of  the  description  gives  you 
most  pleasure?  Why?  Which  of  the  following  emotions 
do  you  feel  on  reading  the  poem?  sorrow,  joy,  mirth, 
pleasure. 

2.  Composition  and  Exposition 

Wordsworth,  the  great  poet  of  nature,  passed  the  most  of  his 
life  amidst  the  wild  scenery  of  mountain,  dale,  and  stream  in  the 
Lake  District  of  England.  Early  in  his  career  he  was  left  a  small 
legacy  by  a  friend,  and  this,  with  careful  management,  enabled  him 
to  live  the  simple  and  retired  life  which  he  loved.  Freed  from  the 
anxiety  of  earning  his  daily  bread,  he  passed  his  time  in  observing 
and  in  contemplating  nature.  Many  of  his  earlier  poems  simply 
describe  what  he  observed.  As  he  grew  older  he  began  to  reflect  on 
what  he  had  observed,  and  thus  to  write  down  the  thoughts  and 
feelings  resulting  from  his  observation.  His  poetry  therefore  is 
Descriptive  and  Reflective.  The  foregoing  extract  is  purely  de- 
scriptive; but  more  frequently  Wordsworth  combines  description 
with  reflection,  as  in  To  the  Cuckoo.  In  order  to  make  his  de- 
scriptions clear  and  easily  understood  he  strove  to  write  always  in 
the  simplest  language  possible. 

Description,  whether  in  prose  or  verse,  is  perhaps  the  easiest 
kind  of  composition.  It  depends  on  observation,  exact  knoivledge, 
and  accuracy  of  expression.  Almost  everything  that  can  be  seen 
can  be  described,  and  therefore  there  are  many  subjects  suitable  for 
descriptive  composition.  Natural  scenery,  natural  history,  works 
of  art,  historic  buildings  or  ruins,  industries,  customs,  and  even 
manufacturing  processes,  are  all  suitable  themes. 

In  writing  a  description  it  is  well  to  proceed  according  to  a 
definite  plan.  Wordsworth,  before  he  gives  a  detailed  description, 
very  often  makes  some  introductory  statement.  The  poem  under 
review  exemplifies  this : 


A  SPRING  MORNING  93 

I.  Introduction  ;  The  night  before. 
II.   The  Morning :  Detailed  description. 

(a)  sun  :  woods  with  birds  —stockdove,  jay,  magpie. 

(b)  sun  and  sky — grass,  raindrops. 

(c)  moors — hare — feet  raise  mist — path  traced  out. 

EXERCISES  :  I.  Write  a  description  of  a  Spring  Morning,  expanding  each  of 
the  above  divisions  into  a  separate  paragraph  by  adding  anything 
appropriate. 

2.  Draw  out  the  plan  for  a  description  of  "  A  Spring  Morning  in  Town." 

3.  Write  a  description  of — A  House  on  Fire  :  A  Street  Corner  :  A  Motor 

Car  :  The  Horse,  or  any  other  animal  with  which  you  are  familiar. 

3.  Prosody 

Scan  the  first  stanza.  Write  down  the  number  of  feet  in  each  of  the  first  five 
lines.  What  is  the  name  of  the  foot  ?  Point  out  lines  in  which  there  is  an 
inverted  stress  at  the  first  foot.  Denote  by  letters  (a,  b,  etc.)  the  rhyme 
arrangement  of  each  stanza. 

When  a  line  contains  six  metrical  feet  it  is  called  a  Hexameter. 

/  X  X        I  X  t  X        t  X  f  X  t 

I  Runs  with  |  her  all  |  the  way,  |  wher-e  |  ver  she  |  doth  run  | 
is  Hexameter ;  while 

X          /  X          f  X         /  X  /  X/  X  f  X 

I  And  all  |  the  air  |  is  filled  |  with  pleas  |  ant  noise  |  of  wat  |  ers 
is  Hexameter  excessive. 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Poetic  Words  Are  there  any  poetic  words  ? 

Compound  Words      Are  there  any  compound   words?    Show   how   each    is 

formed. 
Suffixes  Flashy  =  adjective  formed  from  plash,  a  puddle. 

Write  out  a  list  of  all  suffixes  and  prefixes,  and  show 

the  force  of  each. 

EXERCISE  :  From  the  poem  gather  together  all  words  that  may  be  classified 
under  Natural  Occurrences  (v.  pp.  n,  14).  Say  whether  native  or 
foreign. 


XIX 
THE  PLOUGHMAN 

LEAR  the  brown  path,  to  meet  his  coulter's  gleam  ! 

Lo  !  on  he  comes,  behind  his  smoking  team, 
With  toil's  bright  dewdrops  on  his  sunburnt  brow, 
The  lord  of  earth,  the  hero  of  the  plough  ! 
First  in  the  field  before  the  reddening  sun, 
Last  in  the  shadows  when  the  day  is  done, 
Line  after  line,  along  the  bursting  sod, 
Marks  the  broad  acres  where  his  feet  have  trod ; 
Still,  where  he  treads,  the  stubborn  clods  divide, 
The  smooth  fresh  furrow  opens  deep  and  wide ; 
Matted  and  dense  the  tangled  turf  upheaves, 
Mellow  and  dark  the  ridgy  cornfield  cleaves ; 
Up  the  steep  hillside,  where  the  labouring  train 
Slants  the  long  tract  that  scores  the  level  plain ; 
Through  the  moist  valley,  clogged  with  oozing  clay, 
The  patient  convoy  breaks  its  destined  way ; 
At  every  turn  the  loosening  chains  resound, 
The  swinging  ploughshare  circles  glistening  round, 
Till  the  wide  field  one  billowy  waste  appears, 
And  wearied  hands  unbind  the  panting  steers. 

OLIVER  WENDELL  HOLMES  (1809-1894). 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

What  kind  of  composition  is  this  poem  ?  Is  it  solely  a  descrip- 
tion of  The  Ploughman  ?  Was  the  ploughman  short  ?  tall  ? 
dark?  fair?  handsome  ?  What  kind  of  clothing  did  he  wear  ? 
Is  the  ploughman  described  fully  ?  What  else  is  described 

94 


THE  PLOUGHMAN  95 

besides  the  ploughman?  Collect  from  the  poem  phrases 
descriptive  of  his  plough  and  his  team?  What  animals 
composed  the  team?  "The  Ploughman,"  "The  Plough- 
man at  Work" — which  of  these  titles  do  you  prefer?  Give 
your  reasons.  Make  out  a  list  of  words  of  pictorial  quality. 
Collect  any  words  or  phrases  of  the  same  or  nearly  the  same 
meaning.  Point  out  any  line  that  is  reflective  in  tone. 


2.  Composition  and  Exposition 

This  poem,  by  Oliver  Wendell  Holmes,  contains  only  pure 
description,  and  so  well  are  the  details  blended  together  that  the 
effect  of  the  whole  is  to  give  a  picture  in  words — a  picture  in  which 
beauty  and  truth  are  at  once  apparent.  How  did  the  poet  secure 
this  effect  ? 

In  the  last  lesson  it  was  said  that  one  essential  for  writing  a  de- 
scriptive composition  was  knowledge  of  the  subject,  and  that  this 
knowledge  must  be  gained  from  observation.  Now,  nearly  every  one 
has  observed  a  ploughman  at  work,  but  few  have  noted  so  many 
facts  about  him  as  the  poet  has  done.  Observation,  therefore,  is  not 
merely  looking  at  something,  but  looking  at  it  with  a  definite 
purpose  and  with  alert  eyes.  The  good-  observer  is  also  the  good 
thinker.  Moreover,  the  knowledge  that  is  gained  from  observation 
is  not  all  equally  valuable.  The  observer  notes  many  facts,  but  he 
only  uses  those  that  suit  the  special  purpose  he  has  in  view.  For 
example,  if  the  poet  had  described  accurately  and  fully  all  about 
the  ploughman,  his  appearance,  clothing,  etc.,  the  reader's  attention 
would  have  been  distracted  from  the  field  and  the  ploughing,  the 
proportion  of  the  parts  would  have  been  lost,  or  else  a  different 
picture  altogether  would  have  resulted.  Prominence  is  given  to 
those  facts  about  the  ploughman  that  the  poet  desires  to  impress 
on  the  mind  of  the  reader — the  sweat  on  his  sunburnt  brow,  his 
plodding  steps,  his  wearied  hands.  The  rest  is  rightly  left  to  the 
imagination.  Good  observation,  therefore,  implies  the  right  choosing 
of  facts,  i.e.  the  power  of  selection. 


96  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

The  third  essential  of  "  description "  is  accuracy  of  expression, 
the  use  of  the  right  words  in  the  right  places.  Facts  and  ideas  are 
of  little  use  unless  one  is  able  to  communicate  them  in  a  clear 
manner.  Each  separate  word  conveys  a  distinct  impression  to  the 
mind  of  the  reader,  and  it  is  the  duty  of  the  writer  to  select  his 
words  so  that  the  correct  impression  is  conveyed.  For  example, 
the  words  sod,  clod,  turf,  earth  all  convey  different  impressions  of 
the  same  general  idea,  yet  when  each  is  used  in  the  right  place 
there  is  no  confusion.  This  is  very  skilfully  done  in  the  poem. 

The  general  idea  of  "field"  is  made  clear  from  following  words  : 

earth,  field,  sod,  acres,  clods,  turf,  ridgy  cornfield,  steep 
hillside,  level  plain,  moist  valley,  oozing  clay,  wide  field. 

Similarly,  general  idea  of  "  cutting  through  soil" : 

plough,  bursting,  divide,  opens,  upheaves,  cleaves,  scores, 
breaks. 

And  general  idea  of  "furrow  "  : 

brown  path,  line  after  line,  fresh  furrow,  long  track, 
destined  way. 

And  general  idea  of  "plough  "  and  "  team  "  : 

Coulter's  gleam,  smoking  team,  labouring  train,  patient 
convoy,  loosening  chains,  swinging  ploughshare,  panting 
steers. 

Sometimes  the  poet  by  combining  two  words,  each  suggesting  a 
different  idea,  conveys  another  impression  to  the  reader;  thus 
"  bursting  sod  "  conveys  the  idea  of  "  the  furrow  being  made." 

Few  words,  if  any,  have  exactly  the  same  meaning ;  but  many 
words  convey  a  similar  impression  and  meaning  to  the  mind,  e.g. 
labour,  toil,  work ;  sod,  clod.  Such  words  are  called  Synonyms. 


THE  PLOUGHMAN  97 

Sometimes  a  similar  impression  is  conveyed  to  the  mind  by  a 
phrase.  Such  phrases  are  called  Synonymous,  e.g.  labouring  train, 
patient  convoy  ;  coulter's  gleam,  ploughshare  glistening  ;  sweat, 
toil's  bright  dewdrops. 

When  a  synonymous  phrase  is  used  in  preference  to  a  single 
word  the  phrase  is  termed  a  Circumlocution  or  Periphrasis,  lit.  a 
roundabout  way  of  speaking. 

The  use  of  periphrasis  is  another  characteristic  of  poetry. 

EXERCISES  :  i.  Gather  together  the  different  words  and  phrases  which  go  to 
build  up  the  general  idea  of  "ploughman." 

2.  Write  down  a  list  of  synonymous  words  or  phrases  from  the  poem. 

Where  possible  give  the  exact  difference  in  meaning  of  each. 

3.  Paraphrase  lines  5  and  6. 

4.  Write  a  descriptive  paragraph  on  :  —  A  Soldier,  A  Sailor,  A  Policeman, 

A  Fireman. 

3.  Prosody 

Write  down  the  metrical  formula  of  the  line.  Write  down  the  name  of  the 
line  in  words.  Give  examples  of  slurred  syllables.  Give  examples  of  Allitera- 
tion. How  many  lines  have  an  inverted  stress?  At  which  foot  does  this  in- 
verted stress  invariably  occur?  What  is  a  Couplet?  Give  examples.  Select  a 
line  whose  stresses  correspond  to  the  following  scheme  :  ~  =  slurred  syllable  :  — 

U  xlx  2.1  x^l  Y.JL]XJL\ 

Two  lines  of  iambic  pentameter  rhyming  together  form  a  Heroic 
Couplet. 

Diagrammatic  representation  thus  — 

|x  J.\\\  a 


Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Poetic  Words  Give  examples  ;  also  of  poetic  order. 

Compound  Words  Give  examples  and  show  how  formed. 

Prefixes  Make  out  a  list  and  show  force  of  each. 

Suffixes  Make  out  a  list  and  show  force  of  each. 
G 


98  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 


Byrnan,  to  burn  :    SUNBURNT,    brown,    brand,   brandy,    brimstone, 

burnish. 

Cleofan,  to  split  :    CLEAVES,  cleft,  cliff,  cleaver. 
Brecan,  to  break  :     BREAKS,  brake,  breach,  brook,  brick,  brittle. 
Sciran,  to  cut  :         PLOUGHSHARE,  shear,  shire,  shore,  scores,  short, 

sheriff,  scar,  shred. 

LATIN  : 

Densus,  thick  :        DENSE,  density,  condense. 

Labor,  labour  :        LABOURING,     belabour,     elaborate,     laboratory, 

laborious. 
Sonus,  sound:         RESOUND,  assonant,  consonant,  parson,  person, 

resonant,  sonata,  sonorous,  unison. 

Derive   the   following   words   whose  roots   have  already  been 
given  :  train,  track,  patient,  plain. 


XX 
THE  SCHOLAR 

MY  days  among  the  Dead  are  past ; 
Around  me  I  behold, 
Where'er  these  casual  eyes  are  cast, 

The  mighty  minds  of  old  : 
My  never-failing  friends  are  they, 
With  whom  I  converse  day  by  day. 

With  them  I  take  delight  in  weal 

And  seek  relief  in  woe ; 
And  while  I  understand  and  feel 

How  much  to  them  I  owe, 
My  cheeks  have  often  been  bedew'd 
With  tears  of  thoughtful  gratitude. 

My  thoughts  are  with  the  Dead ;  with  them 

I  live  in  long-past  years, 
Their  virtues  love,  their  faults  condemn, 

Partake  their  hopes  and  fears, 
And  from  their  lessons  seek  and  find 
Instruction  with  an  humble  mind. 

My  hopes  are  with  the  Dead ;  anon 

My  place  with  them  will  be, 
And  I  with  them  shall  travel  on 

Through  all  Futurity ; 
Yet  leaving  here  a  name,  I  trust, 
That  will  not  perish  in  the  dust. 

ROBERT  SOUTHEY  (1774-1843). 

99 


ioo  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

1.  Questions 

What  does  the  poet  mean  by  the  words  "  the  Dead "  ?  Who 
passed  his  days  among  the  Dead  ?  In  what  kind  of  room 
did  he  pass  his  days  ?  Why  were  the  Dead  his  never-failing 
friends  ?  How  did  the  Dead  influence  his  thoughts  and  his 
hopes  ?  Was  the  scholar  rich  or  poor  ?  What  was  his  pro- 
fession ?  Who  was  he  ?  When  did  he  live  ?  Give  a  reason 
why  this  poem  might  be  described  as  "  Descriptive,"  "  Narra- 
tive," or  "  Reflective."  Which  is  the  prevailing  characteristic  ? 
What  stanza  describes  the  poet's  emotions  ?  What  were  these 
emotions?  What  is  the  difference  in  treatment  between 
"  The  Ploughman  "  and  "  The  Scholar  "  ? 

2.  Composition 

A  narrative  of  the  life  of  a  person  is  called  a  Biography.  When 
a  writer  tells  the  story  of  his  own  life,  the  narration  is  called  an 
Autobiography  (Gk.  autos,  self;  bios,  life;  graphy,  a  writing). 
Both  Biography  and  Autobiography  may  be  largely  reflective  com- 
positions. For  example,  the  poet  Southey  undoubtedly  is  describing 
his  own  life  as  a  scholar.  It  is  well  known  that  he  passed  his  later 
days  in  the  manner  which  he  himself  describes,  and  therefore  the 
poem  has  an  Autobiographic  interest.  But  it  is  also  Reflective,  for 
it  deals  with  his  mental  life,  with  his  thoughts,  hopes,  feelings,  and 
emotions.  An  analysis  of  the  poem  shows  this  clearly. 

Subject  Matter.  Characteristic, 

ist   Stanza :  daily  habits  of  the  poet.  autobiographic. 

2nd  Stanza  :  delight,  consolation,  under-  reflective :  his  feelings 

standing,  gratitude.  and  emotions. 

3rd  Stanza :  thoughts :    companionship,  reflective :  mental  life. 

instruction. 

4th  Stanza :  hopes,  inspiration,  fame.  reflective :  desires. 

Three-fourths  of  the  poem  is  reflective  and  one-fourth  auto- 
biographic. 


THE  SCHOLAR  101 

Very  seldom  is  there  any  real  biography  or  autobiography  in 
verse,  but  a  poet  scarcely  ever  can  conceal  his  personality  altogether 
in  his  work.  Thus  it  is  that  many  facts  concerning  the  life  of  a 
poet  can  be  gleaned  from  his  poetry,  and  in  this  sense  the  latter 
may  be  considered  as  autobiographic.  For  example,  the  story  of 
Wordsworth's  life  can  be  built  up  almost  entirely  from  his  own 
written  work.  On  the  other  hand,  it  is  quite  possible  that  Southey 
had  not  himself  in  mind  when  he  wrote  The  Scholar.  One  must 
guard  against  reading  too  much  into  the  meaning  of  poetry. 

EXERCISES  :  I.  Write  down  all  words  dealing  with  feelings  or  emotions,  and 
give  the  exact  meaning  of  each. 

2.  Write  out  a  list  of  all  abstract  terms,  and  explain  each  one. 

3.  Write  a  composition,  using  the  following  hints  :  — 

ON  READING. 

I.  Introduction.     Student  in  a  library,  not  lonely. 
II.    Why  Books  are  Friends.     Pleasure,  solace,  instruction. 

Illustrations.     Name  books  which  provide  the  above. 

III.  Lessons  gained  from  Books.     Humility,  ambition,  instruction,  etc. 

Illustrations.     Mention  appropriate  books. 

IV.  Conclusion.     Books  helpful  in  many  ways. 

3.  Prosody 

In  the  first  stanza  put  in  the  stress  marks,  give  the  rhyme-arrangement,  and 
the  metrical  structure  of  each  line. 

Give  a  diagrammatic  representation  of  the  stanza. 

Name  any  poem  previously  read  which  has  the  same  kind  of  stanza.  Give 
examples  of  alliteration. 

What  do  the  two  concluding  lines  of  each  stanza  form  ? 

If  the  last  two  lines  were  taken  away  from  each  stanza,  what  kind  of  stanza 
would  the  remaining  lines  form  ? 

Write  the  following  in  a  stanza  similar  to  that  of  the  poem  :  —  "  It  was  a 
summer  evening,  Old  Kaspar's  work  was  done,  and  he  before  his  cottage  door 
was  sitting  in  the  sun  ;  and  by  him  sported  on  the  green  his  little  grandchild 


What  is  the  difference  between  this  stanza  and  that  of  the  poem  ? 
Quote,  if  you  can,  another  stanza  similar  to  the  foregoing. 
From  what  poem  does  it  come  ?    Who  wrote  it  ? 
Name  any  of  his  other  works  that  you  happen  to  know. 


102  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Write  down  the  opposites  of:    the  dead,  friend,  delight,  weal,  gratitude, 

virtues,  hopes.     What  are  such  pairs  of  opposites  called  ? 
Form  nouns  from  :  converse,  understand,  live,  condemn,  travel. 
Write  down  a  list  of  all  the  abstract  terms  in  the  poem  ;  underline  those  of 

English  origin. 
Write  down  all  the  "  poetic  words,"  all  the  "compound  words,"  and  say 

how  the  latter  are  formed. 
Write  out  a  list  of  all  the  prefixes  and  suffixes,  and  explain  their  force  and 

origin. 
Give  the  past  tense  and  past  participle  of  all  strong  verbs. 

"  Casual  eyes  "  :  adjective  used  for  adverb, — a  common  character- 
istic of  poetry. 

ROOTS 
LATIN  : 

Vertere,  to  turn:  CONVERSE  (v.  p.  37). 

Damnum,  loss:  CONDEMN,  damage,  indemnify,  in- 

demnity. 

Strue're  (struct),  to  buildup:  INSTRUCTION,  construct,  construe,  instru- 
ment, destroy,  obstruct,  structure, 
superstructure. 

EXERCISES  :   I.  Give  derivation  of  "  understand  "  and  "  gratitude." 

2.  Give  twenty  words  of  /Englisc  origin,  and  arrange  these  under  general 
headings  (cf.  p.  n). 


XXI 
THE  INFLUENCE  OF  LATIN 

(2)   INTRODUCTION    OF    CHRISTIANITY:    EARLY    LITERATURE 

AMONGST  the  many  advantages  which  the  Roman  occupation 
brought  to  the  Celts  must  be  reckoned  the  introduction  of 
Christianity.  About  180  A.D.  the  new  religion  reached  Britain  and 
began  to  spread  throughout  the  soldiery  and  the  native  population. 
Its  advance  was  fairly  rapid  :  and,  before  the  Romans  left  the  island, 
the  Celtic  inhabitants  were  in  possession  of  an  organised  church 
with  clergy  of  different  ranks  ;  several  monasteries  had  been  built, 
and  a  Latin  translation  of  the  Bible  was  in  use.  In  fact  the  Celts 
had  become  thoroughly  Christian,  and  this  meant  the  adoption  of 
many  Latin  words  connected  with  the  new  faith  and  its  services. 
But  when  the  pagan  English  arrived  from  the  continent,  not  only 
did  they  retain  their  own  heathen  worship,  but  they  proceeded  to 
stamp  out  the  British  Christianity,  It  was  not  until  their  own  con- 
version by  St  Augustine  in  597  that  they  felt  the  need  of  new 
religious  terms.  Thereafter  "  Church  "  words  were  introduced  in 
considerable  numbers. 

The  ecclesiastical  connection  thus  formed  with  Rome  led  to  a 
closer  relation  with  the  continent  in  several  other  ways.  The 
Christian  missionaries  brought  with  them  foreign  customs  and 
modes  of  life,  and  accordingly  many  names  referring  to  Food, 
Dress,  Furniture,  to  the  Household  and  its  precincts,  crept 
gradually  into  the  y£nglisc  tongue.  Some  of  these  terms  came 
originally  from  a  Greek  source,  but  for  long  prior  to  their  intro- 
duction into  Britain  they  had  been  thoroughly  Latinised.  There- 

103 


104 


A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 


fore,  whether  originally  Latin  or  Greek,  such  words   are  said  to 
form  the  Second  Latin  Addition. 

The  following  table  shows  the  different  types  of  words  intro- 
duced, and  also  the  changes  they  have  undergone  : — 


Latin  and  Greek  Words 


CLASS  OF  WORD. 

PRESENT  FORM. 

EARLIEST 
ENGLISH  FORM 

LATIN  FORM. 

GREEK  FORM. 

Church  Words 

apostle 
bishop 
creed 

apostol 
biscop 
creda 

apostolus 
episcopus 
credo 

apostolos 
episkopos 

mass 

niaesse 

missa 

pope 

papa 

papa 

pappas 

Trees  and  Plants 

beet 

bete 

beta 

lily 

Jilie 

lilium 

leirion 

palm 

palm 

palma 

pear 

pere 

pirum 

pepper 
plant 

pipor 
plante 

piper 
planta 

pepen 

plum 

plume 

prunum 

prounon 

Fish,  Animals,  etc. 

lobster 

loppestre 

locusta 

mussel 

muscle 

musculus 

turtle 

turtle 

turtur 

trout 

truht 

tructa 

troktes 

Household  Words 

butter 

butere 

butyrunv 

bouturon 

cheese 

ciese 

caseus 

dish 

disc 

discus 

discos 

cup 

cuppe 

cupa 

fork 

forca 

furca 

kitchen 

cycene 

coquina 

pan 

panne 

panna 

Clothing 

cap 

caeppe 

cappa 

fan 

fann 

vannus 

linen 

linen 

linum 

sock 

socc 

soccus 

Furniture 

chest 

cist 

cista 

mat 

meatte 

matta 

pole 

pal 

palus 

INTRODUCTION  OF  CHRISTIANITY  105 

Early  Literature 

To  the  humanising  influence  and  patronage  of  the  early  Church 
England  is  indebted  not  only  for  the  encouragement  of  her  litera- 
ture, but  also  for  its  preservation  when  written.  In  that  rude  age 
the  monasteries  were  the  only  places  of  learning,  and  the  only  safe 
asylum  for  the  poet  and  scholar.  Consequently  the  first  writers 
were  monks,  and  most  of  the  Early  ^Englisc  literature  is  religious  in 
spirit.  Printing  had  not  yet  been  invented,  but  the  monks  recorded 
their  works  in  beautiful  lettering  done  by  hand.  To  complete  a 
manuscript  (lit.  hand-written)  necessarily  took  a  long  time,  but 
when  finished  it  was  carefully  treasured  in  the  monastery.  Beautiful 
specimens  of  these  books  may  still  be  seen  in  the  great  museums 
and  libraries,  and  so  valuable  are  they  that  they  can  scarcely  be 
bought  with  gold. 

It  is  true  that  the  English  in  their  pagan  days  wrote  poetry, 
chiefly  stories  of  travel  and  adventure,  and  descriptions  of  fierce 
fights  by  land  and  sea,  but  it  is  fragmentary,  and  its  preservation  is 
probably  due  to  the  monks,  who  committed  to  writing  the  oral 
traditions  of  successive  generations.  One  wonderful  poem,  The 
Beowulf,  which  may  have  been  originally  composed  on  the  continent 
before  the  invasion,  doubtless  was  thus  preserved.  A  Christian 
poet  of  Northumbria,  sometime  in  the  seventh  or  eighth  century, 
collected  several  versions  of  the  story  and  made  them  into  one 
grand  work.  The  poem  throws  an  interesting  light  on  the  history, 
the  manners,  customs,  and  superstitions  of  the  English  race.  It  is 
a  tale  of  heroic  deeds  done  by  a  mighty  warrior,  Beowulf,  against 
the  monsters  of  the  moor  and  of  the  sea.  It  records  how,  after  a 
life  of  manful  endeavour,  the  hero,  in  slaying  a  fierce  dragon,  was 
mortally  wounded,  and  thus  sacrificed  himself  to  protect  his  people. 

The  first  native  ^Englisc  poet  was  one  Caedmon,  a  Northumbrian, 
who  about  670  lived  at  Whitby,  close  by  the  monastery  of  Hilda 
the  abbess.  It  is  recorded  that  he  was  a  poor  stableman  who 
received  the  gift  of  song  in  a  vision.  The  learned  monks,  getting 
to  know  of  it,  thereupon  told  him  Bible  stories  which  he  put  into 


io6 


verse.  It  was  at  one  time  believed  that  he  paraphrased  the  whole 
of  the  history  of  the  Old  and  New  Testaments,  but  it  is  now  thought 
that  this  was  the  work  of  several  persons.  In  any  case  the  name 
of  Caedmon  is  associated  with  certain  early  religious  poetry,  and 
the  poem  itself  is  often  called  Caedmon's  Paraphrase. 

Cynewulf,  another  famous  Northumbrian  poet,  wrote  works 
(both  religious  and  secular)  of  great  excellence.  His  Vision  of  the 
Cross  and  his  Seafarer  are  noteworthy. 

In  the  person  of  Baeda,  who  is  more  commonly  known  as  "  the 
venerable  Bede,"  Northumbria  can  also  claim  the  first  great  ^ 

WRITERS    OF    THE    OLD    ENGLISH    PERIOD 


^Centurtj    \   S^eotury     \  JO^Centurt, 


600         630          70O         7SO          BOO          85O          9OO         9SO         JOOO 


prose  writer.  Bede  was  a  churchman  of  vast  learning,  whose  fame 
spread  throughout  Europe,  so  that  scholars  gladly  came  from  far 
and  near  to  learn  of  him.  His  works  are  scientific,  historical, 
theological:  and,  unfortunately,  he  wrote  most  of  them  in  Latin. 
Only  one  important  book  was  written  in  his  native  ^Englisc,  The 
Translation  of  the  Gospel  of  St  John  ;  but  no  copy  of  it  is  known  to 
exist.  His  Ecclesiastical  History  of  the  English  People,  written  in 
Latin,  and  of  which  many  famous  manuscripts  have  been  preserved, 
is  of  the  highest  value  to  the  student  of  English  Literature. 

When  the  Scandians  conquered  Northumbria,  the  literature  of 
the   north   perished.     In   the   south,  however,  JElfred  the  Great 


INTRODUCTION  OF  CHRISTIANITY  107 

(d.  901)  not  only  encouraged  learning  in  others,  but  himself  made 
many  translations  from  Latin  into  good  ^Englisc  prose.  Under  his 
guidance  Winchester  became  a  great  literary  centre.  His  works 
were  all  instructive,  and  such  as  would  be  good  for  his  people  to 
know;  they  deal  with  philosophy,  history,  and  religion.  King 
Alfred  also  took  a  great  interest  in  the  Old  English  Chronicle,  a 
set  of  historical  narratives  which  may  have  been  begun  as  early  as 
755,  and  which  continued  to  record  important  events  down  to  the 
death  of  Stephen  in  1154.  In  these  annals  two  fine  battle  poems 
have  been  preserved,  The  Song  of  Brunanburh  (fought  in  937)  and 
The  Battle  of  Maldon  (fought  in  991),  both  against  the  Danes. 
After  the  death  of  Alfred,  a  learned  Benedictine  abbot,  named 
JElfric,  translated  large  portions  of  the  Bible  and  wrote  The  Lives 
of  the  Saints,  a  famous  book.  Although  the  writing  of  /Englisc 
continued  down  to  the  end  of  the  first  or  early  period — that  is,  down 
to  the  commencement  of  the  twelfth  century — there  are  no  names 
so  notable  as  those  already  given. 


M 


XXII 

SIR  GALAHAD 

Y  good  blade  carves  the  casques  of  men, 

My  tough  lance  thrusteth  sure, 
My  strength  is  as  the  strength  of  ten, 

Because  my  heart  is  pure. 
5  The  shattering  trumpet  shrilleth  high, 

The  hard  brands  shiver  on  the  steel, 
The  splintered  spear-shafts  crack  and  fly, 

The  horse  and  rider  reel : 
They  reel,  they  roll  in  clanging  lists, 
10  And  when  the  tide  of  combat  stands, 

Perfume  and  flowers  fall  in  showers, 
That  lightly  rain  from  ladies'  hands. 


How  sweet  are  looks  that  ladies  bend 

On  whom  their  favours  fall ! 
1 5  For  them  I  battle  till  the  end, 

To  save  from  shame  and  thrall : 
But  all  my  heart  is  drawn  above, 

My  knees  are  bow'd  in  crypt  and  shrine : 
I  never  felt  the  kiss  of  love, 
20  Nor  maiden's  hand  in  mine. 

More  bounteous  aspects  on  me  beam, 

Me  mightier  transports  move  and  thrill ; 
So  keep  I  fair  thro'faitA  and  prayer 

A  virgin  heart  in  work  and  will. 

ioS 


SIR  GALAHAD  109 

25  When  down  the  stormy  crescent  goes, 

A  light  before  me  swims, 
Between  dark  stems  the  forest  glows, 

I  hear  a  noise  of  hymns : 
Then  by  some  secret  shrine  I  ride ; 
30  I  hear  a  voice,  but  none  are  there  j 

The  stalls  are  void,  the  doors  are  wide, 

The  tapers  burning  fair. 
Fair  gleams  the  snowy  attar-cloth, 
The  silver  vessels  sparkle  clean, 
35  The  shrill  bell  rings,  the  censer  swings, 

And  solemn  chaunts  resound  between. 

Sometimes  on  lonely  mountain-meres 

I  find  a  magic  bark ; 
I  leap  on  board ;  no  helmsman  steers ; 
40  I  float  till  all  is  dark. 

A  gentle  sound,  an  awful  light ! 

Three  angels  bear  the  holy  Grail : 
With  folded  feet,  in  stoles  of  white, 

On  sleeping  wings  they  sail. 
45  Ah,  blessed  vision  \  blood  of  God  ! 

My  spirit  beats  her  mortal  bars, 
As  down  dark  tides  the  glory  slides, 

And  star-like  mingles  with  the  stars. 

When  on  my  goodly  charger  borne 
50  Thro'  dreaming  towns  I  go, 

The  cock  crows  ere  the  Christmas  morn, 

The  streets  are  dumb  with  snow. 
The  tempest  crackles  on  the  leads, 

And,  ringing,  spins  from  brand  and  mail ; 
55  But  o'er  the  dark  a  glory  spreads, 

And  gilds  the  driving  hail. 


no  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

I  leave  the  plain,  I  climb  the  height ; 
No  branchy  thicket  shelter  yields : 
But  blessed  forms  in  whistling  storms 
60  Fly  o'er  waste  fens  and  windy  fields. 

A  maiden  knight — to  me  is  given 

Such  hope,  I  know  not  fear ; 
I  yearn  to  breathe  the  airs  of  heaven 

That  often  meet  me  here. 
65  I  muse  on  joy  that  will  not  cease, 

Pure  spaces  clothed  in  living  beams, 
Pure  lilies  of  eternal  peace, 

Whose  odours  haunt  my  dreams ; 
And,  stricken  by  an  angel's  hand, 
70  This  mortal  armour  that  I  wear, 

This  weight  and  size,  this  heart  and  eyes, 

Are  touched,  are  turned  to  finest  air. 

The  clouds  are  broken  in  the  sky, 

And  thro'  the  mountain-walls 
75  A  rolling  organ-harmony 

Swells  up,  and  shakes  and  falls, 
Then  move  the  trees,  the  copses  nod, 

Wings  flutter,  voices  hover  clear : 
"  Ojusf  andfattMul  knight  of  God ! 
80  Ride  on  !  the  prize  is  near." 

So  pass  I  hostel,  hall  and  grange, 

By  bridge  and  ford,  by  park  and  pale, 
K\\-armed  I  ride,  whate'er  betide, 
Until  I  find  the  holy  Grail. 

ALFRED,  LORD  TENNYSON  (1809-1892). 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

Who  is  the  speaker  ?    What  is  his  rank  in  life  ?    At  what  period 
in  history  did  he  live  ?    Give  reasons  from  the  poem.    Is  the 


SIR  GALAHAD  in 

first  stanza  descriptive  ?  What  does  it  describe  ?  Go  over 
the  poem  stanza  by  stanza,  and  say  whether  each  is  narrative, 
descriptive,  or  reflective  on  the  whole.  Select  stanzas  which 
illustrate  more  than  one  of  the  above  general  types  of  com- 
position. What  is  the  speaker's  greatest  desire  ?  Quote  the 
line  which  gives  the  information.  Give  the  various  lines 
which  deal  with  the  knight's  life  under  the  following  heads : 
the  lists,  love,  religion,  forest-journey,  mountain-meres, 
dreaming  towns,  storms,  various  shelters  and  abodes.  Give 
instances  of  what  the  knight  imagined  he  saw.  What  was 
the  cause  of  these  visions?  Is  it  possible  to  classify  this 
poem  as  autobiographic  ?  Why  ?  Is  the  poet  writing  about 
himself?  Select  words  of  pictorial  quality,  and  arrange  them 
under  two  heads — (i)  those  giving  an  exact  description,  (2) 
those  giving  a  vague  description.  Does  the  matter  of  the 
poem  interest  you  ?  Do  you  like  the  way  in  which  the  poet 
has  treated  his  subject?  Which,  matter  or  its  treatment, 
would  you  select  as  giving  you  more  pleasure  ?  Why  ? 

2.  Composition  and  Exposition 

In  this  poem  Tennyson  displays  the  art  of  a  great  poet.  An 
examination  of  this  one  piece  would  yield  illustrations  of  nearly  all 
the  various  characteristics  of  poetry  which  have  already  been  gleaned 
from  many  sources.  Thus,  in  regard  to  JFbrm,  the  poem  has  metre 
and  rhyme ;  the  metre  is  varied  by  occasional  inverted  stresses,  the 
rhymes  occur  both  in  the  middle  and  at  the  end  of  a  line,  and  are  of 
two  kinds,  single  and  double. 

In  regard  to  Diction,  there  are  poetic  words  as  well  as  words 
used  in  a  different  order  from  that  of  prose.  Poetic  effect  is  also 
gained  by  the  use  of  certain  parts  of  speech  in  an  unusual  connec- 
tion. Vividness  results  from  the  selection  of  onomatopoetic  words, 
and  monotony  is  avoided  by  repeating  the  same  idea  in  different 
words,  by  synonyms  and  the  synonymous  phrase. 

The  qualities  and  characteristics  enumerated  above  are  easily 
apparent,  and  may  be  noted  by  almost  any  one ;  but,  besides  these 


ii2  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

externals,  poetry  possesses  beauties  which  it  is  not  easy  to  point  out, 
but  which  the  reader  gradually  learns  to  appreciate  for  himself.  He 
comes  to  distinguish  the  feeing  of  the  poet  from  his  mere  craftsman- 
ship ;  he  comes  to  associate  the  matter  and  the  manner,  and  to  see 
if  these  be  in  sympathy ;  he  comes  to  understand  the  poet's  aim,  and 
to  see  if  it  is  successfully  realised.  This  kind  of  appreciation  depends 
quite  as  much  on  the  reader  as  on  the  poet. 

The  poet's  aim  here  is  to  describe  the  character  of  Sir  Galahad. 
But  notice  the  treatment  of  this  poem  and  that  of  The  Character  of 
a  Happy  Life,  where  there  is  a  somewhat  similar  aim.  The  latter  is 
a  direct  description  by  the  poet,  it  is  almost  an  enumeration  of  good 
habits,  the  nobility  of  its  sentiments  is  worthy  of  all  praise ;  but  it 
is  deficient  in  imagination,  it  wants  that  vagueness  and  suggestion 
which  stimulates  thought,  it  makes  little  appeal  to  the  emotions. 
Tennyson's  description  of  Sir  Galahad  is  indirect;  he  makes  the 
knight  describe  himself,  and  the  latter,  by  telling  of  his  actions,  really 
throws  light  on  his  own  character.  The  poem  is  rich  in  these  very 
qualities  which  are  lacking  in  The  Character  of  a  Happy  Life.  In 
Wotton's  description  the  matter  seems  more  important  than  the 
manner ;  in  Tennyson's  the  manner  seems  quite  as  important  as  the 
matter. 

EXERCISES  :  I.  Write  a  character  sketch  of  Sir  Galahad. 

2.  What  is  meant  by  the  terms    "Romantic,"   "Dramatic"?     In  what 

way,  if  any,  does  the  poem  justify  these  epithets  ? 

3.  Point  out  passages  which  show  great  imagination  on  the  part  of  the 

poet,   and   those  which   call  for  great   imagination   on  the  part  of 
the  reader. 

4.  Paraphrase — (a)  easy,  (6)  difficult,  (c)  very  difficult. 

(a)  11.  1-4,  11.  13-16,  11.  49-52,  11.  81-84. 
(6)  11.  S-I2,  11.  53-60,  11.  73-86,  11.  25-36. 
(c)  11.  41-48,  11.  65-72. 

5.  Write  down  a  list  of  words  or  phrases  which  you  find  difficult  to  para- 

phrase.    Endeavour  to  find  synonyms  for  these. 

6.  Change  from  first  to  third  person  and  from  present  to  past  tense  11.  49-60. 

7.  Select  suitable  quotations  from  the  poem. 


SIR  GALAHAD  113 


3.  Prosody 


Give  examples  of  Head  Rhyme  (Alliteration). 
Give  examples  of  Middle  Rhyme,  both  single  and  double. 
Give  examples  of  Feminine  Rhymes. 

By  means  of  letters  show  the  rhyme-arrangement  of  the  first  and  last  stanzas. 
In  the  second  last  line  of  each  stanza  put  the  accent  marks,  and  underline 
middle  rhymes. 

In  the  first  stanza  the  line, 

"  Perfume  and  flowers  fall  in  showers," 

may  give  some  trouble.  When  there  is  doubt  about  the  scansion 
of  any  particular  line,  the  corresponding  lines  in  the  other  stanzas 
should  be  scanned,  and  if  these  follow  a  regular  order  the  doubtful 
line  should  be  similarly  stressed,  even  although  the  metre  seem  a 
little  forced.  In  this  case  the  dictionary  gives  the  pronunciation 

perfume  ox  perfume. 
The  line  therefore  reads  thus  : 

Perfume  |  and  flow  |  ers  fall  |  in  show  |  ers. 

As   has   already   been   pointed   out   (p.    56),   it   is   sometimes 
necessary  to  omit  a  syllable  in  scanning.     Notice  the  line : 

The  shattering  trumpet  shrilleth  high. 

The  sound  of  the  "e"  in  shattering  is  either  omitted  or  carried 
quickly  on  to  the  next  syllable,  with  the  result  that  the  word  reads 
shatfring.  This  missing  out  of  a  letter  is  called  Elision.  The 
carrying  over  of  the  sound  to  the  next  syllable  is  called  Slurring. 

EXERCISES  :  Scan  the  first  stanza. 

Study  carefully  the  following  diagrammatic  representation,  and  say  to 
which  stanza  it  refers.     „  -  slurred  syllable. 


ii4  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

|X  O.IXQ.IX  o.lxo.1  a  or  i 

|XJLlX.dX.£.|  b            .  2 

|XO.|X  Z|X  Q.|X  O.|  a             .  I 

|X  0-IX  O.JX  JLl  £             .  2 

|xo.|x  o.|x  o.lxo.1  f         .          3 

IXO.IXQ.  |x  Q.JX  0.1  d         .          4 

|X  0.1  X  Q.|X  J-IX  J-l  c  .  3 

Ix  olx  O.IXQ.J  d         .          4 

|x  o.lx  o.lx  Q.JX  0.1  t          m          5 

IXO.^X  O.IX  0.1  X  O.J  y  _  6 

|xo.lx  o-lx  o.|x_£|  ^  7 

\~s 

|x  O.JX  o.|  x  o.|x  0.1  /         .  6 

Middle  rhymes  are  underlined. 

Draw  out  a  similar  stanza-plan  for  the  last  stanza. 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Poetic  Words  brands,  thrall,  stormy  crescent,  void,  chaunts,  meres, 

stoles,  branchy,  pale. 

Compound  Words  mountain-meres,  Christmas,  mountain-walls,  organ- 
harmony,  all-armed,  spear-shafts,  sometimes,  helms- 
man, faithful,  awful. 

Archaic  Word  pale.     (Give  another  use  of  this  word.) 

Onomatopoetic  Words    thrusteth,     shattering,    shrilleth,    shiver,    splintered, 
crack,     reel,     clanging,     slides,    crows,    crackles, 
ringing,  spins,  whistling,  rolling,  flutter,  hover. 
Prefixes  per — perfume     — per,  through.     (L.) 

Suffixes  et    —  trumpet      —  et,  diminutive.     (L.) 

ous  —  bounteous  —  ius,  etc.,  adjectival.     (L. ) 
le    — sparkle       — le,  frequentative.     (^E.) 
al    — mortal        — al,  adjectival.     (L. ) 
er    — flutter         — er,  frequentative.     (^E.) 

hover 
A  Frequentative  is  a  particle  denoting  frequency  or  continuance  of  action. 


SIR  GALAHAD 


ROOTS 

LATIN  : 
Batere,  to  beat : 

Portare,  to  carry 


CrescSre,  to  grow 


Beran,  to  carry  : 
Spinnan,  to  spin  : 
Steoran,  to  steer  : 

GREEK  : 
Kolaphos,  a  blow 


COMBAT,  abate,  battalion,  batter,  battery, 
battle,  debate. 

TRANSPORTS,  comport,  export,  import,  deport, 
port,  porter,  portfolio,  portmanteau,  report, 
purport,  support. 

CRESCENT,  accretion,  accrue,  concrete,  de- 
crease, excrescence,  increment,  recruit, 
crew,  increase. 

BORNE,  bear,  burden,  burthen. 

SPINS,  spinster,  spider,  spindle,  spindly. 

STEER,  strike,  streak,  stroke. 

COPSE,  coppice,  cope,  coupon,  recoup. 


EXERCISES:     I.  Derive:    brands,    voice,   tapers,   altar,    chaunts,    resound, 
sound,  vision,  streets,  plain,  armour. 

2.  Give  examples  of  synonyms  or  synonymous  phrases. 

3.  Point  out  any  words  which  have  an  unusual  grammatical  relation,  e.g. 

adjective  for  adverb,  etc. 

4.  Which  phrase  in  the  poem  is  very  like  one  \ajock  o'  Hazeldean  ? 

5.  Look  up  the  derivation  of  the  italicised  words.     From  what  language 

do  they  all  come  ? 

6.  What  are  the  frequentatives  from  :  crack,  spark,  wade,  beat,  flit,  gleam, 

spout  ? 

7.  Define  a  diminutive.     Give  diminutives  of :    lass,  cigar,  trump,  part, 

hill,  man,  brook. 


XXIII 
SIR  ARTHUR  O'KELLYN 

WHERE  is  the  grave  of  Sir  Arthur  O'Kellyn  ? 
Where  may  the  grave  of  that  good  man  be  ? 
By  the  side  of  a  spring,  on  the  breast  of  Helvellyn, 
Under  the  twigs  of  a  young  birch  tree. 
The  oak  that  in  summer  was  sweet  to  hear, 
And  rustled  its  leaves  in  the  fall  of  the  year, 
And  whistled  and  roared  in  the  winter  alone, 

/  /  r  r 

Is  gone, — and  the  birch  in  its  stead  is  grown. — 

The  knight's  bones  are  dust, 

And  his  good  sword  rust : — 

His  soul  is  with  the  saints,  I  trust. 

SAMUEL  TAYLOR  COLERIDGE  (1772-1834). 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

Why  does  the  poet  repeat  the  initial  question  ?  Does  he  answer 
the  question  himself?  Is  the  poem  a  dialogue?  Why  ?  Is 
the  exact  location  of  the  Knight's  Tomb  known  ?  Select  a 
part  of  the  poem  that  is  purely  descriptive.  Write  down 
words  which  seem  to  imitate  certain  sounds  heard  in  nature. 
What  is  the  name  given  to  this  kind  of  word  ?  Why  does 
the  poet  mention  the  oak  and  the  birch  ?  What  age  can  an 
oak  attain?  What  kind  of  tree  grows  up  in  place  of  the 
oak?  Is  it  long  since  the  Knight  was  buried?  Make  a 
rough  estimate  of  the  time  from  data  given  in  the  poem.  Is 
his  tomb  really  described  ?  Why  ?  What  title  would  you 
give  this  poem  ? 

116 


SIR  ARTHUR  O'KELLYN  117 

2.  Composition  and  Exposition :  The  Play  of  Fancy 

In  this  poem  there  are  several  clearly  marked  divisions. 

I.  The  Introduction  :  a  question  asked.  11.  1-2. 

II.  The  Answer.  11.  3-4. 

III.  Lapse  of  Time  indicated  by  reference  to  the  oak  and 

the  birch.  11.  5-8. 

IV.  Lapse  of  Time  indicated  by  its  result.  11.  9-10. 
V.  A  hope  expressed  by  the  poet.  1.  n. 

If  the  first  part  were  condensed,  the  question  would  be,  "  Where 
is  the  grave  of  the  good  Sir  Arthur  O'Kellyn?"  since  the  word  "  good  " 
contains  the  only  new  idea  in  the  second  line.  The  introduction 
serves  two  purposes  :  first,  to  arouse  interest  in  the  subject ;  and 
second,  to  make  a  statement  in  a  forcible  way.  Questions  are  not 
always  asked  for  the  sake  of  getting  a  reply.  To  some  questions 
the  reply  is  so  obvious  that  no  answer  is  expected. 

Examples : 

Question :  Who  can  paint  like  Nature  ? 

Answer :  No  one  can. 

Question  :  Can  the  Ethiope  change  his  skin  or  the  leopard 

his  spots  ? 
Answer:   The    Ethiope   cannot   change   his   skin    nor    the 

leopard  his  spots. 

Such  questions  are  really  indirect  assertions. 

To  other  questions  no  reply  can  be  given  because  the  answer 
is  not  known.  Coleridge  does  not  expect  an  answer  to  his  questions 
about  the  grave  of  Sir  Arthur  O'Kellyn.  In  such  cases  the  question 
is  intended  to  arouse  interest  and  curiosity,  and  thus  to  prepare  the 
way  for  the  giving  of  information. 

Questions  used  for  effect  or  for  emphasis  are  called  Rhetorical 
Questions. 


n8  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

Rhetorical  Interrogation  is  the  name  given  to  that  construction 
in  which  a  question  is  asked,  not  for  the  purpose  of  receiving  infor- 
mation, but  of  giving  it. 

Interrogation,  because  it  not  only  gives  some  information  but 
prepares  the  mind  to  receive  more,  appeals  directly  to  the  imagina- 
tion. Interrogation  may  be  used  in  prose  and  poetry  both.  But 
the  poet  stirs  the  imagination  best  by  indirect  means.  Coleridge 
knew  well  how  to  do  this  : 

The  oak  that  in  summer  was  sweet  to  hear, 
And  rustled  its  leaves  in  the  fall  of  the  year, 
And  whistled  and  roared  in  the  winter  alone, 
Is  gone, — and  the  birch  in  its  stead  is  grown. 

Regarded  by  themselves,  these  lines  are  beautifully  descriptive, 
but  when  they  are  read  with  regard  to  their  context,  a  greater 
significance  is  at  once  attached  to  them.  The  mention  of  the  oak  — 
a  tree  which  had  braved  the  seasons'  difference,  maybe  for  centuries, 
but  which  had  at  last  succumbed — recalls  to  mind  the  great  lapse  of 
time  and  the  changes  that  have  taken  place  in  the  scene  since  the 
knight  was  buried  close  by  the  spring  on  the  mountain  side.  More 
indirectly,  too,  comes  the  lesson  that  Death  is  the  fate  of  all  things 
that  have  life.  But  the  play  of  fancy  suggested  by  these  lines  does 
not  end  here.  To  the  imaginative  reader,  perhaps,  may  come  the 
thought  that  this  knight  was  once  a  living,  breathing  human  being, 
not  insensible  to  the  beauty  of  nature,  not  always  warring  against 
his  foes,  but  sometimes  resting  beneath  the  shade  of  the  oak  and 
taking  delight  in  the  sweet  summer  music  of  its  leaves.  The  value 
of  poetry  lies  quite  as  much  in  what  it  suggests  as  in  what  it  expresses 
clearly. 

EXERCISES  :   I.  Write  a  composition  on  "  The  Knight  of  Chivalry,"  using  the 
following  plan.     Quote  from  Sir  Galahad  or  other  poem. 

I.   Introduction.     What  "  Chivalry "  means.     When   it   was   practised. 
The  Knight,  the  upholder  of  Chivalry. 

II.  The  Knight.  How  a  person  became  one.  How  he  was  armed  and 
mounted.  Some  famous  Knights — Cceur-de-Lion, 
Black  Prince,  etc. 


SIR  ARTHUR  O'KELLYN  119 

III.  His  Adventures,     (a)  On  behalf  of  Christianity. 

(b)  On  behalf  of  distressed  ladies. 

IV.  Conclusion.     Was  the  knight's  ideal  good  ?   Why  Chivalry  disappeared. 

How  we  may  still  practise  it. 

2.  Draw  from  fancy  a  sketch  of  Sir  Arthur  O'Kellyn  as  a  man  of  peace. 

3.  Prosody 

In  each  line  how  many  stresses  ?  What  is  the  name  of  the  metre  ?  Give  two 
lines  of  Dimeter.  In  the  first  line,  how  many  weak  syllables  ?  Point  out  the 
lines  which  have  most  weak  syllables  and  those  which  have  fewest. 

Each  foot  must  have  one  strong  stress,  and  it  has  been  shown 
that  .the  iambus  and  the  trochee  have  also  one  weak  syllable.     Thus 

X  J.  1  X 

iambus  =   |  weak  strong  |  and  trochee  =   |  strong  weak  |  . 

But  some  feet  have  two  weak  syllables  in  addition  to  the  one 
strong  stress,  making  three  in  all.  A  common  arrangement  of 
these  three  syllables  is  to  have  two  weak  preceding  one  strong,  thus  : 


|  weak,  weak,  strong  |  . 

This  arrangement  of  stresses  is  called  an  Anapaest.  An  anapaest 
is  just  an  iambus  with  an  extra  weak  syllable  at  the  beginning. 
Iambus  *  1 ;  Anapaest  *  *  A  Lines  are  frequently  composed  of 
a  mixture  of  iambic  and  anapaestic  feet. 


X       1 

The  oak 
iambus 

X            X        J. 

that  in  sum 
anapaest 

X            X             J. 

mer  was  sweet 
anapaest 

X           J. 

to  hear 
iambus 

X         X           J. 

By  the  side 
anapaest 

xx        JL 
of  a  spring 
anapaest 

XX           J. 

on  the  breast 
anapaest 

of  Helvel 
anapaest 

X 

lyn 
excessive 

X                / 

—  Where 
strong  stress 

X            X              » 

may  the  grave 
anapaest 

XX            / 

of  that  good 
anapaest 

X           r 

man  be 
iambus 

At  the  beginning  of  a  line  one  strongly  stressed  syllable  may  stand 
for  a  complete  foot. 


i2o  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

Three  lines  rhyming  together  form  a  Triplet. 

The  knight's  bones  are  dust, 
And  his  good  sword  rust  ;  — 
His  soul  is  with  the  saints,  I  trust. 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Poetic  Words  breast. 

Onomatopoetic  Words          rustled,  whistled,  roared. 

Prefixes  O'.     O'Kellyn,  O'  =  son  of. 

Prefixes  and  suffixes  may  denote  the  relationship  of  father  to  son,  e.g. 
Brown-ing,          son  of  Brown,          suffix.      (&.) 
Fitz-roy,  son  of  Roy  (king),  prefix.     (Celtic.) 

Mac-donald,        son  of  Donald,         prefix.     (Celtic.) 
John-son,  son  of  John,  suffix.      (JE.) 

Derivatives  formed  with  such  prefixes  or  suffixes  are  called  Patronymics. 
ROOTS 


Grafan,  to  dig  :  GRAVE,  engrave,  graft,  engraft,  grove,  groove. 

EXERCISES  :  I.  Write  out  a  list  of  words  of  ^Englisc  origin  and  arrange  these 
in  classes  under  general  headings. 

2.  Make  sentences  containing  the  word  "  breast  "  used  in  as  many  different 
ways  as  you  can. 

3.  Give  the  different  meanings  of  the  word  "fall  "  in  the  following  :  —  riding 

for  a  fall,  meet  me  at  the  fall,  he  came  over  last  fall,  a  fall  of  rock, 
don't  fall,  rain-fall. 


XXIV 
THE  NORMAN  BARON 

IN  his  chamber,  weak  and  dying, 
Was  the  Norman  baron  lying ; 
Loud  without,  the  tempest  thundered, 
And  the  castle-turret  shook. 

In  this  fight  was  Death  the  gainer, 
Spite  of  vassal  and  retainer, 
And  the  lands  his  sires  had  plundered, 
Written  in  the  Doomsday  Book. 

By  his  bed  a  monk  was  seated, 
Who  in  a  humble  voice  repeated 
Many  a  prayer  and  pater-noster 
From  the  missal  on  his  knee. 

And,  amid  the  tempest  pealing, 
Sounds  of  bells  came  faintly  stealing, 
Bells,  that,  from  the  neighbouring  kloster, 
Rang  for  the  Nativity. 

In  the  hall,  the  serf  and  vassat 

Held,  that  night,  their  Christmas  wassail ; 

Many  a  carol,  old  and  saintly, 

Sang  the  minstrels  and  the  waits. 

And  so  loud  these  Saxon  gleemen 
Sang  to  slaves  the  songs  of  freemen, 
That  the  storm  was  heard  but  faintly, 
Knocking  at  the  <raj//(?-gates. 


122  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

Till  at  length  the  lays  they  chaunted 
Reached  the  chamber  terror-haunted, 
Where  the  monk,  with  accents  holy 
Whispered  at  the  barons  ear. 

Tears  upon  his  eyelids  glistened, 
As  he  paused  awhile  and  listened, 
And  the  dying  baron  slowly 
Turned  his  weary  head  to  hear. 

"  Wassail  for  the  kingly  stranger 
Born  and  cradled  in  a  manger  \ 
King,  like  David,  priest,  like  Aaron, 
Christ  is  born  to  set  us  free." 

And  the  lightning  showed  the  sainted 
Figures  on  the  casement  painted, 
And  exclaimed  the  shuddering  baron, 
"  Miserere,  Domine  I " 

In  that  hour  of  deep  contrition, 
He  beheld,  \vith  clearer  vision, 
Through  all  outward  show  on^  fashion, 
Justice,  the  Avenger,  rise. 

All  the  pomp  of  earth  had  vanished, 
Falsehood  and  deceit  were  banished, 
Reason  spake  more  loud  than  passion, 
And  the  truth  wore  no  disguise. 

Every  vassal  of  his  banner, 

Every  serf  born  to  his  manor, 

All  those  wronged  and  wretched  creatures, 

By  his  hand  were  freed  again 


THE  NORMAN  BARON  123 

And,  as  on  the  sacred  missal 
He  recorded  their  dismissal, 
Death  relaxed  his  iron  features, 
And  the  monk  replied,  "  Amen  "  ! 

Many  centuries  have  been  numbered 
Since  in  death  the  baron  slumbered 
By  the  convent's  sculptured  portal, 
Mingling  with  the  common  dust : 

But  the  good  deed,  through  the  ages 

Living  in  historic  pages, 

Brighter  grows  and  gleams  immortal, 

Unconsumed  by  moth  or  rust. 

H.  W.  LONGFELLOW  (1807-1882). 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

With  what  period  in  history  does  the  poem  deal  ?  What  would 
you  fix  as  the  earliest  date  for  the  event?  Quote  reason 
from  the  poem.  On  what  day  of  the  month  did  the  baron 
die?  Explain  the  apparent  contradiction  implied  in  the 
following  quotations : — 


"  Loud  without  the  tempest  thundered 
And  the  castle-turret  shook." 


"  The  storm  was  heard  but  faintly 
Knocking  at  the  castle-gates." 


Write  down  a  list  of  words  from  the  poem  under  the  headings 
storm,  religion,  vassalage.  Cards,  songs,  lays  are  synonymous ; 
give  synonyms  for  chamber,  tempest,  turret,  and  any  other  ten 
words  occurring  in  the  poem.  Write  down  words  which  are 
used  more  than  once  in  the  poem.  Why  does  the  poet  use 
them  so  often?  Give  a  synonym  for  each  of  these  words. 
What  different  parts  of  the  castle  are  mentioned  ?  Where  is 
the  chief  scene  laid  ?  What  would  the  liberated  serfs  do  for 
a  livelihood  ? 


i24  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

2.  Composition:  Inversion 

The  usual  order  of  the  words  in  a  sentence  is  Subject,  Predicate, 
Object.  If  the  predicate  is  placed  before  the  subject,  then  the  order 
is  inverted,  and  the  construction,  whether  in  prose  or  verse,  is  called 
Inversion.  This  construction  occurs  so  frequently  in  poetry  that  it 
may  be  said  to  be  a  special  characteristic  of  verse.  The  poet  has  to 
resort  to  this  device  in  order  to  fit  in  the  words  to  the  stress  system 
of  his  lines,  but  sometimes  inversion  is  used  to  secure  greater  force 
or  emphasis  to  a  statement. 

Examples : 

In  this  fight  was  Death  the  gainer. 
Was  the  Norman  baron  lying. 

EXERCISES  :    I.  Give  other  examples  of  Inversion,  and  say  which  lines  you 
think  are  thus  made  more  emphatic. 

2.  Group  the  following  words  under  headings  : — Doomsday  Book,  baron, 

castle,  vassal,  retainer,  serfs,  manor,  banner,  lands,  slaves,  pomp, 
freed,  recorded,  dismissal.  Incorporate  these  headings  into  a  plan 
for  an  essay  on  the  Feudal  System.  Write  the  essay. 

3.  Paraphrase  stanzas  7,  10,  15,  16. 

4.  Write  out  any  stanza  in  prose  form,  and  then  alter  any  word  or  phrase 

which  is  not  in  the  usual  prose  order. 

5.  Give  examples  of  the  repetition  of  the  same  idea  in  different  words. 

6.  Write  a  description  of  the  scene  in  the  hall  when  the  serfs  were  listen- 

ing to  the  gleemen. 

7.  By  Inversion  secure  additional  emphasis  to  the  following  : 

The  Deserted  Village  appeared  in  1770. 
The  broad  bright  sun  rested  almost  upon  the  western  wave. 
The  bride  hath  paced  into  the  hall,  she  is  red  as  a  rose  ; 
Nodding  their  heads  before  her  the  merry  minstrelsy  goes. 

3.  Prosody 

In  each  stanza  how  many  rhymes?  In  every  two  succeeding  stanzas  how 
many  separate  rhymes?  By  which  of  these  adjectives  would  you  describe  the 
stress  order — anapaestic,  iambic,  trochaic  ?  In  each  stanza  how  many  double 
rhymes?  In  each  stanza  how  many  single  rhymes?  Write  down  in  words  a 
description  of  how  the  stanzas  are  connected  in  regard  to  rhyme.  Is  there 
any  similar  connection  in  regard  to  metre  ?  What  is  the  name  of  the  metre  ? 
Give  examples  of  trochaic  couplets.  Select  stanzas  in  which  adjectives  are  placed 
after  nouns :  put  the  adjectives  before  the  nouns.  What  is  the  effect  on  the 
scansion  ? 


THE  NORMAN  BARON  125 

When  a  line  has  its  full  complement  of  strong  stresses,  but  is 
short  in  regard  to  its  weak  accents,  it  is  said  to  be  defective,  or 
Catalectic. 

/X/X/X  /  X 

Ex.  :  And  the  |  castle- 1  turret  |  sh'ook   | 

Give  other  five  examples  of  Catalectic  lines. 

TheJ-interlinking  of  the  stanzas  is  thus  shown  : 
1  2 


UxUxUxUx|N    a 
UxUx^xUxl 


\    a  |-*.x|xx|g.  X|XXK 

17-Xl^.xl^.Xl^.XK 


b 


Notice  that  the  catalectic  line  has  always  single  rhyme. 

EXERCISES  :  Show  how  the  following  stanza  is  inconsistent  with  the  above 
scheme : — 

Where  the  monk  with  accents  holy 
Whispered  at  the  baron's  ear, 
And  the  dying  baron  slowly 
Turned  his  weary  head  to  hear. 

Describe  in  words  the  metre  and  the  rhyme  arrangement  of  the  above. 


4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Poetic  Words  spite  of,  sires,  spake,  kloster= cloister,  accents  holy. 

Compound  Words    Doomsday,    eyelids,    terror-haunted,    Christmas,    pater- 
noster, outward  (weard  =  direction),  wassail  (waes  hael). 

Foreign  Words         Miserere,  Domine  (Pity  us,  O  Lord),   pater  noster  (Our 
Father).     (Lat.) 

Prefixes  a        — awhile        — a  =  on  (while  =  time). 

Suffixes  ure    — figures        — ura,      abstract  suffix.  (L.) 

ment  —  casement    — ment,         ,,          ,,       (L.) 
ice     — Justice        — ice,  ,,          ,,       (L.) 

hood  —  Falsehood  —  hood          ,,          ,,       (^.) 

Hybrid  Falsehood,  false  (Latin)  +  hood  (^Englisc). 


126  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

ROOTS 
LATIN  : 

Humus,  tfie  ground:          HUMBLE,  exhume,  humiliate,  humility. 

Mittdre  (miss),  to  send:  DISMISSAL,    admit,   commit,    compromise, 

demise,  emit,  intermit,  message, 
missile,  mission,  missive,  omit,  permit, 
promise,  submit,  surmise,  transmit. 

Failure,  to  deceive :  FALSEHOOD,  default,  fail,  fallacy,  fallible, 

fault. 

Mori,  to  die :  IMMORTAL,    morbid,     mortgage,     mortify, 

mortuary,  murrain. 

GREEK  : 

Monos,  alone  :  MONK,  monastery,  monarch,  monologue,  mono- 

lith, monopoly. 

EXERCISES  :  Give  the  words  in  the  poem  having  the  following  prefixes — re, 
ex,  be,  dis,  un,  im — and  show  the  force  of  each  prefix. 

The  following  suffixes  occur  :  Select  the  words  from  the  poem  and  show 
the  force  of  each  suffix  : — Et,  er,  th,  en,  al,  or,  ly,  ure,  ment,  ion, 
ice,  hood,  ic. 

Arrange  above  suffixes  into  groups :  noun-forming,  adjective-forming, 
adverb-forming,  and  miscellaneous. 

Derive  any  twelve  words  in  the  poem  whose  roots  have  been  previously 
learnt. 

Notice  the  words  that  are  italicised.  Compare  with  Sir  Galahad,  From 
what  language  are  all  the  italicised  words  derived? 


XXV 
THE  INFLUENCE  OF  LATIN 

(3)   THE   NORMAN   CONQUEST 

'TpHE  Latin  words  added  to  the  English  vocabulary  as  a  result  of 
_L  the  military  occupation  and  of  the  introduction  of  Christianity 
were  brought  by  Romans  themselves — in  the  former  instance  by  the 
Roman  legionaries  and  traders ;  in  the  latter  by  the  Roman  mis- 
sionaries. But,  strange  as  it  may  seem,  a  third,  and  probably  the 
largest  addition  of  Latin  words  that  has  ever  been  made  to 
English,  took  place  through  the  agency  not  of  a  Roman  but  of  a 
Germanic  race. 

To  understand  how  this  was  possible  it  is  necessary  to  consider 
the  state  of  Europe  in  the  fifth  century.  At  this  time  there  was  a 
general  state  of  unrest  amongst  the  peoples  of  Europe.  The  wild 
tribes  to  the  north  and  east  of  the  Roman  Empire  vacated  their  own 
lands  and  sought  homes  within  the  frontier.  So  constant  was  the 
pressure  exerted  by  these  barbarians  that  at  last  the  Roman  legions 
were  unable  to  withstand  the  invaders,  and  bit  by  bit  the  once  mighty 
Empire  fell  to  pieces.  In  410  Britain  was  definitely  abandoned, 
and  shortly  afterwards  the  larger  portion  of  the  island  was  occupied 
by  the  English.  What  happened  to  Britain  also  happened  to  other 
portions  of  the  empire.  The  Roman  troops  were  either  withdrawn 
or  driven  out,  and  the  lands  which  they  had  garrisoned  fell  a  prey 
to  the  invading  tribes  from  the  surrounding  districts  or  were  de- 
vastated by  barbarian  hordes,  strangers  from  a  distance,  as  they 
marched  on  their  way  towards  Rome  itself. 

Gaul  latterly  fell  into  the  power  of  the  Franks,  a  Germanic  tribe 

from  the  Rhineland.     The  country  thereafter  was  known  as  the 

127 


iz8  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

land  of  the  Franks,  that  is,  France.  The  language  of  Gaul  was  of 
course  Latin,  and  this  language  was  adopted  by  the  newcomers.  But 
I^atin  itself  had  suffered  considerable  change,  and  in  the  various 
countries  where  it  had  been  spoken  it  began  to  assume  different  forms. 
These  were  all  descended  from  the  original  Latin,  the  speech  of  the 
Romans,  and  therefore  they  are  now  called  Romance  languages. 
Thus  the  Latin  spoken  in  Italy  broke  down  into  Italian,  the  Latin 
of  Spain  became  Spanish,  and  the  Latin  of  France  became  French. 
In  this  way  both  the  country  and  the  language  came  to  be  named 
after  the  Franks. 

In  the  course  of  time  the  Franks  were  strong  enough  not  only  to 
beat  back  other  invaders,  but  to  set  up  a  powerful  empire  under 
their  great  leader  Charlemagne  (d.  814).  But  after  his  death  the 
empire  was  divided  and  weakened,  and  when,  in  the  ninth  century, 
new  invaders  appeared  on  the  coasts  of  France,  they  encountered 
but  feeble  resistance  from  the  French.  These  foes  were  the 
Scandians,  Norsemen,  or  Danes,  who  at  the  same  time  ravaged  the 
English  coasts.  Such  terrible  fighters  were  these  vikings  that, 
partly  as  a  bribe,  partly  as  a  conquest,  they  obtained  from  the  Franks 
possession  of  the  lands  lying  around  the  lower  course  of  the  Seine. 
The  district  allotted  to  the  Northmen  came  to  be  called  Normandy, 
and  soon  under  its  new  name  was  reckoned  the  most  powerful 
dukedom  of  all  France.  The  Northmen,  like  the  English,  were  a 
Germanic  race  speaking  a  Germanic  tongue ;  but  when  they  settled 
in  France  they  adopted  the  speech  of  the  Franks.  Subsequently 
the  kind  of  French  spoken  by  the  Normans  was  called  Norman 
French,  to  distinguish  it  from  the  French  of  Paris — Parisian  or 
Central  French.  In  the  eleventh  century  the  Normans  invaded 
England,  and  thus  a  Germanic  people,  racially  akin  to  the  English, 
were  the  means  of  introducing  a  great  foreign  element  from  a 
Romance  language  into  the  speech  of  their  island  kinsmen. 

At  an  early  period  the  Latin  of  France,  henceforth  called  French, 
had  begun  to  influence  ^Englisc.  Intercourse  between  England 
and  its  nearest  continental  neighbour  had  always  been  well  main- 


THE  NORMAN  CONQUEST  129 

tained.  It  is  certain  that  in  the  early  Christian  days  the  religious 
life  of  England  benefited  greatly  from  the  presence  of  French  clerics. 
It  is  thought  that  the  first  stone  churches  in  the  country  were  built 
by  them,  and  it  is  known  that  about  the  year  950  the  great  churchman 
Dunstan,  returning  from  his  exile  at  Ghent,  introduced  the  French 
system  and  customs  into  the  English  monasteries.  In  the  reign 
of  Edward  the  Confessor,  himself  half  a  Frenchman,  not  only 
the  clerical  but  also  the  political  influence  of  the  French  was 
strongly  felt. 

All  this  favoured  the  introduction  of  French  words,  but  com- 
paratively few  additions  to  the  ^nglisc  vocabulary  were  due  to 
these  causes.  It  was  not  until  the  armed  invasion  of  England  by 
the  Normans  that  the  Third  Latin  Element  found  a  sure  place  in 
the  language.  In  1066  Duke  William  of  Normandy  led  his  barons 
against  Harold,  the  Saxon  king.  The  latter's  defeat  and  death  at 
the  battle  of  Senlac  gave  the  Norman  the  crown,  and  he  quickly 
made  himself  secure  by  dividing  the  conquered  territory  amongst 
his  followers.  These  all  spoke  Norman  French,  and  for  quite  one 
hundred  and  fifty  years  after  the  Conquest  this  was  the  only 
language  of  the  great  nobles  and  ecclesiastics,  and  even  of  those 
of  lower  rank,  the  knights  and  priests.  Men  of  learning  followed 
in  the  train  of  the  conquerors,  and  thus  even  scholars,  who 
previously  had  written  almost  solely  in  Latin,  began  to  use  Norman 
French  also. 

Indeed,  so  thorough  was  the  Conquest,  that  it  seemed  as  if 
French  would  supplant  ^Englisc  in  the  same  way  as  the  latter  had 
supplanted  the  Latinised  Celtic.  But  there  was  this  difference. 
The  ^Englisc  conquest  of  the  Celts  was  the  subjugation  and  almost 
the  extermination  of  an  alien  race,  while  the  Norman  conquest  was 
really  a  settlement  by  a  comparatively  small  number  of  a  kindred 
people.  The  ^Englisc  invaders  brought  an  entirely  new  popula- 
tion ;  the  Normans  brought  only  a  new  ruling  class.  Nevertheless, 
for  several  generations  the  fate  of  ^Englisc  as  a  national  speech 
hung  in  the  balance ;  but  then  ever  so  slowly  the  scale  turned  in 
i 


130  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

its  favour,  and  instead  of  being  despoiled  and  weakened  by  the 
Conquest,  ^Englisc  was  strengthened  and  enriched. 

During  their  stay  in  France  the  Normans  had  gained  much. 
They  had  readily  absorbed  the  manners  and  customs  of  the  Franks, 
had  become  the  champions  of  the  Christian  Church,  and,  as  far  as 
was  possible  in  that  rude  age,  had  patronised  learning  and  the  arts. 
They  therefore  brought  a  certain  refinement  with  them  into 
England,  and  this  is  shown  by  the  number  of  new  words  relating 
to  ceremony — of  the  Church,  Feudalism,  Law  and  War — which 
they  introduced.  Their  superior  mode  of  life  is  also  shown  in 
their  household  terms,  chiefly  relating  to  cookery  and  the  service 
of  the  table.  A  new  system  of  government,  new  methods  of  war- 
fare, more  advanced  ideas  of  architecture,  new  sports  and  pastimes, 
all  led  to  the  introduction  of  appropriate  terms. 

This  increase  to  the  vocabulary  consisted  of  words  derived 
from  Latin,  and  is  therefore  often  called  the  Third  Latin  Addition. 
It  comprised  many  thousands  of  words,  but  it  is  possible  to  arrange 
most  of  them  into  easily-remembered  groups,  each  group  repre- 
senting some  special  characteristic  of  the  Normans.  Words  con- 
nected with  (i)  The  Church,  (2)  Chivalry,  (3)  Architecture, 
(4)  Feudalism,  (5)  Law,  (6)  War,  (7)  Hunting,  and  (8)  Learning 
(Abstract  terms)  form  the  most  numerous  groups. 

In  regard  to  the  last  group,  it  must  be  borne  in  mind  that  the 
cause  of  scholarship  was  greatly  strengthened  by  the  coming  of 
the  Normans.  English  scholars  became  acquainted  with  French 
Romances,  and,  more  important  still,  they  were  brought  into  contact 
with  Arabic  learning  and  the  wisdom  of  the  East 

In  order  to  show  how  largely  words  introduced  by  the  Normans 
enter  into  the  current  speech,  such  words  have  been  italicised  in 
the  poems  Sir  Galahad  and  The  Norman  Baron.  Most — but  not 
all — of  these  have  been  arranged  under  their  appropriate  headings 
in  the  table  now  given.  Words  occurring  in  the  poems  are  placed 
above  the  dotted  line. 


THE  NORMAN  CONQUEST 


Classification  of  Words  of  the  Third  Latin  Addition 


CHURCH. 

CHIVALRY. 

ARCHI- 
TECTURE. 

FEUDAL- 
ISM. 

LAW. 

WAR. 

HUNTING. 

ABSTRACT 
TERMS. 

carol 

avenger 

casement 

manor 

banish 

battle 

forest 

contrition 

chaunt 

baron 

chamber 

retainer 

justice 

casque 

venison 

fashion 

censer 
convent 
hymns 
manger 
nativity 

combat 
favours 
lays 
lists 
minstrel 

cloister 
crypt 
portal 
painted 
sculptured 

serf 
slave 
vassal 

recorded 

lance 

quarry 
falcon 
brace 

deceit 
reason 
vision 
terror 

court 
chancellor 
damages 
parliament 

armour 
captain 
parley 
siege 

fealty 
homage 

delight 

prayer 

pomp 

turret 

state 

truce 

excellence 

perfume 

sire 

abbey 

realm 

humility 

passion 

trumpet 

chapel 

treaty 

fame 

paternoster 

herald 

palace 

allege 

science 

sainted 

dame 

assert 

sacred 
solemn 

squire 

suppose 
certify 

shrine 

doubt 

vessels 

deny 

friar 

reply 

relic 

inconvenient 

pilgrim 

debate 

The  following  words  italicised  in  the  poems  are  either  of  the 
First  or  the  Second  Latin  period  : — 

Altar,  castle,  missal,  priest,  streets,  Christmas,  organ,  lilies,  angel,  walls. 

The  following  are  Latin  also  but  of  a  later  date  : — 
Crescent,  unconsumed,  relaxed. 

The  other  words  are  all  of  native  English  origin. 
As  before,  many  of  the  Latin  words  came  originally  from  Greek. 
Derivatives  from   the  Romance   languages  are  often   termed 
Romanic. 

EXERCISES  :  I.  Write  out  a  list  of  all  the  italicised  words  not  mentioned  in 
the  above  lists.  Classify  them  according  to  the  parts  of  speech — nouns, 
verbs,  etc.  (There  are  over  40  of  these  words.) 

2.  Find  the  percentage  of  Latin  (including  French)  words  in  the  first  100 

words  and  in  the  last  100  words  of  "The  Norman  Baron." 

3.  Give  reasons  why  the  Normans  should  have  introduced  terms  dealing 

with  "Architecture,"  "Law,"  and  "Hunting." 

4.  Write  down  other  words  under  the  headings  "Feudalism,"  "Chivalry," 

and  "War  "  which  you  have  met  with  in  your  history  «r  other  reading, 
and  which  you  think  may  be  of  French  origin. 

N.B. — Every  class  should  have  access  to  a  good  Etymological  Dictionary 

to  check  impressions  formed  on  general  grounds. 
Each  pupil  should  get  into  the  habit  of  jotting  down,  for  particular  study, 

certain  words  met  with  in  his  reading. 


XXVI 
THE  QUIET  OF  EVENING 


sun  upon  the  lake  is  low, 
J_       The  wild  birds  hush  their  song, 
The  hills  have  evening's  deepest  glow, 

Yet  Leonard  tarries  long. 
Now  all  whom  varied  toil  and  care 

From  home  and  love  divide, 
In  the  calm  sunset  may  repair 
Each  to  the  loved  one's  side. 

The  noble  dame,  on  turret  high, 

Who  waits  her  gallant  knight, 
Looks  to  the  western  beam  to  spy 

The  flash  of  armour  bright. 
The  village  maid,  with  hand  on  brow 

The  level  ray  to  shade, 
Upon  the  footpath  watches  now 

For  Coiin's  darkening  plaid. 

Now  to  their  mates  the  wild  swans  row, 

By  day  they  swam  apart, 
And  to  the  thicket  wanders  slow 

The  hind  beside  the  hart. 
The  woodlark  at  his  partner's  side 

Twitters  his  closing  song  — 
All  meet  whom  day  and  care  divide, 

But  Leonard  tarries  long  ! 

SIR  WALTER  SCOTT  (1771-1832). 
132 


THE  QUIET  OF  EVENING  133 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

Consider  the  title  of  the  poem  and  say  what  is  the  most 
important  statement  in  the  first  verse.  The  first  three  lines 
tell  the  time  of  the  day — when  was  it  ?  Could  we  be  sure 
of  that  from  the  first  line  ?  from  the  second  ?  Which  line 
tells  us  clearly?  What  is  the  simple  statement  contained 
in  the  last  four  lines  of  the  first  Stanza?  Which  of  these 
lines  tells  something  known  already  from  the  first  three 
lines?  What  adjective  in  it  gives  additional  information? 
Was  it  windy  ?  The  whole  of  the  next  verse  is  an  illustration 
taken  from  human  life — an  illustration  of  what  ?  What  two 
types  of  people  are  chosen  ?  What  are  the  noble  dame  and 
the  village  maid  both  doing  ?  What  was  Colin's  occupation? 
In  what  period  of  history  did  the  noble  dame  look  for  the 
flash  of  armour  ?  What  important  statement  is  repeated  in 
the  last  verse?  In  it  there  is  also  an  illustration  taken 
from  the  animal  kingdom — what  types  are  selected  ?  Which 
of  the  following  titles  would  you  select,  and  why? — The 
Evening  Hour — The  Hour  of  Rest — Expectancy — The 
Tryst — The  Wife's  Complaint— Unpunctuality — Disappoint- 
ment— The  Waiting  Lover.  Do  you  think  Leonard  will 
come  at  last?  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  word  "tarries"? 
Which  characters  are  mentioned  by  name  ?  One  single  line 
in  the  last  verse  says  the  same  thing  as  four  lines  in  the  first 
verse — point  out  these  lines?  Select  lines  which  are  not 
descriptive.  Write  out  a  list  of  words  which  suggest  the 
scene,  the  time,  and  the  weather.  Name  words  which  have 
a  pictorial  quality.  Make  out  a  list  of  the  various  partners 
and  arrange  them  into  two  columns,  masculine  and  feminine, 
thus : — dame  and  knight,  hind  and  hart,  etc. 

2.  Composition :  Plan  of  the  Poem 

A  close  examination  of  this  poem  reveals  the  fact  that  underlying 
it  is  a  clear  plan. 


i34  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

I.  Introduction,     (a)  Time— evening. 

(b)  The  complaint — "  Leonard  tarries  long." 

(c)  Why  complaint  is  made.     The  general  custom. 

II.  Examples  of  this  Custom. 

(a)  Illustrations  from  mankind. 

(1)  rich     ....     dame  and  knight. 

(2)  poor    ....     maid  and  Colin. 

(b)  Illustrations  from  animal  kingdom. 

(1)  birds  ....     mate  and  swan, 

partner  and  woodlark. 

(2)  beasts      .     .     .     hind  and  hart. 

III.   The  Custom  again  stated:  "All  meet  whom  day  and  care  divide, 

and 
The  Complaint  repeated.         But  Leonard  tarries  long." 

When  a  poem  is  analysed  in  this  fashion  it  is  said  to  be  logically 
analysed.  It  is  a  valuable  exercise  to  find  out  the  plan — that  is,  to 
make  a  logical  analysis — of  any  composition,  but  it  must  not  be  too 
readily  assumed  that  every  poet  made  out  a  plan  on  paper  before  he 
wrote.  The  general  idea  and  how  he  was  going  to  treat  it  doubtless 
were  present  in  his  mind,  and  to  this  extent  every  writer  has  a  plan 
ready.  In  the  course  of  writing,  most  plans  have  to  be  modified  as 
fresh  ideas  occur  to  the  writer.  This  modification  should  affect 
only  the  detailed  and  not  the  general  plan. 

3.  Prosody 

Scan  the  poem.  What  is  the  difference  between  the  Ballad  stanza  and  the 
stanza  of  the  poem?  Point  out  any  inverted  stresses.  Point  out  any  slurred 
syllables. 


135 


Which  stanza  is  this  a  representation  of? 

|X-l|  XJ.IX.Ll  X  jL\ 

Ixxl  x  -L|X  ./.I 

|Z  XlX  jLlX  XlX  J-\ 
IX  ±|X  J.\  X  J-\ 
|X  J.\  X  J-\  X  jLJ  X-L| 
|X  J.\  X  J.|  XX| 


|X  ^.1  X^.|  X  jL|X  J.| 

|x  xl  x  j.|  x  ±.\ 

Note  the  inverted  stress  and  the  slurred  syllable.     Draw  out  a  representation 
of  any  other  stanza. 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Poetic  Words  tarries,  beam. 

Compound  Words  footpath,  woodlark,  upon,  sunset. 

Onomatopoetic  Words     hush,  twitters,  flash. 

Prefixes  Dis,  re,  a,  be  ;  give  the  words  in  which  each  occurs 

and  give  the  force  of  each  prefix. 

Suffixes  et    —  turret        —  et,  diminutive.      (Romanic). 

ern  —  western     —  ern,  adjectival.     (^E.) 
age  —  village        —  age,  collective.     (Romanic). 

EXERCISES  :  Give  a  word  with  two  suffixes.      Make  out  a  list  of  all  other 

suffixes  occurring  in  the  poem. 

Derive  the  following  :  Varied,  armour.    Give  examples  of  other  diminutives 
ending  in  et. 


XXVII 
SOLITUDE 

HAPPY  the  man,  whose  wish  and  care 
A  few  paternal  acres  bound, 
Content  to  breathe  his  native  air 

In  his  own  ground. 

Whose  herds  with  milk,  whose  fields  with  bread, 

Whose  flocks  supply  him  with  attire ; 
Whose  trees  in  summer  yield  him  shade, 
In  winter  fire. 

Blest,  who  can  unconcern'dly  find 

Hours,  days,  and  years,  slide  soft  away 
In  health  of  body,  peace  of  mind, 

Quiet  by  day. 

Sound  sleep  by  night ;  study  and  ease 

Together  mixt,  sweet  recreation, 
And  innocence,  which  most  does  please 
With  meditation. 

Thus  let  me  live,  unseen,  unknown ; 

Thus  unlamented  let  me  die ; 
Steal  from  the  world,  and  not  a  stone 
Tell  where  I  lie. 
ALEXANDER  POPE  (1688-1744). 

Questions  and  Exercises 

Suggest  alternative  titles  for  the  poem.    What  was  the  occupation 
of  the  man  ?     Where  did  he  dwell  ?     Was  he  a  landlord  or 
136 


SOLITUDE  137 

a  tenant?  Did  he  really  exist?  Who  thinks  such  a  one 
would  be  "happy"  and  "blest"?  With  what  two  aspects 
of  man's  life  does  the  poet  deal  ?  Select  a  stanza  which  is 
reflective.  Select  stanzas  which  are  descriptive.  Is  the 
poem  reflective  or  descriptive  on  the  whole  ?  Has  this  poem 
a  clear  plan?  Give  the  lines  that  form  the  conclusion. 
What  lines  may  be  regarded  as  dealing  with  man's  mental 
nature?  Which  with  his  physical  well-being?  Make  out 
a  list  of  abstract  words.  What  words  have  a  pictorial 
quality?  In  which  section  of  the  poem  are  these  words 
found?  In  which  section  are  the  abstract  words  found? 
Is  the  position  of  these  two  kinds  of  words  any  aid  to  the 
logical  analysis  of  the  poem  ?  How  ? 


2.  Composition 

EXERCISES  :  The  following  words,  taken  from  the  poem  and  from  Shake- 
speare's Henry  VI.  (see  page  259),  suggest  ideas  for  an  essay  on  "The 
Happy  Hermit."  (i)  Arrange  these  words  under  appropriate  headings, 
(ii)  Draw  out  a  detailed  plan  for  the  essay.  (iii)  Write  the  essay, 
keeping  all  paragraphs  distinct  and  keeping  as  close  to  the  plan  as 
possible,  (iv)  When  the  essay  has  been  written,  draw  out  another  plan 
showing  the  actual  order  of  your  work : — Health  of  body,  beautiful 
scenery,  shepherd,  fleece,  minutes,  hours,  days,  months,  years,  white 
hairs,  grave,  hawthorn  bush,  tend  flock,  take  rest,  contemplate,  sport 
himself,  food  and  drink,  lambs,  gentle  stream,  flowers,  summer's  heat, 
winter's  cold,  shade,  warm  shelter,  peace  of  mind,  no  ambition,  nature 
his  companion,  waving  trees,  waterfall,  birds  of  the  air,  beasts  of 
the  field,  meditation,  innocence,  quiet  life,  unlamented,  unknelled, 
unknown,  recreation,  paternal  acres. 

Draw  out  a  general  plan  for  an  essay  on  Friendship  or  Sociability. 


3.  Prosody 

EXERCISES  :  Scan  the  first  and  the  third  stanzas.  Give  two  examples  of 
inverted  stress.  Give  examples  of  iambic  tetrameter  lines  with  regular 
stresses  throughout.  What  is  meant  by  iambic  tetrameter  ?  Give  ex- 
amples of  slurred  syllables.  Give  examples  of  iambic  dimeter.  In 
which  of  the  following  phrases  do  the  stresses  fall  most  naturally: — 
Tell  where  I  lie,  quiet  by  day,  in  winter  fire,  with  meditation.  Describe 
in  words  the  rhyme  arrangement  of  the  poem.  Describe  in  symbols  the 
stanza  arrangement. 


138  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Poetic  Words      Explain  the  peculiar  use  of  the  following  phrases  : — Slide  soft 
away,  steal  from  the  world,  paternal  acres,  study  and  ease 
together  mixt. 
Prefixes  Give  the  five  words  whose  prefixes  have  the  force  of  "  not." 

Give  three  other  words  which  have  prefixes,  and  give  the  force 

of  each  prefix. 
Suffixes  tude,  th,  y,    ion,   ence  are  abstract   suffixes.      Give  all   the 

words  which  have  these  endings, 
al,  ive  are  adjectival  suffixes.     Give  examples. 

ROOTS 
LATIN  : 

Tenere,  to  hold :  CONTENT,  abstain,  appertain,  appurtenance,  at- 
tempt, contain,  continent,  detain,  entertain, 
retain,  retinue,  tenant,  tenement,  tentacle. 

Pater,  father :       PATERNAL,  patrimony,  expatriate,  patron,  pattern. 

Pacere,  to  agree :   PEACE,  appease,  pacify. 

Creare,  to  create :  RECREATION,  creature,  create. 

Nocere,  to  hurt :  INNOCENCE,  innocuous,  noxious,  nuisance,  ob- 
noxious. 

EXERCISE  :    Construct    a    tree    showing   the   words  formed  from   the  root 
"Ten,"— idea  of  holding  (v.  p.  37). 


XXVIII 
THE  NIGHTINGALE  AND  THE  GLOW-WORM 

A    NIGHTINGALE  that  all  day  long 
£\.     Had  cheered  the  village  with  his  song, 
Nor  yet  at  eve  his  note  suspended, 
Nor  yet  when  eventide  was  ended, 
Began  to  feel,  as  well  he  might, 
The  keen  demands  of  appetite  ; 
When  looking  eagerly  around, 
He  spied  far  off,  upon  the  ground, 
A  something  shining  in  the  dark, 
And  knew  the  Glow-worm  by  his  spark ; 
So,  stooping  down  from  hawthorn  top, 
He  thought  to  put  him  in  his  crop. 
The  worm,  aware  of  his  intent, 
Harangued  him  thus,  right  eloquent : 
"  Did  you  admire  my  lamp,"  quoth  he, 
"As  much  as  I  your  minstrelsy, 
You  would  abhor  to  do  me  wrong, 
As  much  as  I  to  spoil  your  song. 
For  'twas  the  self-same  Power  Divine 
Taught  you  to  sing,  and  me  to  shine ; 
That  you  with  music,  I  with  light, 
Might  beautify  and  cheer  the  night." 
The  songster  heard  this  short  oration, 
And  warbling  out  his  approbation, 
Released  him,  as  my  story  tells, 
And  found  a  supper  somewhere  else. 

WM.  COWPER  (1731-1800). 
139 


140  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

1.  Questions,  etc. 

Suggest  a  title  for  the  poem.  Do  you  think  the  story  true? 
Give  reasons.  How  did  the  glow-worm  avoid  being  eaten 
by  the  nightingale?  Did  the  glow-worm  speak  the  truth? 
Was  the  glow-worm  a  flatterer  ?  Is  it  likely  that  the  night- 
ingale would  sing  all  day,  all  evening,  and  then  during  the 
night  ?  When  was  he  likely  to  sing  ?  Why  is  his  song  so 
easily  heard  at  night  ?  Where  was  the  nightingale  perched  ? 
Were  any  human  habitations  near  ?  Quote  a  line  as  proof. 
In  what  other  poem  is  the  glow-worm  mentioned  ?  Quote 
a  phrase  from  the  poem  which  in  effect  says  that  it  is  a 
narrative  poem. 

2.  Composition 

A  story  in  which  the  lower  animals  and  lifeless  things  are  made 
to  speak  and  act  like  human  beings  is  called  a  Fable.  The  story 
itself  therefore  cannot  be  true,  but  it  is  always  designed  to  teach 
some  truth  in  an  interesting  way.  The  lesson  or  truth  which  it 
conveys  is  called  The  Moral. 

EXERCISES  :  Write  out  in  full  the  following  fables,  supplying  the  moral  where 
necessary  ;  make  the  characters  talk  ;  and  describe  the  scene  : — 

ONCE  BITTEN,  TWICE  SHY 

Hungry  fox — crowing  cock — fox  praises  him — cock  crows  again — fox 
seizes  him — makes  off  — hue  and  cry — pursuers  left  behind — cock  says, 
Wonderful  speed  ! — bark  at  pursuers— show  disdain — fox  flattered — 
opens  mouth  to  bark — cock  escapes — fox  entreats  in  vain. 

Moral :  Beware  of  flatterers. 

THE  TOWN  MOUSE  AND  THE  COUNTRY  MOUSE 

Town  mouse  sets  out  to  visit  friend  in  country — arrives  and  is  made  welcome 
— criticises  everything — begins  to  boast  of  his  fine  residence,  his  fine 
fare,  his  glorious  existence — invites  friend  to  visit  him — friend  agrees — 
they  set  out — town  residence  magnificent — sumptuous  banquet — many 
dainties — sudden  arrival  of  cat — narrow  escape  of  country  cousin — he  is 
asked  to  prolong  stay,  but  insists  on  going — too  dangerous  for  him, 
prefers  country. 

Moral : 


THE  NIGHTINGALE  AND  THE  GLOW-WORM      141 

HERCULES  AND  THE  WAGGONER 

Road  muddy — wagon  stuck  fast — carter  makes  no  effort — prays  to  Hercules, 
the  god  of  strength — Hercules  appears — scolds  carter — says  he  must  try 
to  help  himself  first  before  asking  help. 

Moral: 

THE  WOLF  AND  THE  CRANE 

Wolf  eating  prey  greedily — bone  stuck  in  his  throat — he  howled  for  help—- 
promised handsome  reward — no  animal  ventured — at  last  crane  thought 
he  could  extract  it  with  his  long  bill — performed  operation  successfully 
— demanded  reward — wolf  said,  "Lucky  I  didn't  bite  your  head  off" 
— crane  got  no  reward — flew  away  in  a  hurry. 

Moral :  Ingratitude,  etc. 

3.  Prosody 

Write  out  six  examples  of  the  Couplet  from  the  poem. 

Accent  the  line  : — He  thought  to  put  him  in  his  crop. 

How  many  words  in  this  line  ?    Write  down  any  line  containing  more  words 
or  the  same  number  of  words. 

Accent  the  line  containing  least  words.     On  what  does  the  length  of  a  line 
depend  ?    On  the  number  of  words  ?     On  the  number  of  feet  ? 

What  is  the  name  of  the  metre  ?     What  is  the  name  of  the  foot  ? 

Put   in  strong  and   weak   accent   marks  over  the  proper  syllables  in   the 
following : — 

You  would  abhor  to  do  me  wrong, 
As  much  as  I  to  spoil  your  song. 

Write  down  a  list  of  all  double  rhymes  in  the  poem. 
By  what  other  names  may  these  rhymes  be  known  ? 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Poetic  Words  eve,  eventide,  minstrelsy,  warbling. 

Compound  Words       something,   eventide,  hawthorn,  selfsame,   somewhere, 
nightingale. 

Prefixes  sub        — suspended     — sub,  under.     (L.) 

de         — demands       — de,  from.     (L.) 
a  —  aware  —  a  (corruption  of  GEwaer)  does 

not  alter  the  sense. 

ad         — admire  — ad,  to.     (L.) 

ap  (ad)  —  approbation  —  ad,  to.     (L.) 
ab         —  abhor  —  ab,  away,  from.     (L.) 

re         —  released        —  re,  again.     (L.) 

Suffixes  ite        —  appetite        —  ite,  abstract  suffix. 


142 


A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 


ROOTS: 

LATIN  : 

Pendere  (pens),  to  weigh, 
to  hang: 


Minis,  wonderful: 
Loqui,  to  speak : 


Horrere,  to  bristle . 
Os  (or),  mouth : 


Probus,  good  : 


SUSPENDED,  append,  compendious,  com- 
pensate, counterpoise,  depend,  dis- 
pense, expend,  impend,  pansy,  pen- 
dant, pendulum,  pensive,  preponderate, 
propensity,  spend. 

ADMIRE,  marvel,  miracle,  mirage,  mirror. 

ELOQUENT,  circumlocution,  colloquy,  elo- 
cution, loquacious,  obloquy,  soliloquy, 
ventriloquist. 

ABHOR,  horrible,  horrid,  horrify,  horror. 

ORATION,  adore,  inexorable,  oracle,  oral, 
orator,  orifice,  orison,  osculate,  per- 
oration. 

APPROBATION,  approve,  disprove,  improve, 
probable,  probation,  probe,  probity, 
prove,  proof,  reprobate,  reprove. 


EXERCISES  : — Derive  :  Fable,  appetite,  intent. 

Make  out  a  list  of  abstract  words  and  show  their  suffixes  separately. 


XXIX 
LUCY  GRAY 

OFT  I  had  heard  of  Lucy  Gray : 
And  when  I  cross'd  the  wild, 
I  chanced  to  see  at  break  of  day 
The  solitary  child. 

No  mate,  no  comrade  Lucy  knew ; 

She  dwelt  on  a  wide  moor — 
The  sweetest  thing  that  ever  grew 

Beside  a  human  door  ! 

You  yet  may  spy  the  fawn  at  play, 

The  hare  upon  the  green ; 
But  the  sweet  face  of  Lucy  Gray 

Will  never  more  be  seen. 

"  To-night  will  be  a  stormy  night — 

You  to  the  town  must  go ; 
And  take  a  lantern,  child,  to  light 

Your  mother  through  the  snow." 

"  That,  father !  will  I  gladly  do ; 

'Tis  scarcely  afternoon — 
The  minster-clock  has  just  struck  two, 

And  yonder  is  the  moon  ! " 


144  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

At  this  the  father  raised  his  hook, 
And  snapp'd  a  faggot-band ; 

He  plied  his  work ; — and  Lucy  took 
The  lantern  in  her  hand. 

Not  blither  is  the  mountain  roe  : 
With  many  a  wanton  stroke 

Her  feet  disperse  the  powdery  snow, 
That  rises  up  like  smoke. 

The  storm  came  on  before  its  time : 
She  wander'd  up  and  down ; 

And  many  a  hill  did  Lucy  climb, 
But  never  reach'd  the  town. 

The  wretched  parents  all  that  night 
Went  shouting  far  and  wide  ; 

But  there  was  neither  sound  nor  sight 
To  serve  them  for  a  guide. 

At  daybreak  on  a  hill  they  stood 

That  overlook'd  the  moor ; 
And  thence  they  saw  the  bridge  of  wood 

A  furlong  from  their  door. 

They  wept — and,  turning  homeward,  cried, 
"  In  heaven  we  all  shall  meet !  " 

— When  in  the  snow  the  mother  spied 
The  print  of  Lucy's  feet. 

Half  breathless  from  the  steep  hill's  edge 
They  track'd  the  footmarks  small 

And  through  the  broken  hawthorn-hedge, 
And  by  the  long  stone-wall ; 


LUCY  GRAY  145 

And  then  an  open  field  they  cross'd : 
The  marks  were  still  the  same ; 

They  track'd  them  on,  nor  ever  lost ; 
r  r.  r 

And  to  the  bridge  they  came. 

They  follow'd  from  the  snowy  bank 

Those  footmarks,  one  by  one, 
Into  the  middle  of  the  plank ; 

And  further  there  were  none ! 

— Yet  some  maintain  that  to  this  day 

She  is  a  living  child  ; 
That  you  may  see  sweet  Lucy  Gray 

Upon  the  lonesome  wild. 

O'er  rough  and  smooth  she  trips  along, 

And  never  looks  behind  j 
And  sings  a  solitary  song 

That  whistles  in  the  wind. 

W.  WORDSWORTH  (1770-1850). 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

Has  this  poem  a  clearly  defined  Introduction  and  Conclusion  ? 
If  so,  mark  off  the  lines  which  constitute  each.  Which 
stanzas  add  nothing  to  the  narrative  ?  Could  the  story  be 
more  compressed  ?  What  is  the  effect  on  the  mind  of  the 
reader  of  the  first  three  and  the  last  stanzas  ?  What  emotion 
is  stirred  by  the  poem?  Which  stanza  in  your  opinion 
has  the  saddest  effect?  Does  the  Introduction  strike  a 
note  of  sadness  ?  Is  the  poem  dramatic  ?  Point  out  any 
part  which  is  particularly  dramatic.  What  was  the  fate  of 
Lucy  Gray  ?  Did  she  deserve  this  fate  ?  Is  there  any 
mystery  about  her  death?  Why  do  some  maintain  she  is 
a  living  child?  Did  her  parents  deserve  to  lose  Lucy, 
K 


146  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

their  only  child  ?  Did  her  father  think  there  was  any 
danger?  When  did  the  storm  come  on?  Which  of  the 
parents  would  feel  the  loss  of  Lucy  more  ?  Give  a  reason. 
Between  which  two  stanzas  is  there  a  gap  in  the  story  ? 
What  has  the  reader  to  understand  happened  at  this  point  ? 
Can  any  moral  be  drawn  from  the  story  ?  State  it. 

2.  Composition  and  Exposition :  Tragedy 

It  has  been  shown  that  Composition  may  be  regarded  from  three 
points  of  view  : — 

(i)  Form :  Prose  and  Verse. 

(ii)  Subject  Matter :  Description,  Narration,  Reflection ;  Descrip- 
tion dealing  with  things ;  Narration  with  events ;  Re- 
flection with  thoughts. 

(iii)  Emotional  Effect:  This  results  from  a  particular  kind  of 
treatment  of  the  subject-matter  by  the  writer,  and  is  also 
dependent  on  the  temperament  of  the  reader. 

All  good  composition,  and  particularly  poetic  composition, 
whether  Descriptive,  Narrative,  or  Reflective,  should  give  pleasure. 
A  pure  description,  like  The  Ploughman,  a  sad  narrative,  like  Lord 
Ulliris  Daughter,  and  a  reflective  poem,  like  The  Character  of  a 
Happy  Life,  are  all  compositions  which  please.  Of  course  pleasure 
does  not  always  mean  joy.  The  emotional  effect  varies  with  the 
subject-matter.  A  human  being  is  by  nature  more  in  sympathy 
with  animate  than  with  inanimate  beings,  and,  again,  with  living 
persons  than  with  living  animals.  "One  touch  of  Nature  makes 
the  whole  world  kin,"  says  Shakespeare;  but  there  are  degrees 
within  that  kinship.  The  individual  is  affected  more  by  the  joys 
and  sorrows  of  his  own  immediate  circle  than  by  those  of  strangers, 
of  his  own  tribe  or  nation  than  by  those  of  foreigners  or  other 
nationalities,  of  his  nearer  neighbours,  whether  persons  or  states, 
than  by  those  more  remote.  Narrative  composition  which  deals 
with  events,  and  particularly  that  kind  which  deals  with  the  lives 


LUCY  GRAY  147 

of  persons,  is  therefore  more  apt  to  stir  the  emotions  than  either 
descriptive  or  reflective  writing.  When  a  narration  arouses  con- 
flicting emotions  it  is  dramatic,  and  when  these  conflicting  emotions 
culminate  in  sadness  overmastering  the  others,  it  is  tragic.  Earl 
March,  Proud  Maist'e,  The  Lament  for  Culloden,  Lord  Ullirfs 
Dmtghter,  Lucy  Gray,  are  all  tragedies.  When  joy  is  turned  to 
sadness  it  is  a  tragedy.  It  is  a  tragedy  when  men  are  entombed  in 
a  mine,  when  a  submarine  fails  to  rise  to  the  surface,  when  a  tene- 
ment takes  fire,  when  life  is  destroyed  in  any  unexpected  fashion. 
But  tragedy  does  not  always  mean  Death.  It  is  a  tragedy  when  a 
man  suddenly  loses  his  wealth  or  his  character,  or  is  stricken  by 
disease,  when  a  widow  is  unable  to  provide  for  her  little  ones,  when 
a  heart  is  broken ;  in  short,  whenever  the  individual  is  unable  to 
bear  up  against  the  stress  of  circumstances.  Life  is  full  of  tragedy. 

But,  happily,  it  is  not  all  so.  The  opposite  of  tragedy  is 
comedy.  In  comedy,  the  emotional  effect  is  mirth  and  laughter; 
joy  is  paramount. 

When  a  composition  appeals  at  once  to  the  opposite  emotions 
of  mirth  and  sadness,  and  is  therefore  a  mixture  of  tragedy  and 
comedy,  it  is  called  a  tragi-comedy. 

The  names,  Tragedy  and  Comedy,  are  often  used  specially  for 
stage  plays. 

EXERCISES  :    I. 

Verse  Plan.  Group  Plan. 

I.  Author  has  seen     2.  Description  of    3.  She  is  no  longer\ 
Lucy  Gray.  Lucy.  there.  J     ' 

4.  Her  father's  5.  6.  }  „ 

command.  I A  How  she  became 

7.  8.  lost" 

9.  Parents  search-    10.  II.  A  clue.  ]  C.      Her    parents' 

ing.                                                                                                     search  and 
12.   —  13.  14.  -  its 

15.  What  some         16.  \ 

say.  } D"  ~ 

Fill  in  blanks  in  the  verse  plan  and  also  in  the  group  plan. 


148  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

2.  Write  a  paragraph  describing  the  mother's  arrival  without  Lucy.  What 
would  the  father  say  ?  What  the  mother  ?  Make  them  talk  with  each 
other  about  Lucy. 

3.  Prosody 

Write  out  all  the  lines  which  are  accent-marked.  Divide  each  of  these  lines 
into  feet.  Is  there  any  foot  with  three  syllables?  any  with  one?  Can  one 
syllable  count  as  a  foot  ?  If  so,  what  kind  of  stress  must  it  have  ?  What  is  the 
prevailing  foot  ?  Give  examples  of  inverted  stress  (a)  at  the  beginning  of  a  line, 
(b)  in  the  middle  of  a  line.  Give  examples  of  an  anapaestic  foot.  Give  ex- 
amples of  slurred  syllables.  What  is  the  name  of  the  stanza?  Show  by  a 
diagram  its  metrical  and  its  rhyme  structure. 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Poetic  Words  oft,  wild,  green  (adj.  used  as  a  noun). 

Compound  Words         Make  out  a  list  of  the  thirteen  compound  words,  and  show 

how  each  word  is  formed. 
Onomatopoetic  Word    Whistles. 
Prefixes  Make  out  a  list  of  all  prefixes,  and  give  the  meaning  of 

each. 
Suffixes  ary,  est,  y,  ly,  er,  er,  ed,  en,  ward  are  all  suffixes  already 

given.     Select   words   from   the   poem   exemplifying 

these  suffixes,  and   show  the  effect   of  each   suffix. 

Notice  the  two  suffixes  -er  having  different  meanings. 

ROOTS 

LATIN  : 
Solus,  alone  :  SOLITARY,  desolate,  soliloquy,  solitude, 

solo. 
Mons,  mont,  hill:  MOUNTAIN,    amount,    remount,    para- 

mount, surmount. 

Spaxgere  (spars),  to  scatter  :  DISPERSE,  intersperse,  sparse. 
Premere,  to  press:  PRINT,  compress,  depress,  express,  im- 

press, suppress. 


Bindan,  to  bind:  BAND,     bond,     bondage,     woodbine, 

bundle. 

Derive  :  —  Maintain,  break,  human,  tracked. 


XXX 

HOW  ^ENGLISC  BECAME  ENGLISH  :  THE  DIALECTS 

EARLIER  in  this  book  it  was  shown  that  there  were  three 
great  stages  in  the  development  of  English  :  the  first  period, 
from  450  to  1 100,  may  be  termed  Old  English  or  ^Englisc;  the 
second,  from  noo  to  1500,  is  the  period  of  Middle  English ;  the 
third,  from  1500  to  the  present  time,  constitutes  Modern  English. 
It  is  often  said  that  Old  English  was  destroyed  by  the  Norman 
invasion ;  but  this  is  not  true.  Certainly  the  beginnings  of  Middle 
English  almost  coincide  with  the  date  of  the  Conquest,  but  it  must 
be  remembered  that  French  influence  was  strong  in  England  prior 
to  that  event,  and  that  it  was  quite  one  hundred  and  fifty  years 
after  it  before  the  two  peoples,  Normans  and  English,  were  blended 
into  one  nationality.  During  one  hundred  years  the  two  languages 
existed  side  by  side.  At  first  the  newcomers  retained  their  own 
language,  and,  as  they  were  the  ruling  class,  their  speech  was  used 
in  the  government  of  the  country  and  for  official  purposes  generally. 
But  the  vast  mass  of  the  people  still  spoke  English,  and  the 
Normans,  just  as  their  ancestors  had  adopted  the  language  of 
France  some  centuries  before,  now  adopted  the  language  of 
England.  In  1258  Henry  III.  issued  a  proclamation  to  his  barons 
in  English,  and  this  year  therefore  marks  an  important  turning-point 
in  the  struggle.  In  1362  the  pleadings  in  the  Law  Courts  were 
ordered  to  be  conducted  in  English,  because  so  few  could  under- 
stand French.  In  1385  English  was  again  taught  in  the  schools. 
It  would  appear  therefore  that  although  the  words  of  the  third 
Latin  addition  were  introduced  shortly  after  1066,  they  were  not 
incorporated  into  English  until  the  later  period  from  1258  to  1400. 

149 


ISO  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

Before  the  Conquest  there  had  been  three  kinds  of  ^Englisc — 
Northumbrian,  Mercian,  West  Saxon — but  latterly  all  the  literature 
had  been  written  in  the  last-named.  After  the  Conquest  and  during 
the  struggle  for  supremacy  between  French  and  ^Englisc  the  latter 
was  a  spoken  but  not  a  written  tongue ;  and  the  result  was  that 
each  part  of  the  country  began  to  speak  it  in  a  particular  way,  just 
as  each  part  of  the  Roman  Empire  began  to  speak  Latin  in  a 
particular  way.  But  in  the  case  of  England  the  differences  were 
not  great  enough  to  set  up  new  languages  in  the  different  parts  of 
the  country.  Instead  of  this  Dialects  arose.  Dialects  are  varieties 
of  the  same  speech  peculiar  to  certain  districts.  About  1200  there 
were  three  clearly  defined  dialects  roughly  corresponding  to  the 
old  divisions  of  ^Englisc,  but  now  known  as  the  Northern,  the 
Midland,  and  the  Southern  respectively. 

The  Northern  Dialect  was  spoken  in  the  Lowlands  of  Scotland 
and  in  Northumberland,  Durham,  and  Yorkshire. 

The  Midland  Dialect  was  spoken  in  the  district  lying  between 
the  Thames  and  Yorkshire. 

The  Southern  Dialect  in  the  counties  south  of  the  Thames  and 
in  some  of  the  counties  west  of  it. 

In  course  of  time  literature  was  written  in  all  three  dialects, 
but  owing  to  certain  advantages  which  Midland  possessed,  the 
chief  writers  began  to  use  it,  and  its  importance  quite  overshadowed 
that  of  the  other  two.  The  most  famous  poets  of  the  fourteenth 
century,  Chaucer,  Gower,  Langland,  and  the  greatest  prose  writer 
and  preacher,  Wyclif,  all  used  this  dialect.  It  was  spoken  through- 
out the  largest  area.  It  was  the  speech  of  London  and  of  Oxford 
and  Cambridge,  the  two  great  universities.  It  was  an  intermediate 
dialect,  and  therefore  easily  understood  by  Northerner  and  Southerner 
alike,  and,  as  it  had  adopted  the  largest  number  of  French  words, 
the  ruling  class  found  it  not  unfamiliar.  The  first  official  English, 
the  proclamation  of  Henry  III.,  was  written  in  Midland,  and  it  was 
in  this  dialect  also  that  Oaxton  printed  his  books  in  1477.  All 


HOW  ^NGLISC  BECAME  ENGLISH  151 

these    circumstances    helped    to    make    Midland    the    Standard 
speech. 

The  language  was  no  longer  .ffinglisc  but  English.  Thousands 
of  new  words  had  been  added ;  hundreds  of  old  words  had  died 
out ;  great  changes  in  spelling  and  pronunciation  had  taken  place  ; 
the  grammatical  construction  of  the  language  had  been  modified. 
From  the  date  of  the  triumph  of  the  Midland  Dialect  the  modern 
period  of  English  begins. 

Its  first  great  literary  representative,  the  poet  Chaucer,  was  not 
sure  that  his  English  would  become  the  standard  and  universal 
speech.  In  his  own  lifetime  there  seemed  to  be  a  babel  of  tongues 
in  England,  for  besides  the  diversity  arising  from  the  three  chief 
dialects,  there  was  a  further  confusion  caused  by  the  wide  variations 
within  each  separate  dialect.  It  is  to  this  chaotic  speech  that  he 
refers  when  towards  the  end  of  his  poem,  Troylus  and  Creseide, 
he  writes  : 

And  for  ther  is  so  great  diversite 
In  Englissh  and  in  writing  of  our  tonge 
So  prey  to  God  that  non  miswrite  thee, 
Ne  thee  mismetre  for  defaute  of  tonge  ! 
And,  red  wherso  thou  be  or  elle's  songe, 
That  thou  be  understonde,  God  biseche ! 

This  passage  differs  from  Modern  English  only  in  spelling  and 
pronunciation,  but  how  well  grounded  Chaucer's  doubts  were, 
may  be  seen  by  comparing  a  passage  from  his  Canterbury  Tales 
with  one  from  Piers  the  Plowman,  written  in  the  same  dialect  by 
William  Langland.  Both  were  highly  educated  men;  but,  while 
Chaucer  employed  the  speech  which  then  prevailed  at  court, 
Langland  scoffed  at  it  and  deliberately  wrote  in  the  language  of 
the  rural  districts.  As  a  result,  his  work  is  somewhat  difficult  to 
read,  and  his  fame,  perhaps  unjustly,  has  suffered. 


152  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

Bat  even  Langland  himself  frequently  used  French  words, 
and  an  interesting  proof  of  the  complete  assimilation  of  the  French 
vocabulary  into  English  is  afforded  by  the  prevalence  of  Hybrids  in 
Chaucer's  writings.  A  Hybrid 1  has  already  been  denned  as  a  word, 
the  component  parts  of  which  are  derived  from  different  languages. 
In  the  quotation  from  Troylus  and  Creseide,  the  ^Englisc  prefix 
mis — wrongly — is  attached  to  the  ^Englisc  root  write,  and  therefore 
"  miswrite "  is  "  to  write  wrongly."  But  the  same  prefix  is  com- 
bined with  another  root  metre,  "Metre"  comes  from  the  Greek 
metron>  through  the  Latin  metrum  and  the  French  metre.  This 
French  word  combined  with  an  ^Englisc  prefix  gives  mismetre,  "  to 
metre  or  scan  wrongly."  Similarly  foreign  prefixes  and  suffixes 
may  be  combined  with  ^nglisc  roots.  That  a  French  and  an 
^Englisc  element  should  be  present  in  the  same  word  is  sure  evidence 
of  the  fusion  of  the  two  tongues. 

The  Fate  of  the  Northern  Dialect 

Although  dialectic  differences  may  still  be  detected  in  the  speech 
of  the  peasantry,  it  would  be  hard  at  the  present  time  to  find  any 
adult  native  who  does  not  understand  standard  English,  some  of 
the  Celtic-speaking  population  perhaps  being  excepted.  The 
Dialects  have  practically  disappeared.  But  it  must  not  be  supposed 
that  the  Midland  Dialect  had  an  easy  victory.  The  Northern 
Dialect,  which  was  likewise  the  speech  of  a  metropolis  and  a  court, 
and  for  long  had  a  separate  literary  existence  in  Scotland,  was  a 
strong  rival.  After  the  death  of  Chaucer  several  Scots  poets, 
Henryson,  Douglas,  Dunbar,  Lindsay,  wrote  literature  of  great 
excellence  in  a  dialect  not  much  different  from  Chaucer's  own. 
For  a  time  it  looked  as  if  the  Northern  Dialect  would  become 
a  standard  and  national  language  for  Scotland;  but  after  the 
union  of  the  Crowns  and  the  consequent  removal  of  the  court 
from  Edinburgh,  that  Dialect  became  less  and  less  used  as  a  means 
of  literary  expression.  It  is  true  that  so  late  as  the  second  .half 
of  the  eighteenth  century  the  gentry  and  educated  classes  still 

1  P.  39- 


HOW  ^iNGLISC  BECAME  ENGLISH 


153 


154  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

spoke  Scotch,  and  that  the  poet  Burns  wrote  his  finest  work  in  it. 
But  the  tendency  was  always  towards  the  writing  of  standard 
English,  and  even  Burns  himself  employed  the  latter  with  much 
ease  and  grace.  Since  his  day,  no  really  first-class  literature  has 
been  produced  in  any  English  dialect. 

EXERCISES  :  I.  Write  the  quotation  from  Chaucer  in  modern  English. 

2.  Put  down  all  words  which  differ  in  spelling,  give  the  modern  spelling, 

and  note  the  words  which  are  modernised  by  the  omission,  the  addition 
and  the  change  of  letters. 

3.  What  is  the  metre  of  the  passage  ? 

4.  What   "e"s  must   be   pronounced   in  order  that  the  metre  may  be 

preserved  ? 

5.  How  many  rhymes  ? 

6.  If  you  know  any  dialectic  poem,  write  down  6  or  8  lines  :  then  re- write 

these  in  standard  English.  Give  the  name  of  the  author  and  say 
where  the  dialect  is  still  spoken. 

7.  What  is  the  difference  between  a  Dialect  and  an  Accent  ?    Correct  or 

justify  :  He  speaks  an  Irish  dialect.  He  speaks  an  American  dialect. 
He  speaks  with  an  Irish  accent. 

8.  In  the  time  chart  of  authors  Gawain  Douglas  (1474-1523)  has  been 

omitted.  Copy  out  that  part  of  the  chart  which  deals  with  the 
Northern  Dialect  and  insert  his  name  as  an  addition.  (See  also 
P-  1 75-) 

9.  From  the  chart  calculate  the  dates  of  birth  and  of  death  of  the  various 

authors. 

IO.  Write  out  a  list  of  contemporaries.     Was  it  likely  that  Barbour  would 
imitate  Chaucer  ?     Was  it  possible  for  Henryson  to  imitate  Chaucer  ? 

n.  Were  Chaucer's  works  printed  in  his  lifetime ?    Why? 


XXXI 

HOW  THESEUS  SLEW  THE  MINOTAUR 


M 


PYNOS,  that  was  the  rnyghty  kynge  of  Crete, 
That  wan  an  hundred  citees  stronge  and  grete 

To  scole  hath  sent  his  sone  Androgeus 

To  Athenes,  of  the  which  hyt  happeth  thus, 

That  he  was  slayne,  learning  philosophic, 

Ryght  in  that  citee,  nat  but  for  envye. 
[In  revenge,  Mynos  besieges  and  takes  Athenes — he  exacts  tribute.] 

Thys  Mynos  hath  a  monstre,  a  wikked  beste, 

That  was  so  cruelle  that,  withoute  areste, 

Whan  that  a  man  was  broght  in  his  presence, 

He  wolde  hym  ete ;  ther  helpeth  no  defence. 

And  every  thridde  yere,  withouten  doute, 

They  casten  lotte,  and  as  hyt  came  aboute 

On  ryche,  on  pore,  he  most  his  sone  take 

And  of  his  child  he  moste  present  make 

To  Mynos,  to  save  him  or  to  spille, 

Or  lat  his  beste  devoure  him  at  his  wille. 
[The  tribute  is  paid  for  many  years.] 

This  wikked  custome  is  so  longe  y-ronne, 

Til  that  of  Athenes  kynge  Ege'us 

Moste  senden  his  owne  sone  Theseus 

Sith  that  the  lotte  is  fallen  hym  upon 

To  be  devoured,  for  grace  is  ther  non. 

And  forth  is  lad  thys  woful  yonge  knyght 

Unto  the  court  of  Kynge  Mynos  full  ryght, 

And  in  a  prison  fetred  faste  is  he, 

hyt  =  it. 

155 


156  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

Til  thilke  tyme  he  shulde  y-freten  be.  ~'~"  - 

[Adriane  and  Phedra,  the  daughters  of  Mynos,  take  pity  on  him.] 
Than  Adriane  spake  to  hir  suster  free, 
And  seyde,  "  Phedra,  leve  suster  dere, 
This  woful  lordes  sone  may  ye  not  here, 
How  pitously  compleyneth  he  his  kynne, 
And  eke  his  pore  estate  that  he  is  ynne, 
And  gilteles  ?  now  certe's  hit  is  routhe  ! 
And  if  ye  wol  assente,  by  my  trouthe, 
He  shal  be  holpen,  how  so  that  we  do." 
[Phedra  assents.] 

"  And  we  shal  make  him  balles  eke  also 
Of  wexe  and  towe,  that,  whan  he  gapeth  faste, 
Into  the  beste's  throte  he  shal  hem  caste 
To  sleke  his  hunger,  and  encombre  his  teeth. 
And  ryght  anon  whan  that  Theseus  seeth 
The  beste  achoked,  he  shal  on  him  lepe 
To  sleen  hym  or  they  comen  more  to-hepe. 
This  weapon  shal  the  gayler,  or  that  tyde, 
Ful  prively  within  the  prisoun  hyde  : 
And  for  the  house  is  crynkled  to  and  fro, 
And  hath  so  queynte  weyes  for  to  go, 
For  it  is  shapen  as  the  maze  is  wroght, 
Therto  have  I  a  remedy  in  my  thoght, 
That  by  a  clewe  of  twyne,  as  he  hath  gon, 
The  same  way  he  may  return  anon, 
Folwynge  alway  the  threde,  as  he  hath  come. 

[Theseus  being  brought  to  Adriane  by  the  gaoler,  she  tells  him  of 
her  plan.     He  promises  to  marry  her.] 

And  shortly  of  this  matere  for  to  make, 
This  Theseus  of  hir  hath  leve  y-take, 
And  every  point  was  performed  in  dede, 
As  ye  have  in  this  covenant  herde  me  rede ; 
His  weapon,  his  clew,  his  thing  that  I  have  sayde 
y-freten  =  eaten. 


HOW  THESEUS  SLEW  THE  MINOTAUR  157 

Was  by  the  gayler  in  the  house  y-layde, 
Ther  as  this  Mynatour  hath  his  dwellyng, 
Ryght  faste  by  the  done  at  his  entrynge ; 
And  Theseus  is  ladde  unto  his  deth ; 
And  forthe  unto  this  Mynataure  he  geth, 
And  by  the  techynge  of  thys  Adriane, 
He  overcame  thys  beste  and  was  his  bane, 
And  oute  he  cometh  by  the  clewe  agayne 
Ful  prively,  when  he  thys  beste  hath  slayne ; 
And  by  the  gayler  gotten  hath  a  barge, 
And  cf  his  wives  tresure  gan  it  charge, 
And  tok  his  wif,  and  eke  hir  suster  free, 
And  eke  the  gayler,  and  wyth  hem  alle  three 
Is  stole  away  out  of  the  londe  by  night. 

GEOFFREY  CHAUCER  (1340-1400), 

from  The  Legende  of  Good  Women. 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

Read  poem  aloud.     Sound  all  dotted  letters. 

With  what  period  of  History  does  this  poem  deal  ?  Is  the  story 
true  ?  Is  it  possible  that  it  has  a  basis  of  truth  ?  What  is 
a  myth  ?  Is  the  story  mythological  ?  Mention  the  various 
persons  in  the  poem.  Where  did  King  Minos  keep  the 
"  wikked  beste  "  ?  What  kind  of  animal  was  it  ?  How  was 
it  slain  ?  Mention  all  the  persons  who  were  in  the  plot. 
Write  out  any  word  of  which  you  do  not  know  the  meaning. 
Modernise  the  spelling  of  any  such  word.  What  end  letter, 
now  omitted,  is  of  frequent  occurrence?  Make  out  a  list 
of  words  ending  in  that  letter.  What  letter  is  frequently  used 
for  "  i "  ?  Substitute  "  i "  for  this  letter  wherever  possible. 

2.  Composition 

EXERCISES  :  I.  Modernise  the  poem. 

2.  Write  an  expansion  of  each  of  the  following  inset  explanations : — 

(a)  In  revenge,  Mynos  besieges  and  takes  Athens — he  exacts  tribute. 

(b)  Adriane   and   Phedra,    the  daughters  of  Mynos,  take   pity  on 

him. 


158  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

(c)  Phedra  assents. 
(d)  Theseus  being  brought  to  Adriane  by  the  gaoler,  she  tells  him  of 

her  plan.     He  promises  to  marry  her. 
Give  details  :  time,  place,  characters,  conversation,  etc. 
3.  Write  a  paragraph  continuing  the  story  after  the  escape  of  Theseus 
and  his  party. 

3.  Prosody 

Before  the  Norman  Conquest  Alliteration  or  Head-rhyme  was 
employed  in  ^Englisc  verse ;  the  initial  letters  had  always  a  certain 
place  in  the  line,  and  there  was  always  a  strong  stress  on  the 
alliterative  words.  Thus,  modernised  from  Beowulf, 

"  .Swoln  were  the  surges,  of  storms  was  the  coldest, 
Jfan  o/aned  the  night,  and  the  wind  from  the  north, 
Rattling-grim,  ^lew  on  us ;  rough  were  the  billows." 

After  the  Norman  Conquest  a  French  system  of  metres  and  of 
end  rhymes  was  introduced.  For  long,  however,  the  alliterative 
verse  held  its  ground,  and  it  was  not  until  Chaucer  had  shown  the 
beauty  and  grace  of  the  new  fashion  that  the  old  manner  of  writing 
fell  into  disuse. 

In  the  story  of  Theseus  and  the  Minotaur  when  certain  dotted 
letters  are  sounded  the  versification  is  very  uniform.  In  each  line 
there  are  ten  syllables,  five  weak  and  five  strong,  the  weak  and 
strong  alternating.  The  line  is  therefore  one  of  Iambic  Pentameter. 
The  rhymes  go  in  couplets.  The  poem  is  therefore  written  in  the 
Heroic  Couplet.1 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Peculiarities  of  Chaucer's  English 

The  most  outstanding  difference  between  the  language  of  the 
poem  and  that  of  current  English  is  in  the  Spelling.  In  Chaucer's 
day  there  was  much  diversity.  The  works  of  literature  were  still 
hand-written,  and  the  text  was  left  to  the  mercy  of  scribes,  who 
were  so  careless  of  their  spelling  that  they  often  had  three  or  four 

1  ?.  P.  97- 


HOW  THESEUS  SLEW  THE  MINOTAUR           159 

ways  of  writing  the  same  word.  Nevertheless  the  difference  is  not 
thus  to  be  accounted  for,  but  rather  by  the  circumstance  that  certain 
changes  in  the  sound,  and  therefore  also  in  the  component  letters  of 
a  word,  gradually  took  place,  and  that  these  changes  were  fixed  by 
the  introduction  of  printing  into  England  by  William  Caxton, 
three-quarters  of  a  century  after  the  death  of  Chaucer.  These 
changes  took  three  forms :  (i)  change  in  the  order  of  the  letters  of 
a  word ;  (ii)  the  omission  of  letters  from  a  word ;  and  (iii)  the 
addition  of  letters  to  a  word. 

I.  Change  in  Order.     This  is  called  Metathesis. 

Ex. :  Thridde  into  third  ;  monstre  into  monster ;  encombre 
into  encumber ;  Ariadne  into  Adriane. 

II.  Omission : 

(a)  of  initial  letter.     This  is  called  Aphaeresis. 

Ex. :  hyt  becomes  it ;  y-ronne  becomes  run. 
(b}  of  medial  letter.     This  is  called  Syncope. 

Ex. :  gilteless,  guiltless ;  crudelis,  cruel. 
(c)  of  end  letter.     This  is  called  Apocope. 

Ex. :   withouten,  casten,   comen,  and   many  words 
with  final  "e." 

III.  Addition  : 

(a)  of  initial  letter.     This  is  called  Prosthesis. 

Ex. :  hem  into  them ;  gan  into  began. 

(b)  of  medial  letter.     This  is  called  Epenthesis. 

Ex.:    wolde  into  would;    folwynge  into  following; 

doute  into  doubt ;  wroght  into  wrought. 
(c}  of  end  letter.     This  is  called  Epithesis. 

Ex. :    sceal  (shal)  into  shall ;    wif  into  wife ;    ther 

into  there. 

Of  these  changes  those  of  omission  are  perhaps  the  most 
important.  Several  words  exemplify  more  than  one  change.  It  is 
not  necessary  to  remember  the  Greek  names  for  these  changes. 


160  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

Moreover,  there  are  certain  grammatical  differences.  These 
are  best  seen  in  Verbs  and  in  Nouns. 

Verbs 

(1)  The  plural  of  the  present  indicative  is  -en,  e.g.  casten,  comen. 
This  plural  is  characteristic  of  the  Midland  dialect  ;  the  Northern 

ending  was  -es  ;  the  Southern,  -eth. 

(2)  The  third  person  singular  of  the  present  indicative  frequently 
ends  in  -eth. 

This  form  is  still  used,  more  especially  in  poetry. 
Ex.  :  "  He  prayeth  best  who  loveth  best." 

(3)  The  Past  Participle  sometimes  has  y-  prefixed. 
Ex.  :  y-ronne,  y-freten,  y-take,  y-layde. 

This  form  is  still  occasionally  used  in  poetry,  e.g.  y-clept  = 
called.  In  the  time  of  Chaucer  the  other  forms  of  the  past  parti- 
ciple were  also  used,  e.g.  crynkled,  fallen,  shapen,  holpen. 

(4)  The  Present   Infinitive  frequently  ends  in  n  or  en,   e.g. 
senden,  sleen. 

Nouns 

(1)  Plural  in  es  where  s  is  now  used,  e.g.  wayes. 

(2)  Possessive  in  es  where  's  is  now  used,  e.g.  lorde's,  wives. 

In  modern  English  the  apostrophe  is  a  sign  that  a  letter  has  been 
omitted  :  'Tis,  be't,  lord's,  didn't. 

Prefixes    Comparatively  few  words  in  this  poem  have  prefixes. 

Select  from  it  as  many  different  prefixes  as  you  can  to  illustrate  those  of 


Suffixes    Select  suffixes  of  Romanic  (Latin,  French,  etc.)  origin. 
Show  the  force  of  each. 


HOW  THESEUS  SLEW  THE  MINOTAUR           161 

Hyrids        Pit(e)ously.     Latin  (French) -f^Englisc. 
Prive  ly.         Latin  (French)  -t-  ^Englisc. 

What  is  the  force  of  the  ^Englisc  suffix  ? 

ROOTS 

/ENGLISC  : 
Bana,  a  slayer :       BANE,  ratsbane,  baneful. 

LATIN  : 

Esse,  to  exist :        ABSENT,  essence,  present. 

Fendere,  to  strike:  DEFENCE,  fence,  defend,  offend,  fend. 

Duo,  two:  DOUBT,  double,  dual,  dubious,  duel,  duet, 

duplicity. 

Sentire,  to  feel  :  ASSENT,  consent,  dissent,  presentiment,  resent, 
sense. 

Venire,  to  come :  COVENANT,  advent,  adventure,  avenue,  con- 
travene, convent,  event,  intervene,  invent, 
revenue,  souvenir. 

GREEK  : 

Philos,  loving:         PHILOSOPHY,  philanthropy,  philology. 
Sophia,  wisdom :      PHILOSOPHY,  sophist,  sophistry. 


XXXII 

SIR  PATRICK  SPENS 

king  sits  in  Dunfermline  towne 
_L       Drinking  the  blude-red  wine; 
"  O  whare  will  I  get  a  skeely  skipper, 
To  sail  this  new  ship  of  mine?" 

O  up  and  spake  an  eldern  knight, 
Sat  at  the  king's  right  knee, — 

"  Sir  Patrick  Spens  is  the  best  sailor 
That  ever  sailed  the  sea." 

Our  king  has  written  a  braid  letter, 
And  seal'd  it  with  his  hand, 

And  sent  it  to  Sir  Patrick  Spens, 
Was  walking  on  the  strand. 

"To  Noroway,  to  Noroway, 
To  Noroway  o'er  the  faem ; 

The  king's  daughter  of  Noroway, 
'Tis  thou  maun  bring  her  hame." 

The  first  word  that  Sir  Patrick  read, 
Sae  loud,  loud  laughed  he ; 

The  neist  word  that  Sir  Patrick  read, 
The  tear  blinded  his  ee. 

"  O  wha  is  this  has  done  this  deed, 
And  tauld  the  king  o'  me, 

To  send  us  out,  at  this  time  of  the  year, 
To  sail  upon  the  sea  ? 

16* 


SIR  PATRICK  SPENS  163 

7  Be't  wind,  be't  weet,  be't  hail,  be't  sleet, 

Our  ship  must  sail  the  faem ; 
The  king's  daughter  of  Noroway, 
'Tis  we  must  fetch  her  hame." — 

8  They  hoysed  their  sails  on  Monenday  morn, 

Wi'  a'  the  speed  they  may  ; 
They  hae  landed  in  Noroway, 
Upon  a  Wodensday. 

9  They  hadna  been  a  week,  a  week, 

In  Noroway,  but  twae, 
When  that  the  lords  of  Noroway 
Began  aloud  to  say — 

10  "Ye  Scottishmen  spend  a'  our  king's  goud, 

And  a'  our  queenis  fee." — 
"  Ye  lie,  ye  lie,  ye  liars  loud  ! 
Fu'  loud  I  hear  ye  lie  : 

1 1  For  I  brought  as  much  white  monie 

As  gane  my  men  and  me, 
And  I  brought  a  half-fou  of  gude  red  goud 
Out  o'er  the  sea  wi'  me. 

12  Make  ready,  make  ready,  my  merrymen  a' 

Our  gude  ship  sails  the  morn," — 
"  Now,  ever  alake,  my  master  dear, 
I  fear  a  deadly  storm  ! 

13  I  saw  the  new  moon,  late  yestreen, 

Wi'  the  auld  moon  in  her  arm  ; 
And,  if  we  gang  to  sea,  master, 
I  fear  we'll  come  to  harm." 


164  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

14  They  hadna  sailed  a  league,  a  league, 

A  league  but  barely  three, 

When  the  lift  grew  dark,  and  the  wind  blew  loud, 
And  gurly  grew  the  sea. 

15  The  ankers  brak  and  the  top-masts  lap, 

It  was  sic  a  deadly  storm  ; 
And  the  waves  cam  o'er  the  broken  ship, 
Till  a'  her  sides  were  torn. 

1 6  "  O  where  will  I  get  a  gude  sailor, 

To  take  my  helm  in  hand, 
Till  I  get  up  to  the  tall  top-mast, 
To  see  if  I  can  spy  land  ?  " — 

17  "  O  here  am  I,  a  sailor  gude, 

To  take  the  helm  in  hand, 
Till  you  go  up  to  the  tall  top-mast ; 
But  I  fear  ye'll  ne'er  spy  land." 

1 8  He  hadna  gane  a  step,  a  step, 

A  step  but  barely  ane, 
When  a  bout  flew  out  of  our  goodly  ship, 
And  the  salt  sea  it  cam  in. 

19  "  Gae,  fetch  a  web  o'  the  silken  claith, 

Another  o'  the  twine, 
And  wap  them  into  our  ship's  side, 
And  let  na  the  sea  come  in." — 

20  They  fetch'd  a  web  o'  the  silken  claith, 

Another  o'  the  twine, 

And  they  wrapped  them  round  that  gude  ship's  side, 
But  still  the  sea  cam  in. 


SIR  PATRICK  SPENS  165 

21  O  laith,  laith  were  our  gude  Scots  lords 

To  weet  their  cork-heel'd  shoon ! 
But  lang  or  a'  the  play  was  play'd, 
They  wat  their  hats  aboon. 

22  And  mony  was  the  feather  bed 

That  flatter'd  on  the  faem ; 
And  mony  was  the  gude  Lord's  son 
That  never  mair  cam  hame. 

23  The  ladyes  wrang  their  ringers  white, 

The  maidens  tore  their  hair, 
A'  for  the  sake  of  their  true  loves  ; 
For  them  they'll  see  nae  mair. 

24  O  lang,  lang  may  the  ladyes  sit, 

Wi'  their  fans  into  their  hand, 
Before  they  see  Sir  Patrick  Spens 
Come  sailing  to  the  strand  ! 

25  And  lang,  lang  may  the  maidens  sit, 

With  their  goud  kaims  in  their  hair, 
A'  waiting  for  their  ain  dear  loves  ! 
For  them  they'll  see  nae  mair. 

26  Half  owre,  half  owre  to  Aberdour 

'Tis  fifty  fathoms  deep, 
And  there  lies  gude  Sir  Patrick  Spens, 
Wi'  the  Scots  lords  at  his  feet. 

ANONYMOUS. 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

Which  of  the  following  kinds  of  composition  does  the  poem 
exemplify  :  narrative,  descriptive,  reflective  ?  Give  instances 
of  dramatic  treatment,  either  in  dialogue  or  in  the  turn  of 
events.  Why  is  the  story  a  tragedy  ?  Considering  the  story 


166  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

and  the  stanza  form,  by  what  special  name  would  you  describe 
the  poem  ?  What  words  or  phrases  point  to  a  historical 
basis  for  the  story  ?  Is  the  language  of  the  poem  Standard 
English?  Is  it  as  ancient  as  that  of  Chaucer?  To  which 
of  the  three  dialects — Northern,  Midland,  and  Southern — 
do  you  think  the  language  belongs?  Give  reasons.  Con- 
sidering the  grammar  of  the  poem,  what  date  would  you 
assign  for  its  authorship  ?  Who  was  the  author  of  the  poem? 
Make  a  list  of  all  words  not  Standard  English,  and  note  what 
change  of  letter  is  necessary  to  modernise  such  words.  Write 
out  all  the  repetitions  of  words  or  ideas  in  the  poem.  Give 
examples  of  poetic  "  omission." 

2.  Composition 

EXERCISES  :  I.  Condense  the  story  into  one  paragraph. 

2.  Write  out  all  the  instances  of  direct  speech  occurring  in  the  poem,  and 

show  the  name  of  the  speaker  by  an  introductory  sentence. 

3.  Make  a  stanza-summary  of  the  poem.     Then  group  the  stanzas  under 

general  heads,  showing  the  different  turns  of  the  story. 

4.  Write  an  imaginary  account  of  the  voyage  to  Norway,  and  contrast  it 

with  the  voyage  home. 

5.  Make  a  character  sketch  of  Sir  Patrick  Spens. 

6.  Compare  "this  new  ship  of  mine"  (stanza  i)  with  the  present  holder 

of  the  Atlantic  record. 

3.  Prosody 

In  each  stanza  which  lines  rhyme  ?  Give  examples  of  head-rhyme  and  middle 
rhyme.  What  is  the  usual  arrangement  of  the  stresses  in  a  ballad  stanza  ?  Scan 
the  ninth  stanza.  Is  it  the  ordinary  ballad  metre  ?  What  is  the  name  of  the 
foot  in  this  stanza?  How  many  syllables  should  be  in  the  long  lines?  In  the 
short  lines?  Is  the  poem  quite  regular  as  to  stresses?  Select  six  lines  which 
contain  more  than  eight  syllables.  Scan  these  lines. 

Scan  stanzas  7,  10,  12,  20  after  the  following  fashion,  showing  the  symbols 
for  strong  and  weak  accents,  the  words  of  the  stanza,  the  incidence  of  the  rhyme, 
and  the  name  of  each  foot. 


SIR  PATRICK  SPENS 


167 


X        J. 

The  ank 
iambus 

X       JL 

-ers  brak 
iambus 

XXX 

and  the  top 
anapaest 

X        X 

masts  lap 
iambus 

X     X     L 

It  was  sic 

anapaest 

x     ±. 
a.  dead 
iambus 

X       X 

-ly  storm 
iambus 

XXX 

And  the  waves 


anapaest 


X        Z 

cam  o'er 
iambus 


X        X 

the  brok- 

iambus 


x    4 

en  ship 
iambus 


X     L 
Till  a' 


X         JL 

her  sides 


X        X 
were  torn 

iambus      iambus        iambus 
Amongst  the  first  five  stanzas,  which  are  these  diagrams  of? 

|X  X|X  X|X  X|X  X|  |  X  X|X  JL\  X  X|X  JL\ 

|X  X|XXX|X  j_\\  |x  X|    L    |X  X|| 

|  X  X|  X  X|  X  X|  X  X|  |  X  X|  X  X|  X  X|  X  X| 

|xx|xx|xx||  |xx|xx|xx|| 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Authorship. — The  author  of  this  ballad  is  unknown.  The  story 
itself  had  probably  a  historical  basis,  but  in  its  present  form  it  must 
be  regarded  simply  as  the  vaguest  of  traditions.  In  1290  the  Maid 
of  Norway  was  brought  from  Norway  to  Scotland,  and  died  imme- 
diately on  arrival.  This  event  had  such  disastrous  consequences 
that  the  story  may  have  been  told  in  ballad  form  among  the  people. 
Another  Scottish  mission  overseas  occurred  in  1649,  when  James 
III.  married  a  Danish  princess,  but  in  this  case  nothing  is  known 
of  the  loss  of  a  ship.  Indeed,  Sir  Patrick  Spens  may  be  founded  on 
some  other  incident  altogether.  The  date  of  its  authorship  cannot 
be  fixed.  The  language  of  the  poem  is  certainly  much  more  modern 
than  that  of  Chaucer;  there  are  really  no  grammatical  peculiarities, 
e.g.  infinitives  in  -n  or  past  participles  with  y-  prefixed.  Thus  the 


1 68  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

earliest  date  for  the  poem,  as  it  now  is,  must  be  towards  the  end  of 
the  sixteenth  century.  But  it  may  have  been  composed  much 
earlier,  and  in  the  course  of  oral  tradition  have  undergone  a  gradual 
modernising  until  at  last  it  was  finally  written  down  in  its  present 
form.  Nevertheless  it  has  preserved  many  old  words  and  sounds 
which,  at  one  time  common  enough,  remained  in  the  Northern 
Dialect  long  after  Midland  had  become  Standard  English.  Thus : — 

Sound  and  Spelling  Peculiarities  : 

O  in  Modern  English  is  A  in  Northern  Dialect :  braid,  faem,  hame,  sac,  brak, 

wha,  etc. 
L  in  Modern  English  is  V,  W,  or  dropped  in  Northern  Dialect :  goud=gold, 

fou'  =  full,  bout  =  bolt,  a'=all. 
E  in  Modern  English  is  EE  in  Northern  English  :  weet  =  wet,  lie  (lee)  =  lie. 

The  Presence  of  Danish  Words  : 
maun,  gang,  lift,  ee,  sic  (v.  p.  67). 

The  Preservation  of  Old  Forms  : 

eldern  (n  old  adjectival  ending). 

Monenday,  day  of  the  Moon   \The  days  of  the  week  were  named  after  the 

Wodensday,  day  of  Woden      /         old  Norse  gods. 

Tiwesday  (Tiw,  god  of  war). 

Thuresday  (Thor,  thunder  god). 

Frigeday  (Frige,  wife  of  Woden). 

Saeterday  (Saturn's  day). 

Sunnanday,  Day  of  the  Sun. 

gurly,  now  obsolete  (onomatopoetic). 

skeely,  skilful. 

shoon,  n  old  plural  ending  ;  e.g.  oxen,  etc. 

queenis,  is  (es),  old  possessiTe. 

yestreen,  yester(day)  even(ing). 

Prefixes      If  there  are  any  prefixes  of  Romanic  origin,  give  examples  and 

show  force  of  each. 

Give  two  examples  of  Celtic  prefixes  in  Place  names  (v.  p.  65). 
Suffixes      Is  the  poem  rich  in  suffixes  ?    Give  examples  of  adjectival  and 

adverbial  suffixes. 
Stanza  16  is  almost  all  monosyllabic.     Find  similar  stanzas. 


SIR  PATRICK  SPENS  169 

ROOTS 

LATIN  : 

Signum,  a  sign :    SEALED,  sign,   assign,   consign,  ensign,  insignia, 
signal,  signet  (sigillum). 

EXERCISES  :  Is  it  possible  for  a  monosyllabic  word  to  have  a  prefix  or  a  suffix  ? 

What  word  in  last  five  stanzas  spelt  with  an  "o"  is  in  Modern  English 
spelt  with  an  "a"? 

Find  the  percentage  of  classical  words  in  the  last  six  stanzas. 


XXXIII 
INFLUENCE  OF  LATIN 

(4)   THE   REVIVAL  OF   LEARNING 

THE  Third  Latin  period  extended  from  the  middle  of  the 
eleventh  to  the  beginning  of  the  fifteenth  century,  for  the 
complete  assimilation  of  the  Norman  French  element  took  many 
generations.  Already  the  borrowing  from  Latin  had  been  great  and 
continuous.  Since  the  date  of  the  military  occupation,  fifteen 
hundred  years  before,  Roman  soldier,  Roman  priest,  Norman 
knight,  and  French  scholar,  each  as  occasion  served,  had  enriched 
the  English  vocabulary  with  Romanic  words.  It  would  seem  as  if 
the  supply  must  become  exhausted.  But  yet  another  great  Latin 
addition  took  place,  this  time  through  the  instrumentality  of  the 
student  of  classical  literature.  It  is  called  the  Fourth  Latin 
Addition,  and  differs  from  the  others  in  one  remarkable  particular. 
Previous  additions  had  been  made  directly  to  the  speech  of  the 
people ;  thence  they  had  passed  into  literature.  The  Fourth  Latin 
Addition  entered  English  by  way  of  the  literature,  and  thence  passed 
into  the  speech.  The  circumstances  which  brought  about  the 
introduction  of  new  terms  will  make  this  quite  clear. 

In  the  beginning  of  the  sixteenth  century  there  was  an  extra- 
ordinary revival  of  learning  alike  in  this  country  and  throughout 
Western  Europe.  In  the  dark  ages  following  the  disruption  of  the 
Roman  Empire  scholarship  existed  merely  on  sufferance.  The 
sword  was  mightier  than  the  pen.  The  learning  of  the  ancients 
was  either  lost  or  misunderstood.  For  "  ten  silent  centuries  "  men 
warred  against  each  other,  kingdoms  and  principalities  were  set  up 
170 


THE  REVIVAL  OF  LEARNING  171 

and  overturned,  and  in  the  lust  for  spiritual  and  temporal  power  the 
man  of  learning  was  either  neglected  altogether  or  regarded  with 
superstitious  awe. 

At  last  the  day  of  awakening  came.  It  took  place  in  Italy,  a 
country  which,  when  England,  Spain,  and  France  had  built  up 
strong  nationalities,  was  still  divided  against  itself  and  the  scene  of 
warring  factions.  But  it  had  been  the  home  of  an  ancient  learning, 
and  it  still  possessed  princes  who  honoured  and  encouraged  the 
artist  and  the  scholar.  In  the  fourteenth  century  three  great  writers, 
Dante,  Petrarch,  and  Boccaccio,  broke  the  silence  of  centuries  and 
showed  how  beautifully  the  classical  ideals  could  be  expressed  in 
the  language  of  their  own  country,  and  at  the  same  time  how  a 
national  literature  independent  of  that  of  the  ancients  might  arise. 
In  England,  a  generation  later,  the  poet  Chaucer  did  the  same  great 
work  for  his  nation.  He  was  honoured  and  rewarded  in  his  life- 
time ;  and  this  is  evidence  that  kings  and  nobles  were  now  able  to 
appreciate  and  willing  to  encourage  genius. 

The  desire  for  learning  had  been  again  aroused,  and  in  1453, 
when  Constantinople,  the  capital  of  the  old  Eastern  empire,  was 
captured  by  the  Turks,  the  Greek  scholars  who  fled  from  it  were 
welcomed  in  Italy  and  elsewhere.  They  carried  many  ancient 
manuscripts  with  them,  and  thus  revived  the  study  of  the  long- 
forgotten  Greek  poets,  orators,  and  historians.  The  zeal  for  the 
ancient  learning,  commencing  in  Italy,  soon  spread  into  England 
and  other  countries,  with  the  result  that  many  Latin  and  Greek 
words  were  added  to  the  different  languages  of  Western  Europe. 

Into  English  alone  it  is  estimated  that,  not  counting  derivatives, 
at  least  three  thousand  new  Latin  words  were  introduced.  These 
were  all  book-words  taken  directly  from  Latin  itself  and  not  through 
the  medium  of  French.  Many  Greek  words  were  likewise  brought  in, 
both  directly  and  indirectly.  Sometimes  it  happened  that  a  word 
taken  directly  from  Latin  or  Greek  had  previously  been  introduced 
indirectly.  Thus  Doublets  a  were  again  formed. 

1P.  66. 


173 


A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 


The  following  table  shows  the  type  of  words  introduced  at  the 
Fourth  Latin  Period : — 


Nouns. 

Adjectives. 

Verbs. 

ENGLISH 
WORD. 

LATIN  WORD. 

ENGLISH 
WORD. 

LATIN  WORD. 

ENGLISH 
WORD. 

LATIN  WORD. 

equilibrium 

aequilibrium 

impotent 

impotent  — 

create 

creatus 

candidate 

candidatus 

egregious 

egregms 

cogitate 

cogitatus 

predecessor 
predicament 

praedecessor 
praedicamentum 

pauper 
immaculate 

pauper 
immaculatus 

perambulate 
relapse 

perambulatus 
relapsare 

vertebra 

vertebra 

imminent 

imminent  — 

recant 

recantare 

compendium 

compendium 

magnanimous 

magnammus 

vindicate 

vindicatus 

vivisection 
vicissitude 

viva  sectio 
vicissitude 

peripatetic 
audible 

penpateticus 
audibilis 

transmit 
vibrate 

transmittere 
vibratus 

proscenium 

proscenium 

effulgent 

effulgent  — 

proscribe 

proscribere 

Note  how  little  the  words  are  changed  in  passing  from  the  one 
language  to  the  other. 


Examples  of  Doublets 


Latin  Word. 

Direct. 

Indirect 
(through  French). 

fidelitas 
hospitalis 

fidelity 
hospital 

fealty 
hotel 

penitentia 
regalis 
fragilis 

penitence 
regal 
fragile 

penance 
royal 
frail 

Greek  Word. 

Direct. 

Indirect. 

adamas 

adamant 

diamond 

balsamon 

balsam 

balm 

presbyteros 
phantasia 

presbyter 
phantasy 

priest 
fancy 

THE  REVIVAL  OF  LEARNING  173 

Short-lived  Words 

So  much  attention  did  the  scholars  of  the  age  pay  to  the  study 
of  the  classics,  and  so  eager  were  they  to  use  a  vocabulary  enriched 
with  a  great  store  of  classical  knowledge,  that  they  introduced  into 
English  many  words  which  have  since  become  obsolete.  The 
majority  of  these  Latin  terms  were  "  long-tailed  words  in  -osity  and 
-ation " ;  but  no  matter  what  their  length  or  their  ending,  if  they 
stood  for  a  new  idea,  the  words  were  incorporated  and  retained  in 
the  language.  On  the  other  hand,  if  they  expressed  ideas  for  which 
there  were  already  words  in  English,  the  new  importations  were 
soon  discarded. 

Examples  of  such  words  : — 

pulchritude,  beauty ;  septentrionality,  northernliness ; 
mulierosity,  womanishness ;  itinerate,  to  journey. 

Extent  and  Nature  of  Latin  Words 

The  biggest  influx  occurred  in  the  hundred  years  from  1480  to 
1580 — the  period  which  is  known  as  the  Renaissance  or  the 
Revival  of  Learning — but  ever  since  then  classical  words  have  been 
creeping  into  the  language.  At  the  present  time  more  than  half  of 
the  English  vocabulary  is  composed  of  words  from  Latin  roots. 
Nearly  all  abstract  terms  and  words  dealing  with  religion,  law, 
science  and  literature  are  classical ;  as  also  most  words  of  three  or 
more  than  three  syllables,  a  very  large  number  of  those  of  two 
syllables,  and  a  fairly  large  proportion  of  those  of  one  syllable. 

Literature  of  the  Renaissance 

Although  the  Revival  of  Learning  had  thus  a  potent  influence  on 
the  English  vocabulary,  it  must  be  remembered  that  this  influence 
was  exerted  through  literature.  Words  are  only  valuable  for  the 
expression  of  ideas,  and  it  was  the  presentation  of  the  wonderful 
thoughts  of  the  ancient  Greeks  to  men's  minds  that  caused  writers 
to  strive  after  the  best  ways  of  expressing  them.  In  England  the 
Revival  of  Learning  showed  itself  first  of  all  merely  in  the  study 


i74  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

and  translation  of  classical  authors;  but  by-and-by  the  time  of 
imitation  came  to  an  end,  and  a  time  of  independent  and  original 
expression  in  the  national  speech  began. 

In  the  first  phase  of  the  Revival  of  Learning  must  be  mentioned 
the  Translation  of  the  sEneid  by  Gawin  Douglas,  Bishop  of 
Dunkeld  ;  the  Translation  of  the  Bible  by  Tyndale,  the  reformer ; 
the  publication  of  Utopia,  in  Latin  (it  was  soon  translated  into 
English),  by  Sir  Thomas  More,  the  scholarly  martyr ;  the  Poems  of 
Wyatt  and  Surrey,  who  introduced  new  forms  of  verse  from  Italy ; 
and  many  translations  from  the  classics  by  competent  scholars. 

This  period  of  preparation  was  followed  by  an  extraordinary, 
and  truly  national,  development  of  literature  in  many  forms.  Of 
prose  writers,  two  names  command  attention  :  Richard  Hooker  and 
Francis  Bacon.  Hooker  wrote  a  great  work  on  church  government, 
Ecclesiastical  Polity,  in  a  style  so  rich  and  varied  in  vocabulary, 
so  grand  and  complex  in  its  structure,  that  it  has  been  likened  to 
majestic  organ-music.  Bacon's  work — Essays  and  philosophical 
books — is,  on  the  contrary,  short,  pithy,  and  condensed  in  style, 
and  therefore  it  appeals  to  a  wider  circle  of  readers.  He  is  a  clear 
reasoner,  and  his  wise  sayings  are  often  quoted.  Thus,  from  his 
essay  Of  Studies :  "  Reading  maketh  a  full  man ;  conference  a 
ready  man ;  and  writing  an  exact  man ;  and,  therefore,  if  a  man 
write  little  he  had  need  have  a  great  memory ;  if  he  confer  little,  he 
had  need  have  a  present  wit;  and  if  he  read  little,  he  had  need 
have  much  cunning,  to  seem  to  know  that  he  doth  not."  Un- 
fortunately, most  of  Bacon's  philosophical  work  is  written  in 
Latin. 

In  the  realm  of  poetry,  a  special  form  of  narrative  composition, 
designed  for  presentation  on  the  stage  in  order  to  show  human  life 
in  action,  had  been  gradually  evolved.  It  was  known  as  the 
Drama,  and  soon,  in  the  hands  of  Christopher  Marlowe,  Shake- 
speare, and  Ben  Jonson,  rose  to  a  perfection  which  it  has  never 
since  equalled.  The  Drama  had  been  one  of  the  greatest  forms  of 


THE  REVIVAL  OF  LEARNING 


I7S 


176  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

Greek  literature,  but  in  England  it  did  not  arise  from  imitation  of 
the  classics.  It  took  its  origin  in  religion.  A  portion  of  Scripture 
history,  or  the  life  of  some  saint  of  the  Church,  was  selected  for 
representation,  at  first  in  the  churches  by  the  clergy  themselves, 
and  afterwards  in  the  streets  by  the  laity.  In  course  of  time  secular 
stories  were  given  this  dramatic  treatment,  and  these  were  per- 
formed in  theatres.  The  Drama  then  took  its  two  chief  forms, 
Tragedy  and  Comedy.1  Classical  scholars  studied  the  old  Greek 
dramas,  and  some  new  features  were  thus  incorporated.  Gradually 
the  writers  of  plays  grew  more  and  more  artistic  in  their  work,  until 
at  last  William  Shakespeare  "  made  the  drama  represent  the  whole 
of  human  life."  Shakespeare  must  be  read  to  be  understood. 
Suffice  it  to  say,  here,  that  he  is  universally  regarded  as  perhaps  the 
greatest  literary  genius  the  world  has  ever  known. 

Apart  from  the  Drama,  Edmund  Spenser  was  the  finest  artist  of 
his  time.  His  greatest  work  is  The  Faerie  Queene,  a  short  extract 
from  which  is  given  immediately  after  this  chapter.  Spenser's 
poetry  is  full  of  strange  imagery,  of  splendid  pageants,  and  the 
highest  ideals  of  chivalry,  and  these  are  so  beautifully  described, 
and  expressed  in  such  musical  language,  that  he  has  been  called 
the  poet's  poet. 

John  Milton,  the  greatest  of  English  Epic  writers,  as  a  literary 
artist  is  on  a  level  with  Shakespeare  and  Spenser,  and  although 
born  as  late  as  1608,  he  also  wrote  at  a  time  when  the  Revival  of 
Learning  had  not  yet  spent  itself.  In  his  sightless  old  age  and 
comparative  poverty  he  composed,  in  lofty  language  suited  to  the 
theme,  a  narration  of  the  events  which  preceded  and  succeeded  the 
Fall  of  Man.  This  kind  of  composition  is  the  highest  form  of 
narrative  poetry,  and  is  called  Epic.  Milton  wrote  two  great  epics, 
Paradise  Lost  and  Paradise  Regained.  In  all  his  work  he  displays, 
not  only  a  vast  store  of  learning,  but  also  the  art,  imagination,  and 
reason  of  the  poet.  He  died  in  1674. 

1  V.  P.  147- 


XXXIV 
MAGIC  MUSIC 

EFTSOONES  they  heard  a  most  melodious  sound 
Of  all  that  mote  delight  a  daintie  eare, 
Such  as  attonce  might  not  on  living  ground, 
Save  in  this  Paradise,  be  heard  elsewhere : 
Right  hard  it  was  for  wight  which  did  it  heare, 
To  read  what  manner  musicke  that  mote  bee. 
For  all  that  pleasing  is  to  living  care 
Was  there  consorted  in  one  harmonee ; 
Birdes,  voices,  instruments,  windes,  waters  all  agree. 

The  joyous  birdes,  shrouded  in  chearefull  shade, 
Their  notes  unto  the  voice  attempred  sweet ; 
Th'  Angelicall  soft  trembling  voyces  made 
To  th'  instruments  divine  respondence  meet ; 
The  silver  sounding  instruments  did  meet 
With  the  base  murmure  of  the  waters  fall ; 
The  waters  fall  with  difference  discreet, 
Now  soft,  now  loud,  unto  the  wind  did  call ; 
The  gentle  warbling  wind  low  answered  to  all. 

EDMUND  SPENSER  (1553-1599), 

from  The  Faerie  Queene. 
mote = is  able  to,  might. 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

Which    stanza    is    more    descriptive?      Point    out   any    lines 
which  are  narrative.      In  the  first  stanza  which  two  lines 

M  '" 


178  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

are  reflective?  Which  stanza  gives  the  more  detailed 
description  of  the  music?  Modernise  the  spelling  of  any 
words  that  require  it.  Write  out  the  words  of  which  you 
do  not  understand  the  meaning.  Write  down  all  nouns 
forming  the  plural  in  -es.  Write  down  all  words  with  "e" 
final  and  underline  those  no  longer  spelt  so.  Write  out  a 
list  of  nouns  from  the  second  stanza  which  also  occur  in 
the  first  stanza.  Of  which  line  in  the  first  stanza  is  the 
second  stanza  an  expansion?  Which  words  convey  the 
idea  of  "  harmony  ?  " 

2.  Composition:  Expansion 

The  second  stanza  is  very  skilfully  constructed.  It  is  a  descrip- 
tion of  the  harmony  resulting  from  the  blending  of  the  various 
musical  sounds  of  birds,  voices,  instruments,  winds  and  waters. 
These  various  names  are  interlinked  according  to  the  following 
scheme : — 

What  are  in  "  Harmony  "  Idea  of  "  Harmony  " 

Birds  and          Voice  attempred 

Voices  and          instruments  made  respondence 

instruments          and          waters  fall  did  meet 

waters  fall  and          wind  did  call 

wind  and          all  answered 

u 

[Birds,  voices,  instruments,  waters  fall.] 

The  second  stanza  is  thus  seen  to  be  an  expansion  of  the  last 
line  of  the  first  stanza, 

Birdes,  voices,  instruments,  windes,  waters  all  agree. 

EXERCISES :    Expand   the  following  sentences   into   paragraphs,   stating  all 
facts,  either  given  or  implied,  and  adding  any  reasonable  enlargement. 

I.  A  young  colt  spoke  to  his  companions  about  the  tyranny  of  man  which 
he  advised  them  to  shake  off.  An  old  horse  advised  the  opposite. 
The  result  was  ihat 

"  The  tumult  ceased,  the  colt  submitted, 
And,  like  his  ancestors,  was  bitted." 

(Gay's  Fables.) 


MAGIC  MUSIC  179 

2.  A  sea  pirate  destroyed  a  warning  bell  so  that  vessels  might  come  to 

grief.     Afterwards  his  vessel  was  wrecked  at  the  same  place. 

(Southey's  Inchcape  Bell.} 

3.  A  piper  once  agreed  for  a  certain  sum  to  clear  a  town  of  rats  by  piping 

strange  music.  He  did  so  but  received  no  reward.  In  revenge  he 
caused  all  the  children  of  the  town  to  follow  him,  and  they  were 
never  again  heard  of. 

(Browning's  Pied  Piper  of  Hamelin.) 

3.  Prosody 

Scan  the  lines.  How  many  stresses  in  each  line?  How  many  stresses  in 
the  last  line  ?  What  is  the  metre  of  the  last  line  ?  Are  any  of  the  nouns 
ending  in  -es  sounded  on  the  last  syllable?  If  so,  give  examples.  Indicate 
by  letters  the  rhyme  arrangement.  Is  the  rhyme  arrangement  the  same  for 
both  stanzas  ? 

Put  in  words  a  description  of  the  rhyme  arrangement. 

A  stanza  of  tins  form,  because  it  was  employed  by  the  poet  Spenser,  is 
called  a  Spenserian  Stanza. 

Of  what  kind  of  rhyme  are  the  following  examples  :  difference  discreet,  silver 
sounding,  manner  musicke  ? 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Chaucer  died  in  1400 ;  Spenser  wrote  the  Faerie  Queene  in 
1590;  the  poem  shows  the  progress  which  the  language  made  in 
these  two  hundred  years.  The  spelling  is  almost  modern,  but  the 
plural  in  -es  and  the  final  "e"  are  still  found.  The  scansion  of 
the  poem,  however,  shows  that  the  "e"  is  not  sounded  in  birdes, 
windes,  eare,  heare,  musicke,  murmure ;  and  the  dropping  of  the 
sound  was  preparatory  to  dropping  the  letter.  That  the  spelling 
was  not  yet  quite  fixed  is  shown  in  the  variation,  voice — voyces. 
Prosthesis  is  apparent  in  "attonce"  =  at  once.  The  grammatical 
peculiarities  noticed  in  Chaucer  have  quite  disappeared.  With 
the  exception  of  one  or  two  obsolete  words,  the  language  is  Modern 
Standard  English. 

Obsolete  Words  mote,  old  part  of  the  verb  "  must"  ;  respondence,  now 

correspondence. 
Archaic  Woi'ds  Eftsoones,  still  found  in  poetry  "  eftsoons  "  ;  "  manner 

musicke  "  for  "  manner  of  music." 


i8o  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

Words  with  a  Special   consorted  =  blended   together  ;   base  murmure  =  low- 
Meaning  pitched  murmur;    living  ground  =  ground  on  which 

human  beings  live. 

Onomatopoetic  Words    murmure,  warbling. 
Doublets  respondence       —  response. 

wight  —  whit. 

Prefixes  an  —  answered  —  and,  against.     (JE.) 

Give  words  having  following  prefixes  :  de,  con,  in, 
a,  at,  re,  dis.     Give  force  of  each. 

Suffixes  ic  (icke)  —  musicke  —  ic,  adjectival.     (Gk.) 

ine  —  divine     —  ine,        ,,  (L.) 

ROOTS 

LATIN  : 

Deus,  a  god:  DIVINE,  adieu,  deify,  deity,  deist. 

Spondere  (spons),  to  promise  :  RESPONDENCE,  correspond,  despond, 

espouse,  sponsor,  spouse. 
Ferre,  to  bear  :  DIFFERENCE,   circumference,   confer, 

defer,   fertile,   offer,  prefer,  suffer, 

transfer. 
Genus,  race,  kind  :  GENTLE,  general,  congenial,  degene- 

rate, engender,  generate,  generous, 

genial,  genius,  gentry,  progeny. 


Swarian,  to  swear  :  ANSWERED,  swear. 

EXERCISES  :    Derive   following  words  ;    instruments,   attempred,   sounding, 

pleasing,  voices. 

Select  five  verbs  and  five  nouns  which  are  of  ^inglisc  origin,  and  give 
reasons  for  each  one  selected. 


XXXV 


THE  DEBATE  OF  THE  FALLEN  ANGELS 

SATAN  and  his  rebellious  crew  have  been  cast  out  of  Heaven. 
A  consultation  is  held.  Some  advise  another  battle  to  recover 
Heaven ;  others  advise  peace.  A  third  proposal  is  made  by 
Beelzebub  that  they  should  search  out  the  world  newly  created 
by  God.  This  plan  is  adopted.  The  chief  counsellors  are  thus 
described : — 


H 


IGH  on  a  throne  of  royal  state,  which  far 
Outshon  the  wealth  of  Ormuz  and  of  Ind, 

Satan  begins  Or  where  the  gorgeous  East  with  richest  hand 

the  debate.     Showrs  on  her  kings  barbaric  pearl  and  gold, 
Satan  exalted  sat,  by  merit  rais'd 
To  that  bad  eminence.  .  .  . 

He  ceas'd  ;  and  next  him  Moloch,  scepter'd  king, 
Stood  up,  the  strongest  and  the  fiercest  spirit 
That  fought  in  Heav'n  ;  now  fiercer  by  despair ; 
His  trust  was  with  th'  Eternal  to  be  deem'd 

Moloch  ad-     Equal  in  strength,  and  rather  than  be  less 

vises  open      Car'd  not  to  be  at  all :  ... 

He  ended  frowning,  and  his  looks  denounc'd 
Desperate  revenge,  and  battle  dangerous 
To  less  than  Gods.     On  th'  other  side  uprose 
Belial,  in  act  more  graceful  and  humane ; 
A  fairer  person  lost  not  Heav'n  ;  he  seem'd 
For  dignity  compos'd  and  high  exploit; 
But  all  was  false  and  hollow  ;  though  his  tongue 
Dropt  manna,  and  could  make  the  worse  appear 

181 


182 


A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 


of  strife. 


Mammon  ad- 
vises  that  an 
opposition 
kingdom  be 
set  up 


The  better  reason,  to  perplex  and  dash 
Maturest  counsels  ;  for  his  thoughts  were  low  ; 
Belial  advises  To  vice  industrious,  but  to  nobler  deeds 
a  cessation      Timorous  and  slothful  ;  yet  he  pleas'd  the  ear  ; 
^n(j  with  persuasive  accent  thus  begun  —  .  .  . 

Thus  Belial  with  words  cloth'd  in  reason's  garb 
Counsell'd  ignoble  ease,  and  peaceful  sloth, 
Not  peace  :  and  after  him  thus  Mammon  spake  .  . 

He  scarce  had  finisht,  when  such  murmur  fill'd 
fh'  Assembly,  as  when  hollow  rocks  retain 
The  SQund    f  blust>ring  winds  which  all  night  long 
TT    ,  .      '  . 

"a"  rous  "  tne  sea>  now  wltn  hoarse  cadence  lull 
Sea-faring  men  o'er-watcht,  whose  bark  by  chance 
Or  pinnace  anchors  in  a  craggy  bay 
After  the  tempest  :  such  applause  was  heard 
As  Mammon  ended,  and  his  sentence  pleas'd 
Advising  peace  :  for  such  another  field 
They  dreaded  worse  than  Hell  :  so  much  the  fear 
Of  thunder  and  the  sword  of  Michael 
Wrought  still  within  them  ;  and  no  less  desire 
To  found  this  nether  empire,  which  might  rise 
By  policy,  and  long  process  of  time, 
In  emulation  opposite  to  Heav'n. 
Which  when  Beelzebub  perceiv'd  ;  than  whom 
Satan  except,  none  higher  sat,  with  grave 
Aspect  he  rose,  and  in  his  rising  seem'd 
A  pillar  of  state  ;  deep  on  his  front  engraven 
Deliberation  sat  and  public  care  ; 
And  princely  counsel  in  his  face  yet  shon, 
Majestic  though  in  ruin  :  sage  he  stood 
Beelzebub      With  Atlantean  shoulders  fit  to  bear 
advises  the     ^he  weight  of  mightiest  monarchies  ;  his  look 

scare    or       j)rew  audience  and  attention  still  as  night 

the  new-  .  , 

created  world.  Or  summers  noon-tide  air.  .  .  . 


THE  DEBATE  OF  THE  FALLEN  ANGELS          183 

This  is  The  bold  design 

adopted.         Pleas'd  highly  those  infernal  States,  and  joy 
Sparkl'd  in  all  their  eyes  ;  with  full  assent 
They  vote. 

JOHN  MILTON  (1608-1674), 

from  Paradise  Lost. 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

Is  this  a  complete  account  of  the  debate  of  the  fallen  Angels  ? 
What  is  missed  out?  How  many  characters  are  described? 
Is  Satan  described?  Is  Mammon?  Which  character  was 
the  best  orator?  Whose  plan  received  most  applause? 
What  does  Milton  compare  the  applause  to?  Give  three 
reasons  why  Mammon's  advice  was  popular.  How  was  the 
applause  stilled  ?  Whose  look  compelled  attention  ?  What 
is  this  attention  compared  to?  Write  down  six  striking 
phrases  or  lines.  Modernise  the  spelling  of  any  words  that 
require  it.  Write  out  a  list  of  words  which  you  think  are  not 
used  in  the  modern  sense.  Is  the  diction  more  or  less 
archaic  than  that  of  Spenser?  Write  down  the  shortest 
independent  sentence :  and  the  longest  sentence.  In  the 
first  six  lines  notice  the  position  of  the  subject  and  predicate. 
Is  this  an  example  of  Inversion  ?  Give  examples  of  Inver- 
sion. Point  out  sentences  in  which  words  are  omitted. 
Point  out  any  sentence  in  which  the  words  seem  in  their 
wrong  order  even  for  poetry.  Point  out  any  word  whose 
accentuation  has  changed  since  Milton's  day.  Point  out  any 
word  whose  meaning  has  changed  since  Milton's  day.  Point 
out  any  peculiarity  in  Milton's  grammar. 

2.  Composition 

EXERCISE  :  Expand  or  complete  the  following  condensed  expressions  : — 
now  fiercer  by  despair  ;  rather  than  he  less  car'd  not  to  be  at  all  ;  in 
act  more  graceful  and  humane  ;  to  vice  industrious  but  to  nobler  d  eds 
timorous  and  slothful ;  and  with  persuasive  accent  thus  be^an  ;  sea- 
faring men  o'erwatcht ;  his  sentence  pleas'd  advising  peace  ;  and  no  less 
desire  to  found  this  nether  empire. 


1 84  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

Re-write  the  following  in  ordinary  prose  order: — 
Than  whom,   Satan  except,  none  higher  sat ;   deep  on  his  front  engraven 

deliberation  sat  and  public  care  ;  he  seem'd  for  dignity  compos'd  and 

high  exploit ;  for  such  another  field  they  dreaded  worse  than  Hell. 
Paraphrase: — 11.  1-6,  10-12,  19-25,  29-35  (to  "tempest"),  11.  40  (from  "and 

no  less  desire  ")-43,  11.  44-54. 
Write  paragraphs  describing : — The  contents  of  a  goldsmith's  shop  window  ; 

a  pleasant-spoken  man  ;   a  sour-featured  person ;   one  who  looks  very 

wise.     Use  words  from  the  poem. 
Write  an  essay  on  Peace  versus  War.     Imagine  the  arguments  used  by  Belial 

and  Moloch  respectively. 

3.  Prosody 

Blank  Verse  is  verse  which  is  unrhymed.    It  is  usually  iambic  pentameter. 

In  what  kind  of  verse  is  this  poem  written  ?  What  stress  is  there  on  the  last 
syllable  of  each  line  ?  Scan  any  six  lines  and  divide  these  off  into  feet.  Are 
there  any  slurred  syllables  ?  Where  ? 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Milton's  great  epic,  Paradise  Lost,  from  which  these  lines  are 
extracted,  was  published  in  1667.  It  shows  few  traces  of  antique 
forms;  nevertheless  Milton  delighted  in  preserving  some  of  the 
older  expressions,  which  he  imitated  from  previous  poets.  His 
knowledge  of  the  classics  led  him  to  copy  the  ancients  in  the  con- 
struction of  his  sentences,  and  often  he  used  words  in  their  original 
classical  meaning  instead  of  their  ordinary  English  meaning.  A 
few  foreign  words  were  also  pronounced  differently  in  his  time, 
e.g.  aspect,  converse,  access,  comrade.  Otherwise  the  language  of 
Milton  is  identical  with  that  of  to-day.  But  notice  how  often  he 
uses  the  apostrophe  for  letters  omitted. 

Words  with  a  Special  Meaning 

Denounced   =  declared,  told  of  (its  original  meaning). 

Dash  =  spoil,  confound. 

Sentence       =  opinion,  thought  (its  original  meaning). 

Opposite  to  =  opposed  to. 

Front  =  brow  (original  meaning). 

Atlante"an      =  adjective,  from  Atlas,  whose  task  it  was  to  keep  asunder  earth 

and  heaven. 

Infernal         =  belonging  to  lower  regions  (original  meaning). 
States  =  counsellors. 


THE  DEBATE  OF  THE  FALLEN  ANGELS          185 

Doublets  Cadence — chance  ;  state — estate  ;  humane — human. 

Prefixes  What  is  force  of  the  prefix  in  the  following  words  : — assent, 

aspect,  accent,  applause,  assembly,  advising  ;  desperate, 

denounc'd,  deliberation  ;  persuasive,  perceived ;  exalted  ; 

retain ;  process  ? 
Suffixes  What    parts  of   speech    are    formed    by  the    following 

suffixes  : — ed,   ate,    ane,   ous,   ive,   ce,   se,   ion ;    give 

examples  from  the  poem. 

Hybrids  peaceful  —  peace  (Romanic)  —  ful  (English), 

graceful  —  grace  (       ,,       )—,,(,,)• 
princely  —  prince  (       ,,       )  —  ly  (      ,,      ). 

ROOTS 

Audire,  to  hear:  AUDIENCE,     audible,     audit,     obedient, 

obeisance,  obey. 

Plaudgre,  to  applaud :         APPLAUSE,    applaud,    explode,    plaudit, 

plausible. 

(g)Nosc6re,  to  get  to  know:  IGNOBLE,  cognisance,  cognition,  connois- 
seur, incognito,  notice,  notify,  notion, 
notorious,  recognise,  reconnoitre. 

Nuntius,  a  messenger:  DENOUNCED,  announce,  annunciation, 

enunciate,  nuncio,  pronounce,  re- 
nounce. 

Sper-  (spes),  hope:  DESPERATE,  despair,  desperado,  prosper. 

Spgcere  (spect),  to  look :      ASPECT,       circumspect,       conspicuous, 

despise,  especial,  espy,  expect,  in- 
spect, perspective,  prospect,  respect, 
specimen,  spectator,  spectre,  suspect, 
suspicion. 

EXERCISE:  Derive  following : — State,  compos'd,  false,  accent,  peace,  retain, 
sound,  cadence,  sentence. 


XXXVI 
THE  SWALLOW 

*  I  AHE  Swallow,  privileged  above  the  rest 
_L     Of  all  the  birds  as  man's  familiar  guest, 
Pursues  the  sun  in  summer,  brisk  and  bold, 
But  wisely  shuns  the  persecuting  cold ; 
Is  well  to  chancels  and  to  chimneys  known, 
Though  'tis  not  thought  she  feeds  on  smoke  alone. 
From  hence  she  has  been  held  of  heavenly  line, 
Endued  with  particles  of  soul  divine. 
This  merry  chorister  had  long  possessed 
Her  summer  seat,  and  feathered  well  her  nest ; 
Till  frowning  skies  began  to  change  their  cheer, 
And  time  turned  up  the  wrong  side  of  the  year ; 
The  shedding  trees  began  the  ground  to  strow 
With  yellow  leaves,  and  bitter  blasts  to  blow. 
Sad  auguries  of  winter  thence  she  drew, 
Which  by  instinct  or  prophecy  she  knew  : 
When  prudence  warned  her  to  remove  betimes, 
And  seek  a  better  heaven  and  warmer  climes. 

Her  sons  were  summoned  on  a  steeple's  height 
And,  called  in  common  council,  vote  a  flight ; 
The  day  was  named,  the  next  that  should  be  fair ; 
All  to  the  general  rendez-vous  repair, 
They  try  their  fluttering  wings  and  trust  themselves  in  air ; 
But  whether  upward  to  the  moon  they  go, 
Or  dream  the  winter  out  in  caves  below, 
Or  hawk  at  flies  elsewhere,  concerns  us  not  to  know. 
tW 


THE  SWALLOW  187 

Southwards,  you  may  be  sure,  they  bent  their  flight, 
And  harboured  in  a  hollow  rock  at  night ; 
Next  morn  they  rose  and  set  up  every  sail ; 
The  wind  was  fair,  but  blew  a  mackrel  gale  : 
The  sickly  young  sat  shivering  on  the  shore, 
Abhorred  salt  water  never  seen  before, 
And  prayed  their  tender  mothers  to  delay 
The  passage,  and  expect  a  fairer  day. 

[Martin  gave  his  advice,  which  was  "  present  safety  bought  at  any 
price."] 

'Tis  true,  some  stagers  of  the  wiser  sort 
Made  all  these  idle  wonderments  their  sport : 
They  said,  their  only  danger  was  delay, 
And  he  who  heard  what  every  fool  could  say 
Would  never  fix  his  thoughts,  but  trim  his  time  away. 
The  passage  yet  was  good ;  the  wind,  'tis  true, 
Was  somewhat  high,  but  that  was  nothing  new, 
Nor  more  than  usual  equinoxes  blew. 

The  advice  was  true ;  but  fear  had  seized  the  most, 
And  all  good  counsel  is  on  cowards  lost. 
The  question  crudely  put  to  shun  delay, 
'Twas  carried  by  the  major  part  to  stay. 

[By  chance  the  weather  improved,  and  so  the  swallows  start  to  build 
again  their  nests.] 

Who  but  the  Swallow  now  triumphs  alone  ? 
The  canopy  of  heaven  is  all  her  own ; 
Her  youthful  offspring  to  their  haunts  repair, 
And  glide  along  in  glades,  and  skim  in  air, 
And  dip  for  insects  in  the  purling  springs, 
And  stoop  on  rivers  to  refresh  their  wings. 

[At  last,  very  late,  the  swallows  set  out,  but  the  day  is  too  short  for 
their  journey.] 

What  should  they  do,  beset  with  dangers  round, 
No  neighbouring  dorp,  no  lodging  to  be  found, 


1 88  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

But  bleaky  plains,  and  bare  unhospitable  ground  ? 

The  latter  brood,  who  just  began  to  fly, 

Sick-feathered  and  unpractised  in  the  sky, 

For  succour  to  their  helpless  mother  call : 

She  spread  her  wings ;  some  few  beneath  them  crawl ; 

She  spread  them  wider  yet,  but  could  not  cover  all. 

To  augment  their  woes,  the  winds  began  to  move 

Debate  in  air  for  empty  fields  above, 

Till  Boreas  got  the  skies  and  poured  amain 

His  rattling  hailstones  mixed  with  snow  and  rain. 

The  joyless  morning  late  arose,  and  found 
A  dreadful  desolation  reign  around, 
Some  buried  in  the  snow,  some  frozen  to  the  ground, 
The  rest  were  struggling  still  with  death,  and  lay 
The  Crows'  and  Ravens'  rights,  an  undefended  prey, 
Excepting  Martin's  race ;  for  they  and  he 
Had  gained  the  shelter  of  a  hollow  tree : 
But  soon  discovered  by  a  sturdy  clown, 
He  headed  all  the  rabble  of  a  town, 
And  finished  them  with  bats,  or  polled  them  down. 
Martin  himself  was  caught  alive,  and  tried 
For  treasonous  crimes,  because  the  laws  provide 
No  Martin  there  in  winter  shall  abide. 
High  on  an  oak  which  never  leaf  shall  bear, 
He  breathed  his  last,  exposed  to  open  air ; 
And  there  his  corps,  unblessed,  is  hanging  still, 
To  show  the  change  of  winds  with  his  prophetic  bill. 

JOHN  DRYDEN  (1631-1700), 
from  The  Hind  and  the  Panther. 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

Give  quotations  to  show  that  the  swallows  acted  and  talked  like 
human  beings.  In  what  kind  of  story  do  the  lower  animals 
act  and  talk  ?  What  is  the  moral  of  this  story  ?  Show  that 
the  poem  is  descriptive  and  reflective  as  well  as  narrative. 


THE  SWALLOW  189 

Select  any  line  which  in  itself  makes  good  sense.  Select  any 
couplet  which  in  itself  makes  good  sense.  Select  any  line  or 
couplet  in  which  the  prose  order  is  inverted.  Select  any 
phrases  in  which  things  are  called,  without  any  poetic  disguise, 
by  their  ordinary  names,  e.g.  "called  in  common  council." 
Select  any  humorous  line.  The  swallow  represents  a  certain 
religion — select  phrases  which  may  have  two  meanings,  e.g. 
"feathered  well  her  nest."  Name  some  of  the  different  kinds 
of  swallows.  In  the  poem  Dryden  intends  Martin  to  repre- 
sent a  particular  man — does  the  poet  give  a  flattering  descrip- 
tion of  him  ?  How  would  the  man  like  to  read  the  poem  ? 
Is  the  Fable  interesting  ?  What  makes  it  so  ? 

2.  Composition  :  Definitions 

The  term,  Diction,  includes  not  only  all  the  different  kinds  of 
words,  but  also  how  these  are  selected  and  arranged.  Since  every 
word  has  a  separate  meaning — sometimes  several  meanings — the 
writer  must  select  and  arrange  the  words  so  that  his  meaning  is 
obvious.  If  the  selection  and  arrangement  of  words  make  the 
meaning  clear  there  is  clearness  of  Diction.  When  words  or 
phrases  may  have  more  than  one  meaning  they  are  said  to  be 
ambiguous.  For  example,  the  phrase  "  feathered  well  her  nest "  may 
mean  that  the  nest  was  lined  with  feathers  or  it  may  mean  that  the 
swallow  (a  certain  church)  looked  well  after  her  own  interests. 
Dryden  intends  the  phrase  to  have  both  meanings  ;  but  often  there 
is  Ambiguity  when  the  writer  does  not  intend  it. 

Examples : 

My  brethren,  we  are  here  for  no  earthly  purpose. 

This  warehouse  is  perfectly  unapproachable. 
Clearness  of  Diction  is  the  avoidance  of  Ambiguity. 

Sometimes  it  is  possible  for  a  writer  to  state  his  meaning  clearly 
in  more  than  one  way.  If  he  selects  his  words  so  that  his  meaning 
is  expressed  in  the  shortest  and  most  direct  manner,  he  is  said  to 
write  with  Brevity  or  Terseness. 


igo  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

Example : 

"  All  good  counsel  is  on  cowards  lost." 

1.  Here  the  terseness  is  gained  by  the  use  of  simple  words. 

2.  Brevity  is  also  a  result  of  skilful  condensation. 

Examples : 

"  Abhorred  salt  water  never  seen  before," 
instead  of 

"  Abhorred  salt  water  which  they  had  never  seen  before." 
Also, 

"  But  soon  discovered  by  a  country  clown," 
instead  of 

"  But  soon  when  they  had  been  discovered,"  etc. 

"  Common  Council," 
instead  of 

"Council  in  which  the  members  have  a  common  right  to  speak,"  etc. 

3.  But  too  much  brevity  frequently  causes  the  meaning  of  a 
sentence  to  be  obscure  or  ambiguous. 

Example : 

"  His  brother  likes  you  better  than  John," 
may  be 

(a)  His  brother  likes  you  better  than  he  likes  John, 
or 

(b)  His  brother  likes  you  better  than  John  likes  you. 

4.  Sometimes  Terseness  is  gained  by  the  omission  of  unnecessary 
words. 

Examples  : 

(From)  hence  she  has  been  held  of  heavenly  line. 
The  swallow  above  the  rest  of  (all)  the  birds 
All  to  the  (general)  rendez-vous  repair. 


THE  SWALLOW  191 

5.  Terseness  is  really  a  kind  of  summarising ;  thus  : — 

"  The  day  was  named — the  next  that  should  be  fair  " 
becomes 

The  next  fair  day  was  named. 
And 

"  Winds  began  to  move  debate   (in  air)  for  empty  fields 

(above)  " 
becomes 

Winds  began  to  wrangle  for  the  empty  fields. 
So  also, 

"  High  on  an  oak  which  never  leaf  shall  bear 
He  breathed  his  last,  exposed  to  open  air," 
becomes 

He  was  hanged  on  a  blasted  oak. 

The  last  reference  may  be  to  the  oaken  post  of  the  gallows. 
The   above    couplet   is  an   example   of    a   Circumlocution   or 
Periphrasis. 

6.  When  a  writer  leaves  the  main  track  of  his  story  he  is  said  to 
digress  from  the  point.    In  the  poem  there  are  two  short  digressions. 

(i)  Though  'tis  not  thought  she  feeds  on  smoke  alone. 

(ii)  But  whether  upward  to  the  moon  they  go, 
Or  dream  the  winter  out  in  caves  below, 
Or  hawk  at  flies  elsewhere,  concerns  us  not  to  know. 

EXERCISES:  Expand  following  terse  phrases: — and A harboured  in  a  hollow 
rock  at  night.  The  question  A  crudely  put  to  shun  delay.  Who  just 
began  to  fly.  A  Endued  with  particles  of  soul  divine.  Vote  a  flight. 

Make  four  sentences  out  of  the  first  four  lines. 

Write  out  a  list  of  words  from  the  poem  with  the  general  ideas  of  Flight, 
Birds,  Death,  Weather,  Scenery. 

At  which  points  does  Dryden  turn  aside  from  the  story  ? 

Show  the  various  stages  in  the  story. 

3.  Prosody 

Three  lines  rhyming  together  form  a  triplet.     Give  examples. 
Which  line  has  most  alliteration  ? 


192  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

Write  down  in  words  the  name  of  the  metre,  and  show  why  it  receives  that 
name. 

What  is  a  heroic  couplet  ?    Give  examples  from  this  and  preceding  poems. 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Give  examples  of  compound  words,  onomatopoetic  words,  archaic  words,  and 
obsolete  words. 

If  there  are  any  words  used  in  a  special  sense,  write  opposite  each  the  meaning 
which  it  has  in  the  passage. 

Are  there  any  Hybrids  ? 

Prefixes     Pro,  before.     Provide.     (Lat.) 

Sub,  under.     Succour.     (Lat.) 
Suffixes     iar,  ar,  adjectival ;  familiar.     (Lat). 

able,  adj.  ;  unhospitable  (Lat.) ;  "un"  is  Eng. 

cle,  diminutive  ;  particle.     (Lat.) 

Notes. — It  was  thought  that  a  dead  swallow,  suspended  in  the  air,  turned  its 

bill  in  the  direction  from  which  the  wind  would  blow. 
Mackerel  are  best  caught  in  a  fresh  gale  of  wind. 
Boreas,  the  north  wind. 
Poll,  to  cut  down. 

ROOTS 
LATIN  : 

Sequi  (secut),  to  follow :  PURSUES,  persecuting,  prosecute,  con- 
secutive, consequent,  ensue,  execute, 
obsequies. 

Augere,  to  increase :  AUGMENT,  auction,  august,  author. 

StinguSre,  to  prick :  INSTINCT,      distinct,     extinguish,     dis- 

tinguish. 

Secare,  to  cut:  INSECTS,  bisect,  dissect,  intersect,  seg- 

ment, secant,  sickle,  scythe,  sedge. 

Finis,  an  end:  FINISHED,  affinity,  confine,  define,  final, 

finance,  finite,  refine,  superfine. 

EXERCISES  :   From  the  poem  derive  any  twelve  words  not  included  in  the 

above  lists. 

From  what  language  does  the  word  "  dorp  "  come? 
Give  examples  of  its  use  in  compounds  (v.  thorpe,  p.  65). 
Give  examples  of  Hybrids  occurring  in  the  poem. 
Give  other  uses  of  the  word,  poll. 


XXXVII 

THE  INFLUENCE  OF  VARIOUS  LANGUAGES  UPON 
ENGLISH  LITERATURE 

IT  has  been  shown  how  the  Revival  of  Learning  influenced  both 
the  language  and  the  literature  of  England  ihrough  the  intro- 
duction of  new  words,  new  ideas,  and  new  literary  forms :  the  new 
words  came  mainly  from  Latin,  the  ideas  from  Greek,  and  the 
forms  of  expression  from  Italian.  Of  these  tongues  Italian  was  the 
only  one  spoken  by  a  people  at  the  time.  It  was,  and  still  is,  a 
living  language.  Latin  and  Greek,  like  Old  English,  were  no 
longer  spoken  tongues.  They  were  even  then  dead  languages.  In 
ordinary  circumstances  the  influence  of  a  living  language  is  greater 
than  that  of  a  dead  language ;  but  Latin  long  after  it  had  ceased  to 
be  a  living  speech  remained  potent  as  the  international  language  of 
scholarship,  of  diplomacy,  and  of  the  Church.  In  the  Middle  Ages 
it  was  the  very  gateway  to  knowledge,  and  an  enormous  Latin 
literature  grew  up  in  the  various  countries  of  Western  Europe. 
Even  as  late  as  the  seventeenth  century  Lord  Bacon  wrote  his  chief 
philosophical  work,  "Novum  Organum,"  in  Latin  so  that  it  might 
be  read  by  scholars  in  all  time.  For  long,  too,  English  prose 
followed  Latin  models,  and  it  was  not  until  the  early  eighteenth 
century  that  a  change  took  place. 

But  the  influence  of  living  languages  must  not  be  under-estimated. 
It  has  been  shown  that  French  was  the  medium  whereby  most 
classical  words  were  introduced  into  English,  and  that  the  system  of 
versification  presently  in  use  was  adopted  from  the  same  language. 
And  while  the  Normans  held  sway  in  England  as  a  separate  class, 
long  poems  of  love  and  adventure  were  composed  in  French  for 


194  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

the  amusement  of  the  nobles  and  their  ladies.  It  was  not  until 
Chaucer's  day  that  the  influence  of  another  living  language  was  felt. 
Chaucer  visited  Italy,  and  his  work  subsequent  to  that  visit  shows 
that  he  turned  from  French  to  Italian  models. 

At  the  court  of  the  Tudor  sovereigns,  when  the  Revival  of 
Learning  was  at  its  height  in  England,  Italian  was  the  favourite 
modern  language.  So  many  gentlemen  returned  to  England,  after 
a  sojourn  in  Italy,  with  strange  fashions  of  dress  and  behaviour, 
that  their  conduct  was  regarded  as  unpatriotic,  and  they  themselves 
were  held  up  to  opprobrium  as  "  Italianated  Englishmen."  In 
spite  of  this,  Italian  remained  for  more  than  one  hundred  years  the 
modern  language  most  studied  alike  by  the  courtier  and  the  scholar. 
Many  of  its  verse-forms,  particularly  the  Sonnet  and  Blank  verse, 
were  introduced  by  Wyatt  and  Surrey,  two  poets  who  lived  in  the 
reign  of  Henry  VII.  By  means  of  the  dramatic  literature  of  the 
time  the  people  of  London  were  made  familiar  with  Italian  manners 
and  customs,  and  even  with  many  Italian  phrases.  Some  of  the 
most  popular  of  Shakespeare's  works  are  based  on  Italian  stories, 
the  characters  have  Italian  names,  and  the  general  setting  of  the 
plays  is  so  truly  Italian  that  some  think  that  the  great  dramatist 
must  himself  have  visited  Italy.  The  influence  of  Italian  literature 
may  also  be  traced  in  the  writings  of  Milton,  and  it  has  continued 
down  to  the  present  day. 

But  in  1660,  when  Charles  II.  was  brought  back  from  his  exile 
in  France,  he,  perhaps  naturally  enough,  showed  a  preference  for 
everything  French,  and  the  lead  given  by  the  court  was  followed  by 
the  wits  of  the  town.  At  this  time  several  great  writers  adorned 
French  literature,  and  their  works  were  largely  studied  beyond  the 
confines  of  their  own  country.  France  itself  was  approaching  the 
zenith  of  its  power,  and  the  influence  which  its  language  exerted 
was  likewise  European  in  character,  for  about  this  time  it  ousted 
Latin  as  the  language  of  diplomacy.  In  England  French  took  the 
place  which  Italian  had  previously  held,  and  although  ridiculed  by 
its  opponents,  it  kept  its  popularity,  and  for  long  was  the  only  foreign 


THE  INFLUENCE  OF  VARIOUS  LANGUAGES       195 

language  which  a  gentleman  was  likely  to  learn.  As  a  result  there 
were  added  to  the  English  vocabulary  many  words  which,  owing  to 
their  comparatively  recent  importation,  retain  their  French  pronun- 
ciation or  accentuation. 

The  favourite  amusement  of  the  court  was  the  theatre,  and  play- 
wrights in  their  endeavour  to  please  their  fashionable  patrons  began 
to  make  plays  after  the  French  model.  The  Restoration  Drama, 
as  such  plays  are  collectively  termed,  has  been  condemned  as  alto- 
gether vicious  and  unprincipled  in  tone.  But  in  one  respect  the 
influence  of  French  literature  was  all  for  good.  English  prose  had 
followed  Latin  models,  and  the  result  was  that,  in  the  case  of 
ordinary  writers,  sentences  were  usually  long,  involved,  and  cumbrous. 
The  French,  on  the  other  hand,  had  developed  a  clear  style  in  which 
the  sentences  were  short  and  simple.  Correctness  was  the  ambition 
of  every  writer,  and  there  was  set  up  in  France  an  Academy  whose 
province  it  was  to  conserve  the  language  and  to  issue  rules  and 
decisions  in  regard  to  its  right  use.  Although  there  was  no  Academy 
in  England,  the  prose  writers  of  the  period,  and  especially  Addison, 
raised  English  prose  to  the  same  high  level  as  that  of  France. 

From  the  Restoration  of  Charles  II.  in  1660  down  to  the  French 
Revolution  in  1789  the  writers  of  both  countries,  France  and 
England,  seemed  to  have  the  same  point  of  view,  alike  in  subject, 
aims,  and  methods.  Thus  poetry  was  admired  more  for  its  correct- 
ness and  polish  than  for  its  feeling.  The  subjects  considered 
suitable  for  poetic  treatment  were  often  such  as  would  have  been 
better  expounded  in  prose.  The  political  and  religious  polemics  of 
the  day,  the  arguments  of  the  critic  and  philosopher,  and  the 
descriptions  of  gay  society  life  were  all  written  in  verse.  There  was 
much  personal  abuse  in  controversy,  for  men  had  not  yet  learned 
the  meaning  of  toleration. 

Especially  in  England  was  this  the  case,  for  the  echoes  of  the 
great  Civil  War  reverberated  in  the  strife  of  parties  for  many  genera- 
tions. Men  showed  a  personal  hatred  of  their  opponents  which  is 
almost  beyond  belief.  This  was  a  general  fault  of  the  age,  and  the 


i96  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

greatest  author  of  the  time,  John  Dryden,  cannot  be  altogether 
exonerated  from  it.  He  had  many  enemies  on  political,  religious, 
and  personal  grounds,  and  these  he  attacked  with  a  venom  equal  to 
their  own,  but  with  a  wit  and  a  grace  of  language  peculiar  to  himself. 
His  chief  works  are  called  Satires,  because  they  censure  and  ridicule 
principles  and  persons.  Absalom  and  Achitophel  and  The  Hind  and 
Panther are  the  most  famous.  Besides  Satires,  Dryden  wrote  splendid 
odes  and  many  dramas  of  the  Restoration  type. 

Alexander  Pope  succeeded  Dryden  as  the  greatest  satirist  of  his 
time.  His  Satires  are  personal  rather  than  religious  or  political. 
In  his  Dunciad  he  pilloried  all  the  writers  whom  he  disliked  and 
who  had  attacked  him.  He  was  a  good  arguer  in  verse,  and  ex- 
pounded his  critical  and  philosophical  views  in  two  poems,  The 
Essay  on  Criticism  and  The  Essay  on  Man. 

Contemporary  with  Pope  were  many  famous  prose  writers, 
Addison,  Swift,  Steele,  and  Defoe.  Joseph  Addison  (1672-1719) 
wrote  Essays  in  The  Tatler  and  The  Spectator,  periodicals  con- 
ducted by  his  friend,  Sir  Richard  Steele  (1672-1729).  Jonathan 
Swift  (1667-1745)  and  Daniel  Defoe  (1661-1731)  were  both  satirists. 
Of  these  Swift  was  the  greater.  Defoe  in  1719  wrote  the  immortal 
story  Robinson  Crusoe,  while  Swift  in  1726  published  Gulliver's 
Travels,  a  satirical  tale  of  great  power  and  interest.  He  also  wrote 
The  Tale  of  a  Tub,  and  The  Battle  of  the  Books ;  in  the  latter  he 
argues  for  the  ancient  as  against  the  modern  learning. 

After  the  middle  of  the  eighteenth  century,  Satire  lost  some  of 
its  venom.  The  greatest  men,  Goldsmith,  Gray,  and  Johnson  rose 
superior  to  the  malice  of  their  foes.  Oliver  Goldsmith  (1728-1774) 
turned  to  country  life  for  his  themes  and  wrote  descriptive  poetry, 
The  Deserted  Village  and  The  Traveller,  with  charming  ease  and 
correctness.  In  prose,  his  novel  The  Vicar  of  Wakefield  has  almost 
the  charm  of  poetry.  He  also  did  much  to  purify  the  drama,  and 
some  delightful  comedies  of  his  are  still  acted.  Thomas  Gray 
(1716-1771),  a  very  scholarly  man,  wrote  little,  but  what  he  did 
write  is  considered  of  the  first  quality.  His  Elegy  in  a  Country 


THE  INFLUENCE  OF  VARIOUS  LANGUAGES       197 


198 

Churchyard  is  printed  in  this  book.  Samuel  Johnson  (1709-1784), 
the  greatest  literary  figure  of  his  time  and  a  master  of  sonorous 
prose,  wrote  The  Lives  of  the  Poets  in  1781.  Previously  he  had 
written  Satires  in  verse,  London  and  The  Vanity  of  Human  Wishes  ; 
and  in  1755  he  had  compiled  the  first  English  Dictionary,  a 
laborious  work  of  great  excellence. 

This  period  also  marks  the  rise  of  the  Novel.  The  chief  names 
are  those  of  Samuel  Richardson  (1689-1761),  Henry  Fielding  (1707- 
1754),  Tobias  Smollett  (1721-1771),  and  Laurence  Sterne  (1713- 
1768). 

The  critical  and  philosophic  spirit  of  the  age  is  also  shown  in 
the  work  of  three  great  historians,  Hume  (1711-1776),  Robertson 
(1721-1793),  and  Gibbon  (1737-1794),  and  of  a  great  political 
economist,  Adam  Smith  (1723-1790),  author  of  The  Wealth  of 
Nations.  Gibbon's  great  work  is  The  Decline  and  Fall  of  the  Roman 
Empire. 

About  the  close  of  the  eighteenth  century  William  Cowper  and 
Robert  Burns,  turning  to  nature  and  the  simple  life  of  the  country 
for  their  themes,  wrote  poetry  which  served  to  redeem  the  period 
from  being  altogether  an  age  of  prose.  Cowper's  humorous  ballad 
John  Gilpin,  his  long  descriptive  poem  The  Task,  his  Loss  of  the 
Royal  George,  and  his  Solitude  of  Alexander  Selkirk,  illustrate  his 
quiet  yet  forceful  style.  Burns's  Songs  have  made  him  famous 
throughout  the  English-speaking  world ;  but  his  longer  poems,  some 
satirical,  some  humorous,  and  some  descriptive,  likewise  proclaim 
him  to  be  a  great  original  genius.  The  Cottar's  Saturday  Night 
describes  the  poet's  ideal  of  a  peasant  home.  Burns  wrote  in 
Northern  English  or  Scotch.  He  was  the  last  great  poet  to  do  so. 

During  the  century  which  intervened  between  Dryden  and 
Burns  many  changes  had  occurred.  In  Dryden's  day  poetry  was 
degraded  into  clever  verse,  a  medium  for  abuse,  and  seldom 
employed,  save  by  Dryden  himself,  to  convey  the  exalted  sentiments 
worthy  of  a  poet.  A  gradual  departure  from  this  attitude  took  place, 


THE  INFLUENCE  OF  VARIOUS  LANGUAGES       199 

until  at  last  in  Burns  poetry  is  again  seen  to  be  the  outpouring  of 
the  noblest  thoughts  in  an  appeal  to  the  heart  rather  than  to  the 
mind  of  man. 

In  France  a  somewhat  similar  temper  had  begun  to  prevail,  but 
owing  to  the  peculiar  circumstances  of  that  country  its  effect  was 
at  first  mainly  political.  A  famous  philosopher,  Jean  Jacques 
Rousseau,  revolted  against  the  conventions  of  society  and  main- 
tained that  the  rights  of  man  were  being  infringed,  and  that  a  return 
to  a  simple,  natural  life  was  necessary.  For  a  time  he  tore  himself 
apart  from  his  fellow-men  and  lived  as  a  hermit  in  the  mountains 
amidst  scenery  which  he  has  described  in  impassioned  prose. 
Nevertheless  he  had  still  a  great  faith  in  humanity,  and  his  teach- 
ing made  men  long  for  that  happy  time  when  war  and  misery  should 
cease.  It  was  the  same  sentiment  which  prompted  Burns  to  sing, 

For  a'  that,  and  a'  that, 
It's  coming  yet,  for  a'  that, 
That  Man  to  Man,  the  warld  o'er, 
Shall  brothers  be  for  a'  that ! 

But  alas  for  the  good  intentions  of  men !  The  doctrines  of 
Rousseau,  instead  of  furthering  universal  peace,  helped  to  bring 
about  the  great  Revolution  of  1789. 

EXERCISES  ON  THE  TIME  CHART  : 

Draw  out  a  chart  and  insert  following  names :  Hume,  Robertson, 
Gibbon,  Smith,  Smollet,  Sterne,  Gray ;  also  poets :  Matthew  Prior 
(1664-1721),  John  Gay  (1685-1732),  Edward  Young  (1684-1765), 
Allan  Ramsay  (1686-1758),  James  Thomson  (1700-1748),  William 
Collins  (1720-1759),  William  Shenstone  (1714-1763) ;  Koderitics,  etc.: 
Richard  Bentley  (1662-1742),  Bishop  Berkeley  (1684-1753),  Bishop 
Butler  (1692-1752). 

Give  the  names  of  some  of  Burns's  songs. 


XXXVIII 
THE  SKYLARK 

BIRD  of  the  wilderness, 
Blithesome  and  cumberless, 

Sweet  be  thy  matin  o'er  moorland  and  lea ! 

Emblem  of  happiness, 

Blest  is  thy  dwelling-place — 
Oh,  to  abide  in  the  desert  with  thee  ! 

Wild  is  thy  lay  and  loud, 

Far  in  the  downy  cloud ; 
Love  gives  it  energy,  love  gave  it  birth. 

Where,  on  thy  dewy  wing, 

Where  art  thou  journeying  ? 
Thy  lay  is  in  heaven,  thy  love  is  on  earth. 

O'er  fell  and  fountain  sheen, 

O'er  moor  and  mountain  green, 
O'er  the  red  streamer  that  heralds  the  day, 

Over  the  cloudlet  dim, 

Over  the  rainbow's  rim, 
Musical  cherub,  soar,  singing  away  ! 

Then,  when  the  gloaming  comes, 

Low  in  the  heather  blooms 
Sweet  will  thy  welcome  and  bed  of  love  be ! 

Emblem  of  happiness, 

Blest  is  thy  dwelling-place — 
Oh,  to  abide  in  the  desert  with  thee ! 

JAMES  11000(1770-1835). 


THE  SKYLARK  201 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

To  what  is  the  poem  addressed?  Where  in  the  poem  is  this 
bird  mentioned  ?  Name  another  poem  addressed  to  a  bird. 
What  special  name  is  given  to  a  poem  so  addressed  ?  The 
following  birds  are  mentioned  in  this  book :  skylark,  wood- 
lark,  magpie,  cuckoo,  owl,  stockdove,  robin,  swallow,  jay, 
swan ;  give  the  poems  in  which  these  names  occur  and  say 
which  are  odes,  which  are  descriptive,  and  which  narrative. 
Which  stanza  describes  the  song  of  the  lark  ?  Why,  accord- 
ing to  Hogg,  does  the  lark  sing  ?  What  words  or  phrases 
does  he  use  to  describe  its  song  ?  Give  three  synonymous 
phrases  for  "lark."  Which  stanza  describes  its  soaring  or 
journeying  ?  Give  words  or  phrases  which  refer  to  "  time." 
In  the  first  and  last  stanzas  what  times  of  the  day  are 
indicated  ?  What  is  the  single  wish  expressed  by  the  poet  ? 
How  often  does  he  express  it  ?  Why  does  he  express 
this  wish?  Give  an  example  of  Interrogation.  Put  this 
question,  if  possible,  into  the  form  of  a  direct  statement. 
Point  out  the  line  containing  antonyms.  Give  an  example 
of  brevity ;  and  of  circumlocution.  Give  the  two  lines  com- 
mencing and  ending  with  adjectives.  In  the  last  stanza 
point  out  a  word  not  strictly  required.  Write  out  words 
suggesting  "colour." 

Read  again  "  To  the  Cuckoo"  by  Wordsworth :  Does  Hogg  tell 
so  much  about  himself  as  Wordsworth  does  ?  Which  poem 
has  the  more  reflection  ?  Which  poet  thinks  more  deeply  of 
nature  ?  Which  poem  would  be  the  more  suitable  for  setting 
to  music?  Which  poem  do  you  prefer  for  language  and 
rhythm  ?  Why  ? 

2.  Composition 

EXERCISES  :   i.  Draw  out  a  summary  plan  of  the  poem. 

2.  Write  the  last  stanza  in  prose  order. 

3.  Paraphrase  Stanzas  I  and  2. 

4.  Expand  :  "  dewy  wing,"  "downy  cloud." 


202  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

5.  Condense  :  "  the  red  streamer  that  heralds  the  day." 

6.  Write  a  composition  comparing  and  contrasting  the  skylark,  the  cuckoo, 

and  the  nightingale.     Say  which  you  prefer,  and  why.     Give  quota- 
tions from  poetry. 

3.  Prosody 

Quote  the  repeated  lines.  What  is  the  effect  of  their  repetition?  Give 
examples  of  double  rhymes,  and  of  rhyme  extending  over  three  syllables.  How 
many  lines  in  each  stanza?  Show  by  means  of  letters  the  rhyme  arrangement  of 
each  stanza.  Point  out  faulty  rhymes.  Eight  different  letters  are  used  with 
alliterative  effect  ;  write  down  these  letters  and  name  the  one  most  frequently 
used. 

In  this  poem  the  effect  of  Alliteration  is  gained  not  only  from 
the  initial  letters  but  also  from  the  distinct  sounding  of  the  letters 
in  the  body  of  the  word.  Thus  : 

Sweet  be  thy  watin  o'er  woor/and  and  /ea — 
Embfem  of  happiness, 
B/est  is  thy  dwe//ing  p/ace. 

Give  other  examples  of  the  above. 

Read  the  poem  through,  stressing  the  syllables  according  to  the  system  shown 
in  the  first  three  lines.  How  many  unstressed  syllables  follow  each  stressed 
syllable  ?  Where  is  there  an  exception  ?  What  then,  as  a  rule,  is  the  number  of 
syllables  in  each  foot  ?  How  many  feet  in  the  first  line  ?  in  the  third  line  ?  How 
many  unstressed  syllables  are  needed  to  complete  the  last  foot  of  the  third  line  ? 
What  special  name  does  such  a  line  receive? 

The  stanza  form  may  be  thus  shown  : — 

U  X  xU  XX| 
\JL  X 

\j.  x  xU  x  xU  x  x|x 
\j.  x  x,U  x  x| 

\2.   X   X|^.  X  X| 

U  x  xU  x  xk  x  xU 


THE  SKYLARK  203 

A  Dactyl  is  a  foot  composed  of  a  stressed  followed  by  two 
unstressed  syllables.  The  above  metre  is  therefore  dactylic. 

The  dactyl  may  be  regarded  as  a  trochee  followed  by  an  extra 
unstressed  syllable.  The  arrangement  of  the  syllables  is  exactly  the 
opposite  of  that  in  the  anapaest.  Thus  : 

trochee   J-  X  dactyl     Z.  X  x 

iambus   x  L  anapaest  x  x  2. 

Occasionally  an  extra  weak  syllable  may  occur  in  any  foot. 
Ex.: 

x      /        x     x  /xx  *  .xx  ' 

I  Thy  lay  is  in  |  heaven  thy  |  love  is  on  |  earth  |  . 

Scan  the  whole  poem.  Give  reasons  why  in  the  third  stanza  o'er  and  over  should 
be  used  respectively.  If  you  know  any  other  poem  written  in  dactylic  metre  write 
down  a  stanza.  Show  (by  means  of  accent  marks)  the  stressed  syllables  in  the 
following  : — 

(a)  One  more  unfortunate, 

Weary  of  breath, 
Rashly  importunate, 
Gone  to  her  death  !  T.  HOOD. 

(t>)  Come  as  the  winds  come,  when 

Forests  are  rended, 
Come  as  the  waves  come,  when 

Navies  are  stranded ; 
Faster  come,  faster  come, 

Faster  and  faster, 
Chief,  vassal,  page  and  groom, 

Tenant  and  master.  SIR  W.  SCOTT. 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Poetic  cumberless,  matin,  lay,  fountain  sheen. 

Compound  moorland,  dwelling-place,  lea. 

Archaic  sheen  =  shining,  gloaming  =  the  darkness  of  evening. 

Pre/ixes  Are  there  any  ? 

Suffixes  Give  the  words  exemplifying  suffixes. 

Diminutive  Name  the  diminutive,   and   give  other  words  with   a  similar 
ending. 


204  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

ROOTS 

GREEK  : 
Ergon,  work :  ENERGY,  organ,  orgies,  liturgy,  metallurgy. 

GENERAL  QUESTIONS:    What  is  the  ordinary  meaning  of  "desert"  and 
"  wilderness"? 

Give  the  meaning  in  the  poem  of  the  following :  "wilderness,"  "  desert," 
"  cumberless,"  "matin,"  and  "lea." 

What  was  the  original  form  of  's,  e.g.  in  rainbow's  ? 

Give  the  plural  of  cherub. 

What  parts  of  speech  are  the  following  :  sheen,  green,  blooms? 


XXXIX 

THE  INFLUENCE  OF  VARIOUS  MODERN  LANGUAGES 
UPON  THE  ENGLISH  VOCABULARY 

1.  The  Influence  of  the  Romance  Languages 

IT  is  calculated  that  of  all  the  words  in  the  dictionary,  fifty-six 
per  cent,  are  of  Latin  and  five  per  cent,  of  Greek  origin,  whilst 
only  twenty-eight  per  cent,  are  pure  ^nglisc.  The  remaining  eleven 
per  cent,  come  from  miscellaneous  sources.  Of  the  fifty-six  per 
cent,  of  Latin  words,  a  large  proportion  came  through  the  modern 
languages  which  are  descended  from  the  Roman  tongue — through 
Italian,  Spanish,  Portuguese,  and,  above  all,  through  French.  These 
languages,  although  in  the  main  descendants  of  Latin,  are  not  com- 
posed entirely  of  Latin  words.  Each  language,  like  English — but 
not  perhaps  to  the  same  extent — was  influenced  from  without,  and 
thus  gained  words  from  various  sources,  and  likewise  developed 
forms  peculiarly  French,  or  Spanish,  or  Italian,  as  the  case  might  be. 
English  in  its  turn  took  some  of  these  French,  Spanish,  or  Italian 
terms,  and  with  or  without  change  in  the  spelling  and  pronunciation 
adopted  them  as  its  own.  Thus,  into  English, 

From  French 

Poetry,  composition,  triumph,  volume,  influence,  encourage, 
vermilion,  olive  oil,  rice,  turpentine,  cotton,  vase,  soiree,  croquet, 
bouquet,  fatigue,  rendezvous,  memoir,  hauteur,  gendarme,  grotesque, 
campaign,  caprice,  barricade. 

(Note  the  accentuation  and  pronunciation  of  these  words.) 

From  Italian 

Accordion,  attitude,  canto,  contralto,  dilettante,  granite,  gurgle, 
influenza,  lava,  macaroni,  manifesto,  miniature,  opera,  pianoforte, 


206  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

pilgrim,    semolina,   soda,   solo,   soprano,   stanza,  umbrella,  velvet, 
volcano. 

A  large  number  of  military  terms,  likewise  terms  used  in  the 
arts  and  in  cookery,  came  from  Italian  through  the  French  into 
English. 

From  Spanish 

Alligator,  ambuscade,  armada,  capsize,  cask,  cork,  desperado, 
dispatch,  don,  firm  (a  partnership),  lasso,  matador,  merino,  mos- 
quito, negro,  renegade,  salver,  sherry,  stevedore,  tornado,  vanilla. 

Some  words  came  from  Spanish  through  French. 

From  Portuguese 

Auto-da-fe,  ayah,  binnacle,  caste,  lingo,  Madeira,  molasses,  tank. 

2.  The  Influence  of  the  non-Romance  Languages 

The  chief  non-Romance  languages  that  have  influenced  English 
are  Dutch  and  German,  but  even  in  their  case  a  certain  proportion 
of  the  words  came  originally  from  Latin  or  Greek.  Thus  : 

1.  Dutch  from  Latin  :  anker,  cruise,  easel,  taffrail. 
Dutch  from  Latin  from  Greek :  bush,  mangle. 
Dutch  from  Italian  from  Latin  from  Greek :  sketch. 

2.  German  from  Latin  :  drilling. 

German  from  Hungarian  from  Servian  from  Late  Greek  from 
Latin :  hussar. 

Pure  Dutch 

Aloof,  avast,  bluff,  boom,  brandy,  burgher,  delf,  freebooter,  frolic, 
gas,  golf,  groove,  hull,  jerkin,  knapsack,  knickerbockers,  landscape, 
litmus,  mob,  mutchkin,  plug,  reef,  rover,  skipper,  sledge,  smack, 
stoker,  yacht,  deck,  tub,  trigger,  hoist. 

[Notice  the  number  of  sea  terms,  and  that  landscape  is  a  Hybrid.] 


INFLUENCE  OF  VARIOUS  MODERN  LANGUAGES     207 

Pure  German 

Bantling,  bismuth,  cobalt,  Dutch,  fuchsia,  hock,  landau,  meer- 
schaum, plunder,  poodle,  quartz,  shale,  swindler,  waltz,  zinc. 

The  number  of  words  taken  directly  from  German  is  small,  but 
several  additional  words,  chiefly  dealing  with  the  chemical  industry, 
have  been  introduced  recently. 

3.  The  Influence  of  Other  Languages 

Nearly  all  languages,  whether  those  of  civilised  nationalities  or 
of  savage  tribes,  have  contributed  something  to  the  stock  of  English 
words.  The  voyages  of  discovery,  the  journeys  of  explorers,  the 
travels  of  merchants  and  tourists,  the  struggles  on  the  battlefield, 
the  rivalries  in  the  peaceful  arts,  and  the  general  intercourse  with 
the  various  nations,  have  enriched  the  vocabulary  of  English,  and 
tended  to  make  it  a  language  almost  international  in  character. 

Other  European  Languages  (Russian,  Polish,  Bohemian,  Servian, 
Turkish,  Hungarian) 

Drosky,  ukase,  steppe,  polka,  vampire,  horde,  ottoman,  turquoise, 
dolman,  coach,  shako. 

Asiatic  Languages  (Persian,  Sanskrit,  Hebrew,  Arabic,  etc.) 

Bazaar,  carboy,  dervish,  divan,  Lascar,  mogul,  pasha,  sepoy, 
sirdar,  pyjamas,  jujube,  brahmin,  rajah,  ginger,  candy,  rupee,  banyan, 
cherub,  Jehovah,  Satan,  jockey,  mammon,  emir,  harem,  sherbet, 
simoon,  sofa,  syrup,  tariff,  admiral,  assassin,  sultan,  shampoo,  polo, 
bamboo,  coolie,  gutta-percha,  sago,  camphor,  tea,  japan,  kangaroo. 

African  Languages  (Egyptian,  West  African) 

Ammonia,  oasis,  gypsy,  morocco,  canary,  guinea,  zebra,  gorilla, 
lion. 

American  Languages  (Indian,  Mexican,  Peruvian) 

Hickory,  moccasin,  opossum,  skunk,  squaw,  tomahawk,  wigwam, 
jalap,  mahogany,  potato,  tobacco,  canoe,  caoutchouc,  guano,  quinine, 
tapioca. 


208 


A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 


4.  The  Time  of  Introduction  and  Ancestry  of  some  of  those  Words 
The  times  at  which  these  words  came  into  English  vary  very 
much.  Some  words  came  in  very  early,  and  generally  indirectly. 
Some  are  quite  recent.  Interesting  new  words  are :  hangar,  shed 
for  aeroplanes ;  aviator,  an  airman ;  sabotage,  acts  of  violence  by 
persons  on  strike. 

In  the  case  of  words  which  have  come  through  other  languages 
before  reaching  English,  many  forms  from  the  same  root  exist. 
Such  words,  therefore,  have  an  international  character,  and  it  is 
very  interesting  to  trace  their  ancestry.  For  example,  the  Sanskrit 
word  congavera  filtered  through  many  languages  before  it  appeared 
in  English  as  ginger. 


Eng. 
I.  G-inger 

Mid.  E. 
gingenere 

OldFr. 
gengibre 

Late  Lett. 

gingiber 

Latin. 
zingiber 

Greek.           Sanskrit. 
zingiberis    congavera 

Eng. 
2.  Syrup 

Mid.  E. 
sirup 

OldFr. 
syrop 

Spanish. 
xarope 

Arabic. 
sharab 

Eng. 

3.  Hussar 

Old.Fr. 
Husar 

German. 
Husar 

Hungarian. 
Huszar 

Servian. 
Xusar 

Late  Gk.    Late  Lat.       Latin. 
kour-        cour-      cursus, 
sarios       sarius     a  course 

Eng. 

4.  Tulip 

Mid.  Fr. 
tulippe 

Early  Fr. 
tulipan 

Italian. 
tulipa 

Turkish. 
tulbend, 
a  turban 

Persian, 

dulband, 
turban 

At 

ulip  was  so  ca 

led  owing  to  i 

ts  likeness  to 

a  turban. 

Eng. 
5.  Turban 

Old  farms. 
turbant 
turband 

Mid.  Fr. 

turbant 

Italian. 
turbante 

Turkish. 
tulbend 

Persian. 
dulband 

Eng. 
6.  Medal 

French. 
medaille 

Italian. 
medaglia 

Late  Lat. 
medalla 

Latin. 

metallum 

Greek. 
metallon 

Eng. 
7  .  Marmalade 

French. 
marmelade 

Portuguese. 

marmelada 
\  marmelo 

Latin. 
melimelum 

Greek. 
melimelon 

Eng. 
8.  Candy 

French. 
candi 

Italian. 
candi 

Arabic. 
qand 

Sanskrit. 
khanda 

a  broken  piece 

Eng. 
9.  Crimson 

French. 
cramoisin 

Low  Lai. 
cramesinus 

Arabic. 
qirmizi 

Sanskrit. 
krmis 

a  worm 

Note. — The  cochineal  was  used  in  dyeing. 

Other  examples  may  be  found  in  a  good  dictionary. 


XL 
THE  DESTRUCTION  OF  SENNACHERIB 

THE  Assyiian  came  down  like  a  wolf  on  the  fold, 
And  his  cohorts  were  gleaming  in  purple  and  gold; 
And  the  sheen  of  their  spears  was  like  stars  on  the  sea, 
When  the  blue  wave  rolls  nightly  on  deep  Galilee. 

Like  the  leaves  of  the  forest  when  Summer  is  green, 

/  ft* 

That  host  with  their  banners  at  sunset  were  seen ; 
Like  the  leaves  of  the  forest  when  Autumn  hath  blown, 
That  host  on  the  morrow  lay  wither'd  and  strewn. 

For  the  Angel  of  Death  spread  his  wings  on  the  blast, 
And  breathed  in  the  face  of  the  foe  as  he  passed : 
And  the  eyes  of  the  sleepers  wax'd  deadly  and  chill, 
And  their  hearts  but  once  heaved,  and  for  ever  grew  still ! 

And  there  lay  the  steed  with  his  nostril  all  wide, 
But  through  it  there  rolled  not  the  breath  of  his  pride  : 
And  the  foam  of  his  gasping  lay  white  on  the  turf, 
And  cold  as  the  spray  of  the  rock-beating  surf. 

And  there  lay  the  rider  distorted  and  pale, 

With  the  dew  on  his  brow  and  the  rust  on  his  mail ; 

And  the  tents  were  all  silent,  the  banners  alone, 

The  lances  unlifted,  the  trumpet  unblown. 

o  *°* 


210  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

And  the  widows  of  Ashur  are  loud  in  their  wail, 
And  the  idols  are  broke  in  the  temple  of  Baal ; 
And  the  might  of  the  Gentile,  unsmote  by  the  sword, 
Hath  melted  like  snow  in  the  glance  of  the  Lord ! 

LORD  BYRON  (1788-1824). 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

Who  was  Sennacherib  ?  Against  whom  did  he  lead  his  army  ? 
What  is  the  subject-matter  of  the  poem?  What  is  the 
general  emotional  effect?  On  whose  side  does  the  poet 
wish  your  sympathy  ?  How  and  where  does  he  show  this  ? 
In  the  poem  does  "narration"  outweigh  "description,"  or 
vice  versa.  Which  description — that  of  the  dead  steed  or 
that  of  the  dead  rider — do  you  prefer?  Why?  Which 
stanzas  compose  the  Introduction  to  the  narrative?  Which 
tell  of  the  visit  of  Death?  Which  lines  form  the  Con- 
clusion? Which  words  or  phrases  convey  the  idea  of 
"  Death "  ?  Which  words  or  phrases  convey  the  idea  of 
"  suddenness  of  Death  "  ?  Why  was  the  rider's  mail  rusted  ? 
Give  examples  of  terseness  from  the  fifth  stanza.  Expand 
this  stanza  into  as  many  simple  sentences  as  you  can. 
Gather  together  all  the  phrases  beginning  with  "like." 
Find  the  phrase  beginning  with  "as"  for  which  "like"  may 
be  substituted. 

In  the  fourth  stanza  select  any  words  which  you  think  are 
particularly  well  chosen.  What  words  could  be  substituted 
for  them  ?  Why  do  you  select  these  words  ? 

2.  Composition 

Plain,  direct  words  properly  chosen  and  put  together  result  in 
clearness  and  terseness.  But  many  terms  are  equally  simple.  How, 
then,  must  the  writer  be  guided  in  his  choice  ?  He  should  choose 
his  words  according  to  the  effect  which  he  wishes  to  produce  on  the 
mind  of  the  reader.  As  a  rule  the  special  term  should  be  preferred 
to  the  general,  the  concrete  to  the  abstract.  Thus  "lances," 


THE  DESTRUCTION  OF  SENNACHERIB  211 

"spears,"  being  special  names,  convey  a  more  distinct  mental 
impression  than  the  corresponding  general  name,  "weapons." 
Similarly  "purple,"  "  gold,"  "  blue,"  are  more  distinct  than  the  word 
"colour."  Dryden's  "High  on  an  oak  which  never  leaf  shall  bear" 
is  to  be  preferred  to  "  High  on  a  tree  which  never  shall  bear  foliage." 

The  preference  of  the  particular  to  the  general  is  not  confined  to 
single  words,  but  may  be  seen  likewise  in  a  lengthy  description. 
Instead  of  making  the  general  statement,  "  They  were  all  struck 
dead  in  their  sleep,"  Byron  tells  how  the  Angel  of  Death  passed  over 
the  Assyrian  tents,  and  then,  to  show  the  suddenness  and  complete- 
ness of  the  blow,  he  gives  detailed  descriptions  of  the  steed,  the 
rider,  and  the  lifeless  camp  respectively.  In  this  way  a  striking 
mental  picture  is  produced. 

The  same  effect  may  be  gained  in  another  way.  For  example, 
instead  of  saying  "A  mighty  Assyrian  army  marched  against  the 
defenceless  Jews,"  Byron  compares  the  Assyrian  to  a  wolf  attacking 
the  sheepfold.  The  reader  is  left  to  discover  for  himself  in  wha 
respects  "the  Assyrian  came  down  like  a  wolf."  There  must  be 
some  likeness,  but  it  would  be  mere  stupidity  to  suppose  that  it  is 
external,  that  the  Assyrian  warrior  had  four  legs  and  a  tail.  The 
likeness  is  internal.  The  Assyrian  and  the  wolf  are  different  in  the 
ordinary  sense,  but  there  is  a  similarity  in  their  "  might "  and  "  nature" 
when  one  attacks  a  weaker  nation  and  the  other  a  weaker  animal. 

When  a  comparison  is  made  between  two  things,  generally  differ- 
ing, but  having  a  likeness  in  some  particular  point,  the  comparison 
is  called  a  Simile.  The  following  are  Similes  : — 

The  sheen  of  their  spears  was  like  stars  on  the  sea. 
Like  the  leaves  of  the  forest  when  summer  is  green. 

Her  feet  disperse  the  powdery  snow, 
That  rises  up  like  smoke. 

Similes  are  generally  terse  forms  of  expression.  Thus,  "The 
Assyrian  came  down  like  a  wolf  on  the  fold  "  may  be  expanded 


212  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

into,  "The  Assyrian  came   down  as  a  wolf  comes   down  on  the 
sheep-fold." 

A  Simile  often  takes  the  place  of  a  long  explanation. 

An  even  terser  comparison  than  the  Simile  is  called  a  Metaphor. 
In  a  metaphor  the  comparison  is  implied  but  not  expressed.  Thus, 
when  it  is  said  that  "  Tommy  Atkins  is  a  lion  in  the  fight,"  every- 
one knows  that  he  is  not  an  actual  lion,  but  a  British  soldier  who  is 
like  the  lion  in  courage. 

Similes  become  Metaphors  by  condensation ;  metaphors  become 
similes  by  expansion. 

Examples : 

Simile  into  Metaphor,  "  He  was  like  a  lion  in  the  fight "  becomes 
"  He  was  a  lion  in  the  fight."  "  The  Assyrian  came 
down  like  a  wolf  on  the  fold  "  becomes  "  The  Assyrian 
wolf  came  down  on  the  fold." 

Metaphor  into  Simile,  "  The  Angel  of  Death  spread  his  wings 
on  the  blast "  becomes  "  Death,  like  an  Angel,  spread 
his  wings  on  the  blast." 

In  the  foregoing  examples  the  words  "lion"  and  "wolf"  are 
not  used  in  their  ordinary  sense ;  they  simply  denote  a  particular 
quality  of  the  lion  or  the  wolf— which  quality  may  also  belong  to 
others. 

A  Departure  from  the  ordinary  mode  of  expression  to  secure 
a  special  effect  is  called  a  FIGURE  OF  SPEECH. 

Similes  and  Metaphors  are  Figures  of  Speech. 

EXERCISES  :  Give  the  general  name  corresponding  to  the  following  particular 
names,  e.g.  turf — ground  ;  banners,  dew,  brow,  rust,  mail,  tents, 
trumpet,  cohort,  sunset. 

Write  out  all  similes  in  the  poem  ;  then  (i)  expand  them  to  their  fullest 
extent,  and  (ii)  condense  them  into  Metaphors. 

Make  Similes  from  the  following : — His  words  flowed  from  him  like . 

He  ran  like .     He  swam  like .     He  wriggled   like . 

He  worked  like .     He  died  like . 


THE  DESTRUCTION  OF  SENNACHERIB  213 

3.  Prosody 

Write  down  the  name  of  the  foot  in  which  the  stresses  are  weak,  weak, 
strong.  Are  there  any  dissyllabic  feet  in  the  poem?  If  so,  whether  are  dis- 
syllabic or  trisyllabic  feet  of  the  more  frequent  occurrence  ?  Prove  your  state- 
ment by  giving  the  number  of  each  kind  in  the  first  stanza.  What  is  the  name  of 
the  dissyllabic  foot  ? 

In  which  stanza  is  this  the  order  of  the  feet  ? 

|    X  .£.    |XXjLjXXjL|xXjLi 

i  x  x  x  |XXJL|XXX|XXX| 


|  x  z 

Write  in  the  name  of  every  foot  in  the  above  scheme. 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

ROOTS 


Scinan,  to  shine  :  SHEEN,  shine,  shimmer. 
Meltan,  to  melt  :  MELT,  molten,  mild. 

LATIN  : 
Torquere  (tort),  to  twist  :  DISTORTED,  contort,  distort,  retort,  torch, 

torment,   torsion,  tortoise,  tortuous, 

torture. 

EXERCISES:   How  would  you  describe  the  words  "wax'd"?  as  "poetic," 

or  "obsolete  "? 
Give  instances  of  "  compound  words  "  and  of  "  onomatopoetic  words." 

All  the  prefixes  and  suffixes  occurring  in  the  poem  have  already  been  given 
—  make  out  a  complete  table,  showing  force,  etc.  ,  of  each. 

Pick  out  the  word  with  the  most  syllables.  Do  you  notice  anything 
remarkable  about  the  proportion  of  monosyllabic  words  ?  Give  words 
of  Norman-French  origin. 

Find  percentage  of  ^Englisc  words  in  the  first  hundred  words. 
And  swordlike  was  the  sound  of  the  iron  wind, 
And  as  a  breaking  battle  was  the  sea.  .  .   . 
And  as  a  full  field  charging  was  the  sea, 
And  as  the  cry  of  slain  men  was  the  wind.  .  .  . 
And  all  her  soul  was  as  the  breaking  sea, 
And  all  her  heart  anhungered  as  the  wind.  .  .  . 


2i4  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

And  all  their  past  came  wailing  in  the  wind, 
And  all  their  future  thundered  in  the  sea.  .  .   . 
And  as  men's  anguish  clamouring  cried  the  wind, 
And  as  God's  anger  answering  rang  the  sea.  .  .  . 
And  like  a  world's  cry  shuddering  was  the  wind, 
And  like  a  God's  voice  threatening  was  the  sea.  .  .   . 
And  like  man's  heart  relenting  sighed  the  wind, 
And  as  God's  wrath  subsiding  sank  the  sea. 

SWINBURNE. 

Point  out  the  similes  in  the  above  passage. 

(i)  Expand  these  similes  to  their  fullest  extent,  where  possible, 
(ii)  Condense  them  into  metaphors,  where  it  is  possible  to  do  so 
without  changing  the  language. 


XLI 
TO  A  SKYLARK 

(Poet  T  T  AIL  to  thee,  blithe  Spirit ! 

JL~1      Bird  thou  never  wert, 

skylark)  •  ^iat  ^rora  neaven>  or  near  it 

Pourest  thy  full  heart 
In  profuse  strains  of  unpremeditated  art. 

Higher  still  and  higher 

(Description :  From  the  earth  thou  springest, 

Soaring  and  Like  a  doud  of  fire> 

The  blue  deep  thou  wingest, 
And  singing  still  dost  soar,  and  soaring  ever  singest. 

Times  when  In  the  golden  lightning 

lark  is  heard  Qf  the  sunken  sun, 

and  seen  :  Q,^  whkh  douds  &re  brightening, 

(a)  evening. 

Thou  dost  float  and  run, 

Like  an  unbodied  joy  whose  race  is  just  begun. 

The  pale  purple  even 
Melts  around  thy  flight ; 

Like  a  star  of  heaven 
(6)  broad  In  the  broad  daylight 

daylight,      T  hou  art  unseen,  but  yet  I  hear  thy  shrill  delight : 

Keen  as  are  the  arrows 

Of  that  silver  sphere, 
Whose  intense  lamp  narrows 

In  the  white  dawn  clear 
Until  we  hardly  see,  we  feel  that  it  is  there. 


2i6  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

Lark's  music  All  the  earth  and  air 

heard  With  thy  voice  is  loud, 

As,  when  night  is  bare, 

From  one  lonely  cloud 
The  moon  rains  out  her  beams,  and  heaven  is  overflow'd. 

What  thou  art  we  know  not ; 
What  is  like  What  is  most  like  thee  ? 

the  lark  ?  From  rainbow  clouds  there  flow  not 

Drops  so  bright  to  see 
As  from  thy  presence  showers  a  rain  of  melody ; — 

Comparisons  :         Like  a  poet  hidden 
(«) like  a  In  the  light  of  thought, 

Singing  hymns  unbidden, 

Till  the  world  is  wrought 
To  sympathy  with  hopes  and  fears  it  heeded  not : 

(*)  like  a  Like  a  high-born  maiden 

high-born  jn  a  palace  tower, 

Soothing  her  love-laden 

Soul  in  secret  hour 
With  music  sweet  as  love,  which  overflows  her  bower : 

(c)  like  a  Like  a  glow-worm  golden 
glow-worm.  in  a  dell  of  dew, 

Scattering  unbeholden 

Its  serial  hue 
Among  the  flowers  and  grass,  which  screen  it  from  the  view  : 

(d)  like  a  Like  a  rose  embower'd 
rose-  In  its  own  green  leaves, 

By  warm  winds  deflower'd, 

Till  the  scent  it  gives 
Makes  faint  with  too  much  sweet  these  heavy-wing6d  thieves. 


TO  A  SKYLARK  217 

What  lark's  Sound  of  vernal  showers 

music  sur-  Qn  the  twinkling  grass, 

Rain-awaken'd  flowers, 

All  that  ever  was 
Joyous,  and  clear,  and  fresh,  thy  music  doth  surpass. 

The  same.  Teach  us,  sprite  or  bird, 

What  sweet  thoughts  are  thine  : 
I  have  never  heard 

Praise  of  love  or  wine 
That  panted  forth  a  flood  of  rapture  so  divine. 

The  same.  Chorus  hymeneal 

Or  triumphal  chaunt 
Match'd  with  thine,  would  be  all 

But  an  empty  vaunt — 
A  thing  wherein  we  feel  there  is  some  hidden  want. 

What  causes  What  objects  are  the  fountains 

lark  to  sing  ?  Of  thy  happy  strain  ? 

What  fields,  or  waves,  or  mountains  ? 

What  shapes  of  sky  or  plain  ? 
What  love  of  thine  own  kind  ?  what  ignorance  of  pain  ? 

Lark  knows  With  thy  clear  keen  joyance 

no  sadness.  Languor  cannot  be : 

Shadow  of  annoyance 

Never  came  near  thee : 
Thou  lovest ;  but  ne'er  knew  love's  sad  satiety. 

Lark  under-  Waking  or  asleep 

stands  about  Thou  of  deatn  must  deem 

Things  more  true  and  deep 
Than  we  mortals  dream, 
Or  how  could  thy  notes  flow  in  such  a  crystal  stream  ? 


2i8  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

The  outlook  We  look  before  and  after, 

of  the  mortal.  And  pine  fof  what  jg  not . 

Our  sincerest  laughter 

With  some  pain  is  fraught ; 
Our  sweetest  songs  are  those  that  tell  of  saddest  thought. 

Impossible  to         Yet  if  we  could  scorn 

have  same  joy  HatCj  an(j      ide>  an(j  fear 

as  lark  has.  Tf  ,  .         , 

If  we  were  things  born 

Not  to  shed  a  tear, 
I  know  not  how  thy  joy  we  ever  should  come  near. 

Lark's  skill  Better  than  all  measures 
better  than  Qf  delightful  sound, 

education  to  a  T,   .        .,  „  . 

et  Better  than  all  treasures 

That  in  books  are  found, 
Thy  skill  to  poet  were,  thou  scorner  of  the  ground  ! 

Shelley's  de-          Teach  me  half  the  gladness 
sire  and  what  That  thy  brain  must  knQW) 

Such  harmonious  madness 

From  my  lips  would  flow, 
The  world  should  listen  then,  as  I  am  listening  now  ! 

PERCY  BYSSHE  SHELLEY  (1792-1822). 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

Name  another  poem  addressed  to  a  bird.  Is  the  poem  descrip- 
tive or  reflective?  Mention  any  detailed  descriptions.  In 
which  stanzas  does  the  poet  try  to  describe  the  skylark  and 
its  song?  Mention  the  various  things  which  the  skylark 
resembles.  How  many  fully  stated  comparisons  are  made  ? 
Mention  some.  What  figure  of  speech  is  each  ?  Where  in 
the  poem  is  the  first  mention  of  the  lark's  song  ?  Give  all 
the  names  for  the  lark's  music :  shrill  delight,  melody,  etc. 
Regard  the  punctuation ;  then  write  out  the  longest  passage 


TO  A  SKYLARK  219 

between  two  full  stops ;  select  also  the  second  longest. 
Does  the  longest  passage  form  a  logical  division  or  heading  ? 
Write  out  all  the  questions  occurring  in  the  poem.  Which 
does  the  poet  answer?  Which  really  make  statements? 
Which  is  intended  as  a  reason  ?  Select  the  stanza  composed 
solely  of  questions.  Is  the  poem  difficult  to  understand? 
Are  the  words  of  the  poem  difficult  ?  Write  out  any  words 
of  which  you  do  not  know  the  meaning.  What  is  meant 
by  "  silver  sphere  "  in  Stanza  5  ?  Give  any  reason  why  it  may 
be  the  sun  that  is  meant.  Can  a  skylark  be  hidden  in  a 
light  ?  If  so,  when  ?  "  Like  a  poet  hidden  in  a  light  of 
thought" — does  this  sentence  contain  a  difficult  word? 
What  makes  it  difficult  to  understand  ?  Is  it  possible  for 
anything  to  be  in  such  a  strong  light  that  we  cannot  see  it  ? 
What  does  the  poet  feel  about  the  skylark  ?  Which  stanzas 
sum  up  his  impressions  ?  Read  again  The  Skylark,  by  James 
Hogg,  then  write  down  for  comparison  his  way  and  Shelley's 
way  of  stating  or  describing  the  same  thing,  e.g.  that  the  lark 
is  happy :  its  song,  etc. 

2.  Composition :  Uses  of  Words 

Although  no  two  words  have  exactly  the  same  meaning,  yet 
one  word  may  have  two  or  more  meanings. 

Words  which,  though  spelt  alike,  differ  considerably  in  meaning, 
are  called  Homonyms. 

Thus  Host  =  (i)  one  who  entertains  guests, 
(ii)  an  army, 
(iii)  consecrated  bread. 

And  Cricket  (i)  an  insect,  (ii)  a  game ;  Smack  (i)  a  taste,  (ii)  a 
sounding  blow,  (iii)  a  fishing  boat.  There  are  several  hundred 
Homonyms  in  English ;  nearly  all  are  derived  from  entirely  different 
roots. 

Sometimes  a  word  may  be  used  in  different  senses,  one  meaning 
having  developed  from  another.     The  word  "treasure"  originally 


220  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

meant  "  a  hoard  of  valuables"  (gold,  silver,  etc.).  Yet  Shelley  talks 
of  the  "treasures  that  in  books  are  found,"  meaning  "valuable 
knowledge."  "  Stream "  in  its  simplest  meaning  is  "  a  current  of 
water";  yet  in  the  poem  it  is  used  for  the  "song  of  the  lark" 
Similarly  "arrows"  (projectiles)  used  in  "the  arrows  of  light"; 
"  melts  "  (to  liquefy),  "  the  purple  even  melts  " ;  "  rain  "  (water  from 
clouds),  "  a  rain  of  melody  "  and  "  moon  rains  her  beams  " ;  "  silver  " 
(a  metal),  "the  silver  spheres."  The  first  meaning  is  called  the 
primary ;  the  second  is  the  derived  or  secondary  meaning.  Words 
now  used  with  a  secondary  meaning  were  originally  employed  as 
metaphors,  e.g.  "ardour"  at  first  meant  "heat,"  and  then  by 
metaphor  came  to  mean  "  enthusiasm  "  or  "  zeal."  In  some  cases 
the  metaphor  is  still  clearly  seen. 

"  Shadow  of  annoyance 
Never  came  near  thee." 

Annoyance  is  likened  to  something  which  throws  a  shadow  and 
so  dulls  the  person  who  is  in  the  shadow.  But  the  lark  is  so  far 
from  annoyance  that  even  the  shadow  never  comes  near.  The 
poet's  meaning  is  thus  strongly  and  tersely  expressed. 

When  words  are  not  used  in  their  primary  meaning,  they  are 
often  said  to  be  employed  figuratively  or  metaphorically.  Through- 
out the  poem  Shelley  uses  words,  simple  enough  in  themselves, 
but  difficult  to  understand  because  of  their  secondary  meaning. 

EXERCISES  :  Expand  the  following  Metaphor  into  a  Simile  : — warm  winds — 
heavy- winged  thieves. 

Write  out  a  list  of  the  Similes  :  condense,  where  you  can,  into  Metaphors. 
Is  the  following  a  Simile  ? — What  is  most  like  thee  ? 

Give  the  question  by  means  of  which  the  poet  expresses  the  following  direct 
statement :  Perhaps  the  lark  sings  because  of  its  love  for  its  own  kind. 

Convert  all  the  questions  in  the  same  stanza  into  direct  Statements. 
How  does  Shelley  express  the  following  thoughts  ? 

(a)  The  music  of  the  lark  surpasses  that  composed  by  mortals. 
(6)  The  lark's  skill  is  greater  than  all  the  art  of  the  poet. 
(f)  The  lark  cannot  have  any  sorrow. 
(d)  The  lark  knows  more  about  death  than  mortals  do. 


TO  A  SKYLARK  221 

(  e  )  There  is  always  some  sorrow  in  life. 

(f)  If  I  had  half  the  joy  of  the  lark,  I  would  be  a  great  poet. 
Write  the  following  in  prose  order  :  Stanzas  9,  10,  II,  12. 
What  is  inversion  ?    Give  an  example  from  the  poem. 
Give  illustrations  to  show  that  — 

"  Our  sweetest  songs  are  those  that  tell  of  saddest  thought." 

"Our  sincerest  laughter  with  some  pain  is  fraught." 

"  We  pine  for  what  is  not." 
Study  the  outline-summary  of  the  poem. 

3.  Prosody 

Scan  the  last  line  of  each  stanza.  How  many  stresses  ?  What  is  the  name  of 
the  metre  ?  Give  the  rhyme  arrangement  of  each  stanza.  Select  stanzas  with 
double  rhymes.  Notice  what  lines  have  double  rhymes.  Is  their  recurrence 
regular  or  haphazard  ?  Select  the  stanzas  in  which  all  the  rhymes  are  single. 

The  stanza  has  usually  this  form,  with  single  strong  stress  in  first  foot  — 

|   J.    |XZ  |  XX  |X 
|   J.     |XX|  XX| 
|   J.     |  XX  |  XZ|X 


|xz|  xx|x  xlxxlx  zlxz! 

Point  out  any  stanzas  or  lines  that  are  exceptions. 
4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

EXERCISES  :  Make  out  a  list  of  all  words  having  prefixes  or  suffixes,  and  classify 
the  latter  according  to  whether  (a)  adjectival,  (b]  abstract,  (c)  adverbial, 
or  (d)  verbal. 

Give  the  different  words  having  a  prefix  meaning  "  not." 
Give  the  words  of  English  origin  classified  under  heads  :  emotions,  natural 

phenomena,  common  animals,  etc. 

Derive  following  :   Intense,  presence,  chaunt,  strain,  sound,  plain. 
Doublet  Spirit  —  sprite. 

Hemonyms      Even,  see,  sound,  strain,  tear,  shed,  wind. 

Give  at  least  two  meanings  for  each  of  the  above  words. 
ROOTS— 


Deman,  to  judge  :          DEEM,  doom,  deemster,  doomsday. 
Hebban,  to  raise  :          HEAVEN,  heave,  upheave,  heavy. 


222  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

LATIN  : 

Spirare,  to  breathe :      SPIRIT,  aspire,  conspire,  expire,  inspire,  per- 
spiration, transpire. 

Fundere(fus-), /0/0«>v  PROFUSE,    infuse,    suffuse,    refuse,    confuse, 

fuse,   diffuse,  confound,   confute,  futile, 
refund. 

Art  -em,  skill:  ART,  artifice,  artillery,  artisan,  inert. 

Rapere,  to  seize :  RAPTURE,  rapacious,  rapid,  rapine,  ravage. 

Jacere,  to  throw :         OBJECTS,    abject,    adjacent,    adjective,    con- 
jecture, deject,  ejaculate,   inject,   inter- 
jection, jet,  subject. 
GREEK  : 

Pathos,  suffering:          SYMPATHY,  apathy,  antipathy,  pathos. 


XLII 
ELEGY  WRITTEN  IN  A  COUNTRY  CHURCHYARD 

THE  curfew  tolls  the  knell  of  parting  day, 
The  lowing  herd  winds  slowly  o'er  the  lea, 
The  ploughman  homeward  plods  his  weary  way, 
And  leaves  the  world  to  darkness  and  to  me. 

Now  fades  the  glimmering  landscape  on  the  sight, 
And  all  the  air  a  solemn  stillness  holds, 

Save  where  the  beetle  wheels  his  droning  flight, 
And  drowsy  tinklings  lull  the  distant  folds  : 

Save  that  from  yonder  ivy-mantled  tower 
The  moping  owl  does  to  the  moon  complain 

Of  such  as,  wandering  near  her  secret  bower, 
Molest  her  ancient  solitary  reign. 

Beneath  those  rugged  elms,  that  yew-tree's  shade 
Where  heaves  the  turf  in  many  a  mouldering  heap, 

Each  in  his  narrow  cell  for  ever  laid, 
The  rude  Forefathers  of  the  hamlet  sleep. 

The  breezy  call  of  incense-breathing  morn, 

The  swallow  twittering  from  the  straw-built  shed, 

The  cock's  shrill  clarion,  or  the  echoing  horn, 
No  more  shall  rouse  them  from  their  lowly  bed. 

For  them  no  more  the  blazing  hearth  shall  burn, 
Or  busy  housewife  ply  her  evening  care  ; 

No  children  run  to  lisp  their  sire's  return, 
Or  climb  his  knees  the  envied  kiss  to  share. 


224  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

7  Oft  did  the  harvest  to  their  sickle  yield, 

Their  furrow  oft  the  stubborn  glebe  has  broke ; 
How  jocund  did  they  drive  their  team  afield  ! 
How  bow'd  the  woods  beneath  their  sturdy  stroke  ! 

8  Let  not  Ambition  mock  their  useful  toil, 

Their  homely  joys  and  destiny  obscure; 
Nor  Grandeur  hear,  with  a  disdainful  smile, 
The  short  and  simple  annals  of  the  Poor. 

9  The  boast  of  heraldry,  the  pomp  of  power, 

And  all  that  beauty,  all  that  wealth  e'er  gave, 
Awaits  alike  th'  inevitable  hour : — 
The  paths  of  glory  lead  but  to  the  grave. 

10  Nor  you,  ye  Proud,  impute  to  these  the  fault 

If  Memory  o'er  their  tomb  no  trophies  raise, 

Where  thro'  the  long-drawn  aisle  and  fretted  vault 

The  pealing  anthem  swells  the  note  of  praise. 

1 1  Can  storied  urn  or  animated  bust 

Back  to  its  mansion  call  the  fleeting  breath  ? 
Can  Honour's  voice  provoke  the  silent  dust, 
Or  Flattery  soothe  the  dull  cold  ear  of  Death  ? 

1 2  Perhaps  in  this  neglected  spot  is  laid 

Some  heart  once  pregnant  with  celestial  fire ; 
Hands,  that  the  rod  of  empire  might  have  sway'd, 
Or  waked  to  ecstasy  the  living  lyre : 

1 3  But  Knowledge  to  their  eyes  her  ample  page 

Rich  with  the  spoils  of  time  did  ne'er  unroll ; 
Chill  Penury  repress'd  their  noble  rage, 
And  froze  the  genial  current  of  the  soul. 


ELEGY  WRITTEN  IN  A  COUNTRY  CHURCHYARD     225 

14  Full  many  a  gem  of  purest  ray  serene, 

The  dark  unfathom'd  caves  of  ocean  bear : 
Full  many  a  flower  is  born  to  blush  unseen, 
And  waste  its  sweetness  on  the  desert  air. 

15  Some  village  Hampden,  that  with  dauntless  breast 

The  little  tyrant  of  his  fields  withstood ; 
Some  mute  inglorious  Milton  here  may  rest, 
Some  Cromwell,  guiltless  of  his  country's  blood. 

1 6  Th'  applause  of  listening  senates  to  command, 

The  threats  of  pain  and  ruin  to  despise, 
To  scatter  plenty  o'er  a  smiling  land, 
And  read  their  history  in  a  nation's  eyes, 

17  Their  lot  forbad  :  nor  circumscribed  alone 

Their  growing  virtues,  but  their  crimes  confined ; 
Forbad  to  wade  through  slaughter  to  a  throne, 
And  shut  the  gates  of  mercy  on  mankind ; 

1 8  The  struggling  pangs  of  conscious  truth  to  hide, 

To  quench  the  blushes  of  ingenuous  shame, 
Or  heap  the  shrine  of  Luxury  and  Pride 
With  incense  kindled  at  the  Muse's  flame. 

19  Far  from  the  madding  crowd's  ignoble  strife 

Their  sober  wishes  never  learn'd  to  stray  ; 
Along  the  cool  sequester'd  vale  of  life 

They  kept  the  noiseless  tenour  of  their  way. 

20  Yet  e'en  these  bones  from  insult  to  protect 

Some  frail  memorial  still  erected  nigh, 
With  uncouth  rhymes  and  shapeless  sculpture  deck'd, 
Implores  the  passing  tribute  of  a  sigh. 


226  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

2 1  Their  name,  their  years,  spelt  by  th'  unletter'd  Muse, 

The  place  of  fame  and  elegy  supply  : 

And  many  a  holy  text  around  she  strews 

That  teach  the  rustic  moralist  to  die. 

22  For  who,  to  dumb  forgetfulness  a  prey, 

This  pleasing  anxious  being  e'er  resign'd, 
Left  the  warm  precincts  of  the  cheerful  day, 
Nor  cast  one  longing,  lingering  look  behind  ? 

23  On  some  fond  breast  the  parting  soul  relies, 

Some  pious  drops  the  closing  eye  requires ; 
E'en  from  the  tomb  the  voice  of  Nature  cries, 
E'en  in  our  ashes  live  their  wonted  fires. 

24  For  thee,  who,  mindful  of  th'  unhonour'd  dead, 

Dost  in  these  lines  their  artless  tale  relate ; 
If  chance,  by  lonely  Contemplation  led, 

Some  kindred  spirit  shall  enquire  thy  fate, — 

25  Haply  some  hoary-headed  swain  may  say  : — 

"  Oft  have  we  seen  him  at  the  peep  of  dawn 
Brushing  with  hasty  steps  the  dews  away, 
To  meet  the  sun  upon  the  upland  lawn. 

26  "  There,  at  the  foot  of  yonder  nodding  beech, 

That  wreathes  its  old  fantastic  roots  so  high, 
His  listless  length  at  noon-tide  would  he  stretch, 
And  pore  upon  the  brook  that  babbles  by. 

27  "  Hard  by  yon  wood,  now  smiling  as  in  scorn, 

Muttering  his  wayward  fancies  he  would  rove ; 
Now  drooping,  woeful-wan,  like  one  forlorn, 
Or  crazed  with  care,  or  cross'd  in  hopeless  love. 


ELEGY  WRITTEN  IN  A  COUNTRY  CHURCHYARD     227 

28  "  One  morn  I  miss'd  him  on  the  custom'd  hill, 

Along  the  heath,  and  near  his  favourite  tree ; 
Another  came ;  nor  yet  beside  the  rill, 
Nor  up  the  lawn,  nor  at  the  wood  was  he. 

29  "The  next  with  dirges  due  in  sad  array 

Slow  through  the  churchway  path  we  saw  him  borne. 
Approach  and  read  (for  thou  canst  read)  the  lay 
Graved  on  the  stone  beneath  yon  aged  thorn." 

THE   EPITAPH 

30  Here  rests  his  head  upon  the  lap  of  Earth 

A  youth,  to  Fortune  and  to  Fame  unknown ; 
Fair  Science  frown'd  not  on  his  humble  birth, 
And  Melancholy  mark'd  him  for  her  own. 

31  Large  was  his  bounty,  and  his  soul  sincere; 

Heaven  did  a  recompense  as  largely  send  : 
He  gave  to  Misery  all  he  had,  a  tear : 

He  gain'd  from  Heaven  ('twas  all  he  wish'd)  a  friend. 

32  No  farther  seek  his  merits  to  disclose, 

Or  draw  his  frailties  from  their  dread  abode 
(There  they  alike  in  trembling  hope  repose), 
The  bosom  of  his  Father  and  his  God. 

THOMAS  GRAY  (1716-1771). 

1.  Questions  and  Exercises 

What  is  the  subject  of  this  poem  ?  Consider  the  subject-matter : 
which  kind  of  composition  should  predominate — Narration, 
Description,  Reflection  ?  Select  parts  of  the  poem  which 
illustrate  these  three  kinds  of  composition.  How  many 
stanzas  form  the  Introduction  ?  For  Stanzas  4,  5,  6,  and  7 
give  a  general  heading.  How  many  stanzas  would  you 
select  as  the  next  logical  division  ?  What  does  this  division 


228  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

deal  with  ?  Which  stanzas  form  a  division  of  the  poem  thus 
summarised — What  the  poor  might  have  been;  advantages 
and  disadvantages  of  their  lot  ?  Could  Stanza  20  follow  im- 
mediately after  Stanza  1 1  ?  If  so,  do  the  intervening  stanzas 
form  a  Digression  ?  Is  a  Digression  necessary  here  ?  Why  ? 
Consider  the  division,  Stanzas  20-23,  does  one  require  to  be 
taught  to  die  ?  What  does  the  poet  mean  by  "  teach  the 
rustic  moralist  to  die?"  Stanzas  24-32  form  the  last  logical 
division — show  how  this  falls  into  two  parts.  Whose  Epitaph 
is  it  ?  By  which  of  these  adjectives  would  you  describe  the 
diction  of  the  poem  generally — Terse,  clear,  vague,  simple, 
poetic?  Give  examples  of  Inversion.  Give  examples  of 
Terseness,  and  expand  each — e.g.  storied  urn  =  urn  on 
which  an  inscription  tells  its  story.  Give  examples  of 
Periphrasis  or  Circumlocution,  e.g.  narrow  cell  =  grave. 

Give  two  meanings  for  each  of  the  following ;  say  which 
meaning  you  prefer,  and  why  you  prefer  it : — All  the  air 
a  solemn  stillness  holds ;  lowly  bed ;  And  all  that  beauty, 
all  that  wealth  e'er  gave  awaits  alike  th'  inevitable  hour; 
Far  from  the  madding  crowd's  ignoble  strife,  their  sober 
wishes  never  learn'd  to  stray ;  Some  pious  drops  the  closing 
eye  requires  ;  church-way  path. 

Which  of  the  above  Ambiguities  are  grammatical,  which 
due  to  faulty  arrangement,  which  due  to  poetic  diction  ?  Give 
examples  of  superfluous  words,  e.g.  "  Now  fades  the  glimmer- 
ing landscape  on  the  sight"  Write  out  a  list  of  words  which 
are  not  used  in  their  ordinary  meaning.  Why  does  the  swain 
say  "  For  thou  canst  read  "  ?  Select  phrases  that  have  become 
proverbial,  e.g.  "desert  air,"  or  are  suitable  for  quotation. 
At  what  season  of  the  year  did  the  poet  ruminate  in  the 
churchyard  ?  Give  reasons.  What  trees  does  the  poet 
mention  ?  Do  you  think  he  describes  a  real  churchyard  ? 
Why  ?  It  is  known  that  Gray  took  several  years  to  complete 
this  poem,  that  he  omitted  and  inserted  stanzas  in  different 
editions,  and  that  he  altered  the  ending.  Are  the  stanzas 


ELEGY  WRITTEN  IN  A  COUNTRY  CHURCHYARD     229 

closely  linked?  Which  stanzas  could  be  omitted  without 
the  appearance  of  a  gap?  Where  would  you  insert  the 
following  stanza  cancelled  by  Gray? — 

There  scattered  oft,  the  earliest  of  the  year, 

By  hands  unseen,  are  showers  of  violets  found ; 

The  redbreast  loves  to  build  and  warble  there, 
And  little  footsteps  lightly  print  the  ground. 

Where  could  the  poem  begin  quite  well  ?  Where  end  ? 
Which  do  you  think  the  most  perfect  stanza  ?  Why  ?  What 
would  you  understand  by  "a  vi'ttage-Hampden " :  "some 
mute  inglorious  Milton  "  ?  What  view  did  Gray  evidently 
take  of  the  character  and  political  career  of  Cromwell  ? 

2.  Composition 

EXERCISES:  Summarise,  "celestial  fire";  "Muse's  flame";  The  breezy 
call  of  incense-breathing  morn ;  Where  heaves  the  turf  in  many  a 
mouldering  heap  ;  Stanza  13  ;  Stanza  9  ;  Stanzas  22  and  23. 

Expand,  growing  virtues,  fleeting  breath,  desert  air,  conscious  truth, 
ingenuous  shame,  custom'd  hill,  wonted  fires.  Which  following  line 
gives  explanation  and  expansion  of  "dread  abode"? 

Re-write  in  ordinary  prose  order.  Now  fades  the  glimmering  landscape  on 
the  sight,  and  all  the  air  a  solemn  stillness  holds  ;  Stanza  9  ;  Stanza  14  ; 
Stanzas  16,  17,  18  ;  Stanza  24.  Which  of  these  stanzas  would  you  choose 
as  having  the  most  natural  order  of  words  ? 

Paraphrase.  His  listless  length  at  noon-tide  would  he  stretch  ;  Along  the 
cool  scquester'd  vale  of  life  they  kept  the  noiseless  tenour  of  their  way ;  Some 
pious  drops  the  closing  eye  requires  ;  Fair  science  frown'd  not  on  his  humble 
birth  and  melancholy  mark'd  him  for  her  own;  Stanzas  8,  9;  13;  16,  I7»  18 ; 
22. 

Themes.     I.  "  The  paths  of  glory  lead  but  to  the  grave." 

2.  "  Full  many  a  flower  is  born  to  blush  unseen." 

3.  "Now  fades  the  glimmering  landscape  on  the  sight." 

4.  "  Large  was  his  bounty  and  his  soul  sincere." 

Which  of  these  themes  is  most  easily  illustrated  from  history  ?  Which  from 
daily  life  ?  Which  from  nature  ?  Draw  out  a  plan  for  each  essay.  Select  one 
and  write  out  the  essay  in  final  form. 

General.     Make  a  definition  of  an  Elegy. 


230  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

3.  Prosody 

What  is  meant  by  the  following  terms  :  a  foot,  a  line,  stress,  iambus,  trochee, 
anapaest,  stanza,  couplet,  triplet,  quatrain,  alliteration,  rhyme,  feminine  rhyme, 
middle  rhyme. 

Scan  any  stanza.     Give  a  symbolic  representation  of  it. 

Give  a  description  in  writing  of  the  metrical  and  rhyme  structure  of  the 
stanza. 

The  type  of  Quatrain  employed  in  this  famous  elegy  is  often 
termed  an  Elegiac  Stanza. 

4.  Study  of  Words  and  Expressions 

Give  examples — if  such  occur  in  the  poem — of  compound  words,  poetic 
words,  archaic  words,  obsolete  words. 

What  kind  of  words  are  the  following?  tolls,  lisp,  babbles,  muttering, 
twittering. 

Define  a  Synonym.  Find  synonyms  for  lea,  stillness,  reign,  children,  jocund, 
destiny,  penury,  senates,  memorial,  precincts,  dirges  due,  science,  merits, 
frailties. 

Define  an  Antonym.  Find  antonyms  for  slowly,  solemn,  lull,  sleep,  jocund, 
ambition,  grandeur,  pomp,  death,  knowledge,  virtues,  truth,  pride,  noiseless, 
hopeless,  melancholy. 

Give  a  Doublet  for  each  of  the  following : — bower,  cell,  chance,  fancy, 
history,  morn,  poor. 

What  is  a  Hybrid  ?  Words  ending  in  -less,  -full,  and  -ed  are  often  hybrids — 
illustrate  this  statement  from  the  poem  and  give  the  origin  of  each  word,  where 
you  can. 

What  is  a  Frequentative  ?     Illustrate  from  the  poem. 
Give  from  the  poem  an  example  of  a  Diminutive  ending  in  -let. 
Prefix  circum,  circumscribed,  around.     (Rom.) 

From   the   poem   give   examples   of  ^Englisc   prefixes  and   of 

Romanic  prefixes. 

Suffixes  Give  examples  of  ^Englisc  (adjectival,  abstract,  and  adverbial) 

suffixes ;    of  Romanic   (adjectival,   abstract,   and  adverbial) 
suffixes. 
ROOTS 

LATIN  : 

Ire,  to  go :  AMBITION,    ambient,    arrant,   circuit,   exit, 

initial,   issue,  itinerant,  perish,   sedition, 
transient,  transit. 


ELEGY  WRITTEN  IN  A  COUNTRY  CHURCHYARD     231 

Manere,  to  remain  :  MANSION,  manse,  manor,  menagerie, 

menial,  permanent,  remain,  remanent, 
remnant. 

Currgre  (curs),  to  run  :  CURRENT,  concourse,  concur,  corridor, 

corsair,  courier,  course,  cursory,  dis- 
course, discursive,  excursion,  incur, 
intercourse,  occur,  recur,  succour. 

ScribSre,  to  write  :  CIRCUMSCRIBED,  ascribe,  conscript,  de- 

scribe, inscribe,  postscript  (post  =  after), 
prescribe,  proscribe,  scribble,  scripture, 
subscribe,  superscribe. 


Bitan,  to  bite  : 


BEETLE  (little  biting  one)  bit,  biter,  bitter, 

bait. 

Biddan,  to  pray,  ask:      FORBID,  bid,  bead,  beadle,  beadsman. 
UNCOUTH,  can,  con,  cunning. 
TALE,  tell,  talk,  tally,  toll,  untold. 


Cunnan,  to  know : 
Tellan,  to  count: 


EXERCISES  :  Give  derivation  of  the  following: — graved,  share,  distant,  solitary, 
heaves,  fault,  voice,  conscious,  science,  artless,  spirit. 


XLIII 

THE  INFLUENCE  OF  THE  FRENCH  REVOLUTION: 
THE  ROMANTIC  POETS 

WHEN  the  great  French  Revolution  broke  out  in  1789- many 
Englishmen  sympathised  with  the  efforts  of  the  reformers 
who  were  endeavouring  to  secure  justice  and  equality  in  France. 
The  love  of  freedom  was  a  characteristic  of  the  age  and  was 
everywhere  expressed  in  literature.  In  Britain,  no  less  than  in 
France,  high  hopes  were  entertained  that  the  ideal  of  the  universal 
brotherhood  of  man  might  soon  be  realised. 

"  Europe  at  that  time  was  thrilled  with  joy, 
France  standing  on  the  top  of  golden  hours 
And  human  nature  seeming  born  again." 

But  the  march  of  events  soon  falsified  these  hopes :  and  when, 
in  1790,  the  great  orator  and  statesman,  Edmund  Burke,  who  had 
all  his  life  been  an  advocate  of  liberty,  published  his  Reflections  on 
t/ie  French  Revolution,  many  felt  that  the  principles  of  the  re- 
volutionaries were  wrong  after  all,  and  that  instead  of  being  the 
champions  of  liberty  these  zealots  were  really  its  enemies.  The 
Reign  of  Terror  and  the  other  excesses  of  the  republican  faction 
confirmed  this  view  and  aroused  both  the  Government  and 
people  of  Britain  to  active  antagonism  against  France.  Neverthe- 
less some  few  enthusiasts  still  dared  to  hope  that  their  faith  in 
freedom  and  humanity  would  yet  be  justified  and  that  France 
would  "blast  the  despot's  pride  and  liberate  the  world." 

Amongst  those  whose  hearts  were  inspired  by  the  noble  senti- 
ments of  Liberty,  Equality,  and  Fraternity  were  three  young  poets 
232 


THE  INFLUENCE  OF  THE  FRENCH  REVOLUTION    233 

who  afterwards  became  famous.  William  Wordsworth,  Samuel 
Taylor  Coleridge,  and  Robert  Southey  were  friends  in  youth,  and 
although  in  after  years  each  wrote  poetry  of  a  different  kind,  they 
are,  from  the  fact  that  they  resided  for  a  time  in  the  Lake  district 
of  England,  often  grouped  together  as  "  the  Lake  Poets."  These 
young  writers  upheld  the  revolutionary  doctrines  even  when  their 
own  country  declared  war  against  France,  but  at  last  they  turned 
in  disgust  from  anarchy  and  became  strong  supporters  of  their 
country's  cause.  Freedom  they  found  at  home. 

Wordsworth,  Coleridge,  and  Southey  began  to  promulgate  new 
views  regarding  the  nature  of  poetry.  Their  ideas  are  somewhat 
difficult  to  state :  but,  briefly,  these  poets  may  be  regarded  as  in  revolt 
against  the  conventions  then  established.  Just  as  in  politics  men 
were  found  enthusiastic  for  the  overthrow  of  the  established  order, 
so  in  poetry  these  young  poets  were  found  endeavouring  to  cast 
off  the  shackles  of  the  past.  Wordsworth  led  the  revolt.  A 
custom  of  employing  very  many  poetic  words  had  grown  up  ;  for 
a  grandiose  diction  was  thought  necessary  to  poetry.  In  Gray's 
Elegy  such  phrases  as  "the  Muse's  flame,"  "the  living  lyre,"  "the 
boast  of  heraldry  "  give  evidence  of  this  pompous  style.  Wordsworth, 
in  the  preface  of  his  Lyrical  Ballads,  1798,  boldly  maintained  that 
a  poetic  diction  was  unnecessary,  and  insisted  that  the  simplest 
commonplace  words  should  be  used.  Of  course  this  declaration 
brought  on  him  much  ridicule,  and  in  his  after  life  he  himself 
modified  his  early  views. 

In  endeavouring  to  escape  from  the  conventional  mode  the 
poets  turned  to  nature  for  inspiration.  They  considered  that  the 
contemplation  of  nature  had  an  ennobling  influence  on  man  and 
that  nature  was  actually  able  to  teach  man.  They  always  saw  some- 
thing beyond  the  mere  appearance  of  things,  and  the  lessons  which 
they  read  in  Nature's  infinite  book  of  secrecy  came  as  precious 
revelations  to  them.  The  effort  to  understand  nature  made  these 
writers  highly  imaginative,  so  that  seldom  do  they  describe  scenery 
and  the  objects  of  nature  without  emotion.  And  they  try,  gene- 


*34  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

rally  by  indirect   means,  to   communicate   their   emotions  to  the 
reader. 

Such  poets  are  called  romantic.  This  term  must  not  be  confused 
with  the  word  Romance,  meaning  a  poem  dealing  with  love  and 
adventure.  Thus  Shelley's  To  a  Skylark  and  Coleridge's  Sir  Arthur 
O'Kellyn  are  not  romances,  yet  they  are  poems  of  romanticism. 

In  France  and  in  Germany  the  same  theories  regarding  poetry 
were  adopted,  and  poets  arose  who  expressed  in  different  ways 
their  revolt  against  the  conventional  and  the  commonplace.  The 
whole  of  Western  Europe  came  under  the  new  influence.  Indeed, 
so  widespread  were  the  new  doctrines  and  so  suddenly  did  the 
Romantic  poets  leap  into  notice,  that  some  have  thought  Roman- 
ticism resulted  from  the  French  Revolution.  But  most  scholars 
now  believe  that  the  Romantic  movement  was  of  much  earlier 
date  and  that  the  Revolution,  while  it  may  have  quickened  and 
stimulated,  certainly  did  not  originate  Romanticism. 

The  poets  of  English  Romanticism  can  be  divided  into  two 
groups  :  the  first,  composed  of  Wordsworth,  Coleridge,  Southey,  and 
Scott,  saw  the  actual  commencement  of  the  French  Revolution  and 
were  familiar  with  its  different  phases :  the  second,  comprising 
Byron,  Shelley,  and  Keats,  followed  a  decade  or  two  later,  and  were 
influenced  by  the  revolutionary  doctrines  in  varying  degrees. 

Wordsworth  has  been  called  the  high  priest  of  Nature,  for  with 
him  nature  was  almost  a  religion.  His  longest  poem,  The  Excursion, 
is  highly  reflective  and  philosophic.  In  The  Prelude  he  describes 
the  growth  of  his  own  mind,  and  therefore  it  may  be  regarded  as 
a  kind  of  autobiography.  His  shorter  descriptions  and  ballads 
are  beautifully  yet  simply  written.  They  appeal  to  every  lover  of 
nature. 

Wordsworth's  two  friends,  Coleridge  and  Southey,  present  a 
marked  contrast.  The  former  was  a  dreamy,  romantic-minded  man, 
gifted  with  great  imagination  and  eloquence  but  incapable  of  much 
sustained  work ;  the  latter  was  more  practical  and  industrious,  and 


THE  INFLUENCE  OF  THE  FRENCH  REVOLUTION    235 

although  possessed  of  great  talent  and  literary  ability,  was  some- 
what deficient  in  imagination.  Coleridge's  most  famous  poem  is 
The  Rime  of  the  Ancient  Mariner,  Christabel  and  Kubla  Khan  are 
unfinished.  Southey's  shorter  pieces,  The  Inchcape  Bell,  After 
Blenheim,  etc.,  and  his  prose  Life  of  Nelson  are  better  known  than 
his  longer  poems,  Thalaba  the  Destroyer  and  Roderick,  the  Last  of 
the  Goths. 

Sir  Walter  Scott  remained  really  unaffected  by  the  Re- 
volution. He  found  his  inspiration  chiefly  in  the  romantic  past 
of  his  own  country,  and  he  loved  to  revivify  the  moving  scenes  of 
bye-gone  days  and  to  present  them  clothed  with  the  glamour  of 
romance  to  his  readers.  In  his  stories  in  verse,  Marmion,  The 
Lady  of  the  Lake,  and  The  Lay  of  the  Last  Minstrel,  he  first  showed 
his  mastery  of  narrative  and  description,  a  power  which  he  after- 
wards employed  with  happy  effect  in  the  celebrated  Waverley 
Novels.  In  his  short  poems  especially,  he  displays  true  imaginative 
feeling. 

John  Keats,  like  Scott,  was  a  lover  of  the  past.  Spenser  was 
his  favourite  reading,  and  he  delighted  in  imitating  the  archaic 
phrases  and  turns  of  expression  of  the  older  poets.  Although  the 
groundwork  of  his  longer  poems  Lamia,  Endymion,  and  Hyperion 
was  taken  from  Greek  mythology,  yet  the  treatment  throughout  is 
romantic.  Keats  uses  many  poetic  words  but  in  an  original  manner, 
and  this  freshness  of  diction  surprises  and  delights.  His  descriptions 
of  the  minutiae  of  a  landscape  are  unsurpassed,  the  scenes  being 
reproduced  from  nature  with  absolute  fidelity  and  exquisite  detail. 
Keats  died  of  phthisis  at  the  early  age  of  twenty-five.  Had  he 
lived  longer  he  might  have  ranked  with  Milton.  As  it  is,  the  odes 
On  a  Grecian  Urn  and  To  a  Nightingale  reach  the  highest  level  of  art. 

The  untimely  death  of  Keats  was  mourned  by  his  friend  Shelley 
in  a  fierce  elegy  Adonais,  a  poem  in  which  grief  and  vengeance  are 
blended.  Much  influenced  by  the  revolutionary  doctrines  Shelley 
tried  to  carry  into  practice  the  theories  of  life  which  Wordsworth 
and  Coleridge  had  abandoned  as  impracticable.  In  many  ways  he 


236 


A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 


rebelled  against  the  usages  of  society,  and  latterly  he  left  his  country 
and  went,  a  voluntary  exile,  to  Italy,  where  he  spent  his  later  years 
and  where  he  wrote  his  best  poetry.  Shelley  was  a  daring  speculator, 


THE    ROMANTIC    REVIVAL 


Century 


sreo    177Q    rrao    irao     jaoo    /ato      JSSQ    taao    ta+o     /sso    /aeo 


POETS 


and  his  philosophy  sometimes  took  fantastic  shape,  but  his  ideals 
were  noble  and  his  heart  pure.  He  must  be  regarded  as  one  of  the 
greatest  of  the  romantics.  Shelley  perished  at  the  height  of  his 
powers — even  perhaps  before  his  genius  had  fully  matured.  His 
odes  To  the  West  Wind  and  To  a  Skylark  are  charged  with  personal 
emotion.  In  his  longer  poems  and  dramas,  The  Revolt  of  Islam, 


THE  INFLUENCE  OF  THE  FRENCH  REVOLUTION    237 

Prometheus  Unbound,  and  The  Cenci,  he  states  his  philosophy  of 
life. 

Byron,  a  somewhat  coarser  spirit  than  Shelley,  like  him  defied  the 
conventions  of  society.  A  satirist  and  descriptive  poet,  with  an 
extraordinary  command  of  language,  he  supplanted  Scott  as  the  most 
popular  poet  of  the  day.  A  great  traveller,  the  many  countries  and 
scenes  he  viewed  are  described  in  Childe  Harold's  Pilgrimage,  a 
poem  written  in  the  Spenserian  stanza.  His  tales  of  oriental  crime, 
the  Giaour,  the  Corsair,  and  Lara,  his  drama  Manfred,  and  his 
satiric  epic  Don  Juan  show  the  wide  range  of  his  powers. 

All  these  poets  were  independent,  strong-minded  men,  not  afraid 
to  state  and  defend  their  opinions,  and  as  these  latter  were  often 
new  and  startling  they  did  not  meet  with  general  acceptance. 
Great  controversies  arose,  and  many  famous  men  of  letters  began  to 
contribute  to  journals  specially  intended  to  criticise  the  work  of  con- 
temporary authors.  The  two  earliest  of  these  magazines,  The 
Edinburgh  Review,  founded  in  1802,  and  The  Quarterly,  founded 
in  1808,  numbered  amongst  their  contributors,  Thomas  Campbell, 
the  poet,  Lord  Jeffrey,  a  distinguished  lawyer,  and  Thomas  de 
Quincey,  William  Hazlitt,  and  Charles  Lamb,  essayists  and  critics. 
The  discussions  in  the  reviews  caused  much  acrimony  at  the  time, 
but  they  aroused  a  keener  interest  in  literature  and  a  more  intelligent 
appreciation  of  it. 

EXERCISES  ON  THE  TIME  CHART  : 

Calculate  the  age  of  Rogers,  the  banker-poet.  What  poem  by  him  is 
included  in  this  book  ? 

Name  some  of  Wordsworth's  shorter  poems. 

Name  some  of  the  songs  of  Scott,  of  Byron,  of  Campbell. 

Were  the  poets  of  the  Romantic  Revival  long-lived  ?  What  was  their 
average  age  ?  Which  lived  the  shortest  ? 

Notice  that  Burke  bridges  the  gap  between  the  chart  of  the  eighteenth 
century  and  that  of  the  Romantic  Revival.  Draw  a  chart  showing 
authors  who  flourished  between  1750  and  1830.  V,  also  p.  254. 


XLIV 
DESCRIPTIVE  PASSAGES  FROM  COLERIDGE 

THE    POET'S   COTTAGE    AT   CLEVEDEN,    SOMERSETSHIRE 

LOW  was  our  pretty  cot !  our  tallest  rose 
Peeped  at  the  chamber-window.     We  could  hear 
At  silent  noon,  and  eve,  and  early  morn, 
The  sea's  faint  murmur.     In  the  open  air 
Our  myrtles  blossom'd ;  and  across  the  porch 
Thick  jasmins  twined  :  the  little  landscape  round 
Was  green  and  woody,  and  refreshed  the  eye. 
It  was  a  spot,  which  you  might  aptly  call 
The  Valley  of  Seclusion  ! 

From  A  Quiet  Place. 

THK   SONG   OF   THE   NIGHTINGALES 

'Tis  the  merry  Nightingale 
That  crowds,  and  hurries,  and  precipitates 
With  fast  thick  warble  his  delicious  notes, 
As  he  were  fearful  that  an  April  night 
Would  be  too  short  for  him  to  utter  forth 
His  love-chant,  and  disburthen  his  full  soul 
Of  all  its  music ! 

And  far  and  near, 

In  wood  and  thicket,  over  the  wide  grove, 
They  answer  and  provoke  each  other's  song, 
With  skirmish  and  capricious  passagings, 
And  murmurs  musical  and  swift  jug-jug, 


DESCRIPTIVE  PASSAGES  FROM  COLERIDGE      239 

And  one  low-piping  sound  more  sweet  than  all — 
Stirring  the  air  with  such  a  harmony, 
That  should  you  close  your  eyes,  you  might  almost 
Forget  it  was  not  day  ! 

From  The  Nightingale. 

ANSWER    TO    A   CHILD'S    QUESTION 

Do  you  ask  what  the  birds  say  ?    The  sparrow,  the  dove 

The  linnet  and  thrush  say,  "  I  love  and  I  love  !  " 

In  the  winter  they're  silent — the  wind  is  so  strong ; 

What  it  says,  I  don't  know,  but  it  sings  a  loud  song. 

But  green  leaves,  and  blossoms,  and  sunny  warm  weather, 

And  singing,  and  loving — all  come  back  together. 

But  the  lark  is  so  brimful  of  gladness  and  love, 

The  green  fields  below  him,  the  blue  sky  above, 

That  he  sings,  and  he  sings ;  and  for  ever  sings  he — 

"  I  love  my  Love,  and  my  Love  loves  me ! " 

THE   RISING   OF   THE   MOON 

We  listened  and  looked  sideways  up  ! 

Fear  at  my  heart,  as  at  a  cup, 

My  life-blood  seemed  to  sip ! 

The  stars  were  dim,  and  thick  the  night, 

The  steersman's  face  by  his  lamp  gleamed  white ; 

From  the  sails  the  dew  did  drip — 

Till  clomb  above  the  eastern  bar 

The  horned  Moon,  with  one  bright  star 

Within  the  nether  tip. 

From  The  Rime  of  the  Ancient  Mariner. 


ILL  fares  the  land,  to  hastening  ills  a  prey, 
Where  wealth  accumulates,  and  men  decay : 
Princes  and  lords  may  flourish,  or  may  fade ; 
A  breath  can  make  them,  as  a  breath  has  made ; 
But  a  bold  peasantry,  their  country's  pride, 
When  once  destroy'd,  can  never  be  supplied. 

A  time  there  was,  ere  England's  griefs  began, 
When  every  rood  of  ground  maintained  its  man  ; 
For  him  light  labour  spread  her  wholesome  store, 
Just  gave  what  life  required  but  gave  no  more ; 
His  best  companions,  innocence  and  health, 
And  his  best  riches,  ignorance  of  wealth. 

But  times  are  alter'd ;  trade's  unfeeling  train 
Usurp  the  land,  and  dispossess  the  swain  : 
Along  the  lawn,  where  scatter'd  hamlets  rose, 
Unwieldy  wealth  and  cumbrous  pomp  repose  ; 
And  every  want  to  luxury  allied, 
And  every  pang  that  folly  pays  to  pride. 
Those  gentle  hours  that  plenty  bade  to  bloom, 
Those  calm  desires  that  asked  but  little  room, 
Those  healthful  sports  that  graced  the  peaceful  scene, 
Lived  in  each  look,  and  brighten'd  all  the  green  ; 
These,  far  departing,  seek  a  kinder  shore, 
And  rural  mirth  and  manners  are  no  more. 

OLIVER  GOLDSMITH  (1729-1774). 
240 


XLVI 
HOME  THOUGHTS,  FROM  ABROAD 

OH,  to  be  in  England 
Now  that  April's  there, 
And  whoever  wakes  in  England 
Sees,  some  morning,  unaware, 
That  the  lowest  boughs  and  the  brushwood  sheaf 
Round  the  elm-tree  bole  are  in  tiny  leaf, 
While  the  chaffinch  sings  on  the  orchard  bough 
In  England — now  ! 

And  after  April,  when  May  follows, 

And  the  whitethroat  builds,  and  all  the  swallows  ! 

Hark,  where  my  blossomed  pear-tree  in  the  hedge 

Leans  to  the  field  and  scatters  on  the  clover 

Blossoms  and  dewdrops — at  the  bent  spray's  edge — 

That's  the  wise  thrush ;  he  sings  each  song  twice  over, 

Lest  you  should  think  he  never  could  recapture 

The  first  fine  careless  rapture  ! 

And  though  the  fields  look  rough  with  hoary  dew, 

All  will  be  gay  when  noontide  wakes  anew 

The  buttercups,  the  little  children's  dower 

—Far  brighter  than  this  gaudy  melon-flower  ! 

ROBERT  BROWNING  (1812-1889). 


XLVII 
FROM  THE  FORSAKEN  MERMAN 


HILDREN  dear,  was  it  yesterday 

We  heard  the  sweet  bells  over  the  bay  ? 
In  the  caverns  where  we  lay, 
Through  the  surf  and  through  the  swell, 
The  far-off  sound  of  a  silver  bell  ? 
Sand-strewn  caverns,  cool  and  deep, 
Where  the  winds  are  all  asleep  ; 
Where  the  spent  lights  quiver  and  gleam  ; 
Where  the  salt  weed  sways  in  the  stream  ; 
Where  the  sea-beasts,  ranged  all  round, 
Feed  in  the  ooze  of  their  pasture-ground  ; 
Where  the  sea-snakes  coil  and  twine, 
Dry  their  mail  and  bask  in  the  brine  ; 
Where  great  whales  come  sailing  by, 
Sail  and  sail,  with  unshut  eye, 
Round  the  world  for  ever  and  aye  ? 
When  did  music  come  this  way  ? 
Children  dear,  was  it  yesterday  ? 

MATTHEW  ARNOLD  (1822-1 


942 


XL  VI 1 1 
NATURE  PAINTING 

I  STOOD  tip-toe  upon  a  little  hill, 
The  air  was  cooling,  and  so  very  still, 
That  the  sweet  buds  which  with  a  modest  pride 
Pull  droopingly,  in  the  slanting  curve  aside, 
Their  scantly-leaved,  and  finely-tapering  stems, 
Had  not  yet  lost  those  starry  diadems 
Caught  from  the  early  sobbing  of  the  morn. 
The  clouds  were  pure  and  white  as  flocks  new-shorn, 
And  fresh  from  the  clear  brook ;  sweetly  they  slept 
On  the  blue  fields  of  heaven,  and  then  there  crept 
A  little  noiseless  noise  among  the  leaves, 
Born  of  the  very  sigh  that  silence  heaves  : 
For  not  the  faintest  motion  could  be  seen 
Of  all  the  shades  that  slanted  o'er  the  green. 
There  was  wide  wand'ring  for  the  greediest  eye, 
To  peer  about  upon  variety ; 
Far  round  the  horizon's  crystal  air  to  skim, 
And  trace  the  dwindled  edgings  of  its  brim ; 
To  picture  out  the  quaint,  and  curious  bending 
Of  a  fresh  woodland  alley,  never  ending  ; 
Or  by  the  bowery  clefts,  and  leafy  shelves, 
Guess  where  the  jaunty  streams  refresh  themselves. 

Linger  awhile  upon  some  bending  planks 
That  lean  against  a  streamlet's  rushy  banks, 
And  watch  intently  Nature's  gentle  doings  : 
They  will  be  found  softer  than  ring-dove's  cooings. 

243 


244  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

How  silent  comes  the  water  round  that  bend  ! 

Not  the  minutest  whisper  does  it  send 

To  the  o'erhanging  sallows  ;  blades  of  grass 

Slowly  across  the  chequer'd  shadows  pass. 

Why,  you  might  read  two  sonnets,  ere  they  reach 

To  where  the  hurrying  freshnesses  aye  preach 

A  natural  sermon  o'er  their  pebbly  beds  ; 

Where  swarms  of  minnows  show  their  little  heads, 

Staying  their  wavy  bodies  'gainst  the  streams, 

To  taste  the  luxury  of  sunny  beams 

Temper'd  with  coolness.     How  they  ever  wrestle 

With  their  own  sweet  delight,  and  ever  nestle 

Their  silver  bellies  on  the  pebbly  sand  ! 

If  you  but  scantily  hold  out  the  hand, 

That  very  instant  not  one  will  remain ; 

But  turn  your  eye,  and  they  are  there  again. 

Sometimes  goldfinches  one  by  one  will  drop 
From  low-hung  branches  ;  little  space  they  stop  ; 
But  sip,  and  twitter,  and  their  feathers  sleek ; 
Then  off  at  once,  as  in  a  wanton  freak : 
Or  perhaps,  to  show  their  black,  and  golden  wings, 
Pausing  upon  their  yellow  flutterings. 

JOHN  KEATS  (1795-1821), 
from  /  stood  Tip-toe  upon  a  Little  Hill. 

What  do  you  consider  the  most  remarkable  line  in  this  extract  ? 


XLIX 
THE  SEA-LIMITS 

/CONSIDER  the  sea's  listless  chime  : 
V_y     Time's  self  it  is,  made  audible, — 
The  murmur  of  the  earth's  own  shell. 
Secret  continuance  sublime 
Is  the  sea's  end :  our  sight  may  pass 
No  furlong  further.     Since  time  was, 
This  sound  hath  told  the  lapse  of  time. 

No  quiet,  which  is  death's, — it  hath 
The  mournfulness  of  ancient  life, 
Enduring  always  at  dull  strife. 
As  the  world's  heart  of  rest  and  wrath, 
Its  painful  pulse  is  in  the  sands. 
Last  utterly,  the  whole  sky  stands, 
Grey  and  not  known,  along  its  path. 

Listen  alone  beside  the  sea, 
Listen  alone  among  the  woods ; 
Those  voices  of  twin  solitudes 
Shall  have  one  sound  alike  to  thee : 
Hark  where  the  murmurs  of  thronged  men 
Surge  and  sink  back  and  surge  again, — 
Still  the  one  voice  of  wave  and  tree. 

Gather  a  shell  from  the  strown  beach 
And  listen  at  its  lips  :  they  sigh 

3*5 


246  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

The  same  desire  and  mystery, 
The  echo  of  the  whole  sea's  speech. 
And  all  mankind  is  thus  at  heart 
Not  anything  but  what  thou  art : 
And  Earth,  Sea,  Man,  are  all  in  each. 

DANTE  GABRIEL  ROSSETTI  (1828-1882). 


ON  THE  SEA 

IT  keeps  eternal  whisperings  around 
Desolate  shores,  and  with  its  mighty  swell 

Gluts  twice  ten  thousand  caverns,  till  the  spell 
Of  Hecate  leaves  them  their  old  shadowy  sound. 
Often  'tis  in  such  gentle  temper  found, 

That  scarcely  will  the  very  smallest  shell 

Be  moved  for  days  from  whence  it  sometime  fell, 
When  last  the  winds  of  heaven  were  unbound. 
Oh  ye  !  who  have  your  eye-balls  vex'd  and  tired, 

Feast  them  upon  the  wideness  of  the  sea ; 
Oh  ye !  whose  ears  are  dinn'd  with  uproar  rude, 

Or  fed  too  much  with  cloying  melody, — 
Sit  ye  near  some  old  cavern's  mouth,  and  brood 
Until  ye  start,  as  if  the  sea-nymphs  quir'd  ! 

JOHN  KEATS  (1795-1821). 


LI 

THE  SWIMMER 

AND  toward  the  foam  he  bent  and  forward  smote, 
Laughing,  and  launched  his  body  like  a  boat 
Full  to  the  sea-breach,  and  against  the  tide 
Struck  strongly  forth  with  amorous  arms  made  wide 
To  take  the  bright  breast  of  a  wave  to  his 
And  on  his  lips  the  sharp  sweet  minute's  kiss 
Given  of  the  wave's  lip  for  a  breath's  space  curled 
And  pure  as  at  the  daydawn  of  the  world. 
And  round  him  all  the  bright  rough  shuddering  sea 
Kindled,  as  though  the  world  were  even  as  he, 
Heart-stung  with  exultation  of  desire  : 
And  all  the  life  that  moved  him  seemed  to  aspire, 
As  all  the  sea's  life  toward  the  sun  :  and  still 
Delight  within  him  waxed  with  quickening  will 
More  smooth  and  strong  and  perfect  as  a  flame 
That  springs  and  spreads,  till  each  glad  limb  became 
A  note  of  rapture  in  the  tune  of  life, 
Like  music  mild  and  keen  as  sleep  and  strife : 
Till  the  sweet  change  that  bids  the  sense  grow  sure 
Of  deeper  depth  and  purity  more  pure 
Wrapped  him  and  lapped  him  round  with  clearer  cold, 
And  all  the  rippling  green  grew  royal  gold 
Between  him  and  the  far  sun's  rising  rim. 
And  like  the  sun  his  heart  rejoiced  in  him, 
And  brightened  with  a  broadening  flame  of  mirth  : 
And  hardly  seemed  its  life  a  part  of  earth, 
But  the  life  kindled  of  a  fiery  birth 

•47 


248  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

And  passion  of  a  new-begotten  son 

Between  the  live  sea  and  the  living  sun. 

And  mightier  grew  the  joy  to  meet  full-faced 

Each  wave,  and  mount  with  upward  plunge,  and  taste 

The  rapture  of  its  rolling  strength,  and  cross 

Its  flickering  crown  of  snows  that  flash  and  toss 

Like  plumes  in  battle's  blithest  charge,  and  thence 

To  match  the  next  with  yet  more  strenuous  sense ; 

Till  on  his  eyes  the  light  beat  hard  and  bade 

His  face  turn  west  and  shoreward  through  the  glad 

Swift  revel  of  the  waters  golden-clad, 

And  back  with  light  reluctant  heart  he  bore 

Across  the  broad-backed  rollers  in  to  shore. 

ALGERNON  CHARLES  SWINBURNE  (1837-1909), 
from  Tristram  of  Lyonesse. 

With  this  poem  compare  other  poems  of  description,  The  Ploughman,  The 
Scholar,  Sir  Galahad,  etc.  Notice  the  wealth  of  synonyms,  metaphors,  and 
similes ;  the  use  made  of  adjectives  and  the  simplicity  of  the  individual  words. 
In  regard  to  the  versification,  observe  the  almost  sEnglisc  manner  in  the 
alliterations ;  the  single  rhymes ;  and  the  presence  of  the  triplet.  Finally  note 
the  mental  attitude  of  the  poet  towards  nature,  the  joy  of  the  swimmer  has 
something  holy  in  t. 


LII 
SHAMEFUL  DEATH 

'TpHERE  were  four  of  us  about  that  bed ; 
JL       The  mass-priest  knelt  at  the  side, 
I  and  his  mother  stood  at  the  head, 

Over  his  feet  lay  the  bride ; 
We  were  quite  sure  that  he  was  dead, 

Though  his  eyes  were  open  wide ! 

He  did  not  die  in  the  night, 

He  did  not  die  in  the  day, 
But  in  the  morning  twilight 

His  spirit  pass'd  away, 
When  neither  sun  nor  moon  was  bright, 
And  the  trees  were  merely  grey. 

He  was  not  slain  with  the  sword, 
Knight's  axe,  or  the  knightly  spear, 

Yet  spoke  he  never  a  word 
After  he  came  in  here  ; 

I  cut  away  the  cord 
From  the  neck  of  my  brother  dear. 

He  did  not  strike  one  blow, 
For  the  recreants  came  behind, 

In  a  place  where  the  hornbeams  grow, 
A  path  right  hard  to  find, 

For  the  hornbeam  boughs  swing  so, 
That  the  twilight  makes  it  blind. 


250  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

They  lighted  a  great  torch  then, 

When  his  arms  were  pinion'd  fast, 
Sir  John  the  knight  of  the  Fen, 

Sir  Guy  of  the  Dolorous  Blast, 
With  knights  threescore  and  ten, 

Hung  brave  Lord  Hugh  at  last. 

I  am  threescore  and  ten, 

And  my  hair  is  all  turned  grey, 
But  I  met  Sir  John  of  the  Fen 

Long  ago  on  a  summer  day, 
And  am  glad  to  think  of  the  moment  when 

I  took  his  life  away. 

I  am  threescore  and  ten, 

And  my  strength  is  mostly  pass'd, 
But  long  ago  I  and  my  men, 

When  the  sky  was  overcast, 
And  the  smoke  roll'd  over  the  reeds  of  the  fen, 

Slew  Guy  of  the  Dolorous  Blast. 

And  now,  knights  all  of  you, 

I  pray  you  pray  for  Sir  Hugh, 
A  good  knight  and  a  true, 

And  for  Alice,  his  wife,  pray  too. 

WILLIAM  MORRIS  (1834-1896). 


LIII 

THE  NINETEENTH  CENTURY  AND  THE   SPREAD  OF 
ENGLISH  TO  OTHER  LANDS 

*  I  AHE  poets  of  the  Revolution  had  spoken  courageously  against 
JL  the  wrongs  of  the  world  and  had  endeavoured  to  show  how 
life  might  be  made  nobler  and  happier.  But  they  spoke  at  a  time 
when  the  people  of  Britain,  struggling  to  preserve  their  national  exist- 
ence, were  disinclined  for  immediate  social  change.  Later,  when  the 
echoes  of  the  Napoleonic  wars  had  died  away,  public  opinion  veered 
round  in  favour  of  social  reforms  and  it  was  no  longer  considered 
dangerous  to  advocate  them.  The  old  order  changed  and  gave 
place  to  the  new.  A  broader  humanitarianism  was  everywhere 
shown ;  the  Poor  Laws  were  modified,  prison  administration  made 
less  harsh,  hospitals  and  asylums  improved,  conditions  of  labour 
bettered.  Education  was  made  free  and  universal.  Rapid  advances 
in  science  and  the  arts,  the  creation  of  new  industries  and  a  great 
expansion  of  commerce  following  upon  unprecedented  colonising 
activity,  were  likewise  features  of  the  age. 

The  spirit  of  enquiry  and  the  general  striving  after  betterment 
is  reflected  in  the  writings  of  two  great  poets,  Alfred  Tennyson 
and  Robert  Browning.  Patriotic,  sympathetic,  sensible,  observant, 
keenly  interested  in  social,  political,  and  religious  problems,  they 
communicated  noble  thoughts  in  a  way  that  impressed  the  popular 
mind,  and  thus  their  poetry  exerted  a  great  moral  and  spiritual 
force.  Browning  is  perhaps  the  more  philosophic.  In  his  longer 
poems  he  is  somewhat  obscure  because  his  thought  is  complex,  and 
in  stating  his  argument  he  often  checked  the  flow  of  his  verse.  But 

in  his  shorter  poems,  for  example  in  The  Lost  Leader^  How  they 

251 


2S2  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

Brought  the  Good  News  from  Ghent  to  Aix,  Home  Thoughts  from 
Abroad,  and  The  Pied  Piper  of  Hamelin,  this  defect  does  not 
appear  :  everything  is  plain,  direct,  forcible.  Of  his  great  works, 
The  Ring  and  the  Book,  Paracelsus,  and  Strafford  may  be  cited,  as 
examples.  Tennyson  is  more  easily  understood :  his  thoughts  are 
always  expressed  in  clear  melodious  verse.  The  Lotus  Eaters  and 
The  Lady  of  Shalott,  amongst  his  shorter  poems,  are  especially  re- 
markable for  their  rich  imagery  and  exquisite  music.  His  greatest 
works  are  In  Memoriam,  an  elegy  pervaded  with  a  noble  Christian 
spirit,  and  The  Idylls  of  the  King,  an  epic  dealing  with  the  life  of  the 
Celtic  hero — King  Arthur — and  the  struggles  of  his  knights  against 
sin. 

Contemporary  with  Browning  and  Tennyson  were  many  poets 
of  great  excellence.  Matthew  Arnold,  Dante  Gabriel  Rossetti., 
William  Morris,  and  Algernon  Charles  Swinburne  are  the  chief 
names.  Arnold,  a  noted  scholar  and  critic,  naturally  showed  a 
reserved  emotion  in  his  poetry.  The  Scholar  Gipsy,  Sohrab  and 
Rustum,  and  The  Forsaken  Merman  exemplify  his  polished  style. 
Rossetti,  a  Romantic  poet  of  the  school  of  Coleridge  and  a  painter 
who  worshipped  his  art  almost  as  a  religion,  exerted  a  great  personal 
influence  both  on  the  art  and  the  poetry  of  the  mid-nineteenth 
century.  The  House  of  Life,  The  Blessed  Damozcl,  The  White  Ship, 
and  Sister  Helen  show  his  Romantic  outlook.  Rossetti's  friend, 
William  Morris,  wrote  Jason,  The  Earthly  Paradise,  and  Sigurd  the 
Volsung ;  the  last  an  epic  poem  of  great  power.  Swinburne  lived 
into  the  twentieth  century,  and  is  the  latest  of  the  great  poets.  He 
is  distinguished  for  the  variety  of  his  metres,  for  his  extraordinary 
command  of  language,  and  for  his  remarkable  imaginative  insight. 
Atalanta,  Bothwell,  Erectheus,  and  Tristram  of  Lyonesse  are  the 
best  known  of  his  works. 

The  spread  of  education  in  the  nineteenth  century  had  multi- 
plied enormously  the  number  of  readers  and  caused  a  corresponding 
development  in  the  output  of  literature.  Novelists,  philosophers, 
historians,  essayists,  and  critics  were  enabled  to  bring  their  works 


THE  SPREAD  OF  ENGLISH  TO  OTHER  LANDS     253 

practically  within  the  reach  of  all.  Many  writers  who  thus  gained  a 
temporary  popularity  are  now  no  longer  read ;  but  some  names  will 
endure.  Amongst  the  novelists  of  outstanding  merit  may  be  men- 
tioned, Charles  Dickens,  William  Makepeace  Thackeray,  Jane 
Austen,  George  Eliot,  George  Meredith,  and  Robert  Louis 
Stevenson;  amongst  the  writers  of  philosophy,  Herbert  Spencer, 
John  Ruskin,  Thomas  Carlyle,  and  Thomas  Huxley;  amongst  the 
historians,  Lord  Macaulay,  James  Anthony  Froude,  and  John 
Richard  Green ;  amongst  essayists  and  critics,  Mark  Pattison, 
Walter  Pater,  and  Francis  Palgrave. 

Many  names  of  living  authors  might  be  added  to  this  list,  but  the 
process  of  selection  would  be  a  hard  task.  Moreover,  much  of  the 
enormous  literary  production  of  the  present  day  is  bound  to  be 
ephemeral,  and  therefore  it  is  well  not  to  pass  hasty  judgments. 

The  most  remarkable  feature  of  the  age  is  the  extraordinary 
growth  of  journalism,  both  that  of  the  daily  press  and  that  associated 
with  the  magazine  proper.  And  it  is  pleasant  to  think  that,  with 
the  exception  of  a  pandering  to  sensationalism  on  the  part  of  "  the 
Yellow  Press,"  the  influence  exerted  by  these  periodicals  is  all  for 
good.  The  multiplication  of  libraries  has  brought  the  best  literature 
within  the  reach  of  all.  Libraries  are  now  possessed  by  every  town, 
many  villages,  and  nearly  every  school.  What  a  contrast  to  the 
days  of  the  pious  bishops  of  Northumbria,  and  of  ^Elfred,  the 
scholar-king  and  law-giver. 

Quite  recently  there  has  been  a  revival  of  the  Drama.  The 
stage  has  again,  as  in  the  days  of  Shakespeare,  been  made  to  reflect 
and  to  interpret  the  spirit  of  the  age  and  to  enunciate  the  problems 
of  a  complex  civilisation. 

The  Celtic  peoples  of  Scotland,  Ireland  and  Wales  have  re- 
asserted their  racial  individuality  and  are  encouraging  amongst 
themselves  not  only  the  preservation  of  their  old  folk-lore  and 
songs,  but  also  the  production  of  literature  in  their  native  tongue. 
The  best  of  their  writers,  however,  use  English. 


254  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

WRITERS  OF  THE    NINETEENTH  CENTUTtT 


ir&o    isoo  jajo    itiso   /asp   JSfo   /aso    JSGO    //sro    isao  /soo  1900 


THE  SPREAD  OF  ENGLISH  TO  OTHER  LANDS     255 

During  the  nineteenth  century  countless  thousands  of  emigrants 
left  Britain  for  the  Colonies,  and  thus  carried  the  treasures  of 
English  literature  into  other  lands.  In  course  of  time  original 
literature  began  to  be  produced  in  these  new  countries,  and  although 
most  of  the  writers  have  been  British  born,  yet  their  works  bear  the 
impress  and  colour  of  a  new  environment.  As  yet  relatively  small 
in  population,  the  Colonies  have  not  produced  a  really  great  poet; 
but  in  Canada,  New  Zealand,  Australia,  and  South  Africa,  dis- 
tinct literatures  are  being  built  up  and  great  names  will  yet  arise. 
The  most  famous  writers  of  these  daughter-nations  are  perhaps 
those  that  are  still  living ;  but  of  those  that  are  gone  may  be  men- 
tioned the  Canadian  poet,  George  Frederick  Cameron,  and  the 
Australians,  Adam  Lindsay  Gordon  and  Henry  Clarence  Kendall, 
poets  both,  who  have  sung  of  the  forest  and  the  bush.  Alfred 
Domett,  the  New  Zealand  poet,  has  made  the  Maori  legends  familiar 
to  English  readers. 

The  literature  of  the  United  States  of  America  is  older  than  that 
of  the  British  Colonies.  In  the  eighteenth  century  several  writers 
attained  eminence,  but  the  honour  of  first  giving  to  American 
letters  a  world-wide  fame  belongs  to  Benjamin  Franklin.  A  period 
of  great  excellence  followed  ;  and  in  the  nineteenth  century  every 
branch  of  intellectual  activity  and  every  department  of  literature 
found  distinguished  exponents  in  American  authors.  Washington 
Irving,  Edgar  Allan  Poe,  Oliver  Wendell  Holmes,  Henry  David 
Thoreau,  and  James  Russell  Lowell  are  masters  of  miscellaneous 
prose. 

William  Hickling  Prescott  and  John  Lothrop  Motley  are  pre- 
eminent as  historians,  Nathaniel  Hawthorne  as  a  novelist,  and 
Ralph  Waldo  Emerson  as  a  philosopher.  Amongst  the  poets, 
William  Cullen  Bryant,  John  Greenleaf  Whittier,  Henry  Wads- 
worth  Longfellow,  and  Walter  Whitman  are  the  best  known. 

Longfellow,  like  Tennyson,  wrote  melodious  verse  charged  with 
a  grave  wisdom  ;  but  he  was  not  so  intellectual,  and  his  work  lacks 
the  deepest  significance.  In  Hiawatha,  a  kind  of  epic,  he  weaves 


256  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

the  traditions  of  the  Indians  into  a  beautiful  romance  of  love  and 
adventure.  His  Evangeline,  his  ballads  Sir  Humphrey  Gilbert  and 
The  Wreck  of  the  Hesperus,  and  his  numerous  short  pieces,  entitle 
him  to  an  honoured  place  in  English  literature. 

To-day  the  English  language  is  spoken  or  understood  by  almost 
one-fourth  of  the  total  inhabitants  of  the  world,  and  not  only  in  the 
island  home  from  which  it  has  spread,  but  in  the  British  dominions 
beyond  the  seas  and  in  the  great  American  Republic,  hundreds  of 
able  writers  are  using  it  to  communicate  their  thoughts  to  millions 
of  readers.  In  all  these  countries  the  progress  of  education  has 
caused  a  more  general  appreciation  of  literature,  and  so  high  is  now 
the  ordinary  level  of  craftsmanship  that  it  becomes  increasingly  diffi- 
cult to  say  which  authors  shall  be  entitled  to  a  place  amongst  the 
mighty  minds  of  old. 

It  is  fifteen  hundred  years  since  the  Beowulf  was  composed  by 
some  forgotten  writer ;  but  his  heroic  song  still  exists,  his  tongue 
is  not  yet  silent,  his  words  live  in  English  speech.  That  speech 
has  had  a  continuous  development  through  the  ages.  At  each 
succeeding  period  in  its  history,  certain  writers  gained  distinction 
by  their  use  of  it ;  and  while  it  has  been  possible  to  mention  here 
only  some  of  those  who  attained  the  highest  rank,  yet  there  are 
many  others  whose  works,  tested  by  time,  now  form  part  of  the 
glorious  heritage  of  all  who  speak  the  English  tongue.  Perhaps 
further  developments  may  yet  take  place ;  but  whatever  form  the 
language  may  assume,  whatever  great  names  may  arise  hereafter, 
and  wherever  is  the  scene  of  their  triumphs,  the  glory  will  always 
go  home  to  the  ocean-girt  isle— to  the  land  of  Wordsworth,  Milton, 
and  Shakespeare. 

EXERCISES  ON  THE  CHART,  ETC.  : 

Name  any  living  authors  and  classify  them  under  headings  as  in  the  Chart. 

Whether  is  Britain  more  famous  for  poets  or  prose  writers  ?     Give  your 

reasons. 

Distinguish  between  Edmund  Spenser  and  Herbert  Spencer. 
What  is  your  favourite  newspaper?  your  favourite  magazine  ?     Show  why 

you  like  it. 
Make  a  time  chart  showing  the  authors  of  the  succeeding  poems. 


LIV 
THE  STORM 

RED  fiery  streaks 
Begin  to  flush  around.     The  reeling  clouds 
Stagger  with  dizzy  poise,  as  doubting  yet 
Which  master  to  obey  ;  while  rising  slow, 
Blank,  in  the  leaden-colour'd  east,  the  moon 
Wears  a  wan  circle  round  her  blunted  horns 

The  cormorant  on  high 

Wheels  from  the  deep,  and  screams  along  the  land. 
Loud  shrieks  the  soaring  hern  ;  and  with  wild  wing 
The  circling  sea-fowl  cleave  the  flaky  clouds. 

Meanwhile,  the  mountain  billows,  to  the  clouds 

In  dreadful  tumult  swell'd,  surge  above  surge 

Burst  into  chaos  with  tremendous  roar, 

And  anchored  navies  from  their  station  drive, 

Wild  as  the  winds  across  the  howling  waste 

Of  mighty  waters. 

The  whirling  tempest  raves  along  the  plain ; 

And  on  the  cottage  thatch'd,  or  lordly  roof, 

Keen-fastening,  shakes  them  to  the  solid  base. 

Sleep  frighted  flies ;  and  round  the  rocking  dome, 

For  entrance  eager,  howls  the  savage  blast. 

Then  too,  they  say,  through  all  the  burdened  air, 

Long  groans  are  heard,  shrill  sounds,  and  distant  sighs 

That,  utter'd  by  the  demon  of  the  night, 

Warn  the  devoted  wretch  of  woe  and  death. 

JAMES  THOMSON  (1700-1748), 
from  The  Seasons. 


LV 
FROM  SNOW-BOUND 

SHUT  in  from  all  the  world  without, 
We  sat  the  clean-winged  hearth  about, 
Content  to  let  the  north-wind  roar 
In  baffled  rage  at  pane  and  door, 
While  the  red  logs  before  us  beat 
The  frost-line  back  with  tropic  heat ; 
And  ever,  when  a  louder  blast  • 
Shook  beam  and  rafter  as  it  passed, 
The  merrier  up  its  roaring  draught 
The  great  throat  of  the  chimney  laughed ; 
The  house-dog  on  his  paws  outspread 
Laid  to  the  fire  his  drowsy  head, 
The  cat's  dark  silhouette  on  the  wall 
A  couchant  tiger's  seemed  to  fall ; 
And,  for  the  winter  fireside  meet, 
Between  the  andirons'  straddling  feet, 
The  mug  of  cider  simmered  slow, 
The  apples  sputtered  in  a  row, 
And,  close  at  hand,  the  basket  stood 
With  nuts  from  brown  October's  wood. 
What  matter  how  the  night  behaved  ? 
What  matter  how  the  north-wind  raved  ? 
Blow  high,  blow  low,  not  all  its  snow 
Could  quench  our  hearth-fire's  ruddy  glow. 

JOHN  GREENLEAF  WHITTIER  (1807-1892). 


LVI 
A  HAPPY  LIFE 

OGOD  !  methinks  it  were  a  happy  life, 
To  be  no  better  than  a  homely  swain  ; 
To  sit  upon  a  hill,  as  I  do  now, 
To  carve  out  dials  quaintly,  point  by  point, 
Thereby  to  see  the  minutes  how  they  run, 
How  many  make  the  hour  full  complete ; 
How  many  hours  bring  about  the  day ; 
How  many  days  will  finish  up  the  year ; 
How  many  years  a  mortal  man  may  live. 
When  this  is  known,  then  to  divide  the  times  : 
So  many  hours  must  I  tend  my  flock  ; 
So  many  hours  must  I  take  my  rest ; 
So  many  hours  must  I  contemplate ; 
So  many  hours  must  I  sport  myself; 
So  minutes,  hours,  days,  months,  and  years, 
Pass'd  over  to  the  end  they  were  created, 
Would  bring  white  hairs  unto  a  quiet  grave. 
Ah  !  what  a  life  were  this ;  how  sweet !  how  lovely  ! 
Gives  not  the  hawthorn-bush  a  sweeter  shade 
To  shepherds  looking  on  their  silly  sheep, 
Than  doth  a  rich  embroider'd  canopy 
To  kings  that  fear  their  subjects'  treachery  ? 
O  yes  !  it  doth ;  a  thousand-fold  it  doth. 
And  to  conclude,  the  shepherd's  homely  curds, 
His  cold  thin  drink  out  of  his  leather  bottle, 
His  wonted  sleep  under  a  fresh  tree's  shade, 

259 


260  A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 

All  which  secure  and  sweetly  he  enjoys, 

Is  far  beyond  the  prince's  delicates, 

His  viands  sparkling  in  a  golden  cup, 

His  body  couched  in  a  curious  bed, 

When  care,  mistrust,  and  treason  waits  on  him. 

WILLIAM  SHAKESPEARE  (1564-1616), 
from  Henry  VI. 

EXERCISE  :  With  this  poem  compare  Solitude ,  p.  136. 


LVII 
TIME  AND  LOVE 

WHEN  I  have  seen  by  Time's  fell  hand  defaced 
The  rich-proud  cost  of  outworn  buried  age  ; 
When  sometimes  lofty  towers  I  see  down-razed, 
And  brass  eternal  slave  to  moral  rage ; 

When  I  have  seen  the  hungry  ocean  gain 
Advantage  on  the  kingdom  of  the  shore, 
And  the  firm  soil  win  of  the  watery  main, 
Increasing  store  with  loss,  and  loss  with  store  ; 

When  1  have  seen  such  interchange  of  state, 
Or  state  itself  confounded  to  decay, 
Ruin  hath  taught  me  thus  to  ruminate — 
That  Time  will  come  and  take  my  Love  away  : 

— This  thought  is  as  a  death,  which  cannot  choose 
But  weep  to  have  that  which  it  fears  to  lose. 

WILLIAM  SHAKESPEARE  (1564-1616), 
Sonnet  LXIV. 


LVIII 

NATURE 

O  NATURE !  I  do  not  aspire 
To  be  the  highest  in  thy  quire.— 
To  be  a  meteor  in  the  sky, 
Or  comet  that  may  range  on  high ; 
Only  a  zephyr  that  may  blow 
Among  the  reeds  by  the  river  low ; 
Give  me  thy  most  privy  place 
Where  to  run  my  airy  race. 

In  some  withdrawn,  unpublic  mead 
Let  me  sigh  upon  a  reed, 
Or  in  the  woods,  with  leafy  din, 
Whisper  the  still  evening  in  : 
Some  still  work  give  me  to  do, — 
Only — be  it  near  to  you  ! 

For  I'd  rather  be  thy  child 
And  pupil,  in  the  forest  wild, 
Than  be  the  king  of  men  elsewhere, 
And  most  sovereign  slave  of  care  : 
To  have  one  moment  of  thy  dawn, 
Than  share  the  city's  year  forlorn. 

HENRY  DAVID  THOREAU  (1817-1862). 


LIX 

THE  CHAMBERED  NAUTILUS 

THIS  is  the  ship  of  pearl,  which,  poets  feign, 
Sails  the  unshadowed  main, — 
The  venturous  bark  that  flings 
On  the  sweet  summer  wind  its  purpled  wings 
In  gulfs  enchanted,  where  the  Siren  sings, 

And  coral  reefs  lie  bare, 
Where  the  cold  sea-maids  rise  to  sun  their  streaming  hair. 

Its  webs  of  living  gauze  no  more  unfurl ; 

Wrecked  is  the  ship  of  pearl ! 

And  every  chambered  cell, 
Where  its  dim  dreaming  life  was  wont  to  dwell, 
As  the  frail  tenant  shaped  his  growing  shell, 

Before  thee  lies  revealed, — 
Its  irised  ceiling  rent,  its  sunless  crypt  unsealed  ! 

Year  after  year  beheld  the  silent  toil 

That  spread  his  lustrous  coil ; 

Still,  as  the  spiral  grew, 
He  left  the  past  year's  dwelling  for  the  new, 
Stole  with  soft  step  its  shining  archway  through, 

Built  up  its  idle  door, 

Stretched  in  his  last-found  home,  and  knew  the  old  no  more. 
OLIVER  WENDELL  HOLMES  (1809-1894). 


LIST  OF  AUTHORS 

WITH   DATES   OF   BIRTH   AND   DEATH 

NUMBER 

ARNOLD,  Matthew  (1822-1888). 

From  The  P'orsakan  Merman  .....         xlrii 

BROWNING,  Robert  (1812-1889). 

Home  Thoughts,  from  Abroad          .....          xlri 

BURNS,  Robert  (1759-1796). 

Lament  for  Culloden  ......  ix 

BYRON,  George  Gordon  Noel,  Lord  (1788-1824). 

The  Destruction  of  Sennacherib        .....  xl 

CAMPBELL,  Thomas  (1777-1844). 

Earl  March    ........  iv 

Lord  Ullin's  Daughter  ......          xrii 

CHAUCER,  Geoffrey  (1340-1400). 

Instinct          ........  XT 

How  Theseus  Slew  The  Minotaur    .....          xxxi 

COLERIDGE,  Samuel  Taylor  (1772-1834). 

Sir  Arthur  O'Kellyn  ......         xxiii 

Descriptive  Passages  ......          xlir 

COTTON,  Charles  (1630-1687). 

A  Summer's  Morning  ......  viii 

COWPER,  William  (1731-1800). 

The  Nightingale  and  the  Glow-worm  ....       xxviii 

DRYDEN,  John  (1631-1700). 

The  Swallow  .......      xxxri 

GOLDSMITH,  Oliver  (1729-1774). 

From  The  Deserted  Village  ......          xlv 

GRAY,  Thomas  (1716-1771). 

Elegy  Written  in  a  Country  Churchyard       ....  xlii 


264 


A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 


HOGG,  James  (1770-1835). 
The  Skylark 

HOLMES,  Oliver  Wendell  (1809-1894). 
The  Ploughman 
The  Chambered  Nautilus 

KEATS,  John  (1795-1821). 
Nature  Painting 
On  the  Sea    .... 

LONGFELLOW,  Henry  Wadsworth  (1807-1882). 
The  Norman  Baron   . 

MILTON,  John  (1608-1674). 

The  Debate  of  the  Fallen  Angels      . 

MORRIS,  William  (1834-1896). 
Shameful  Death 

POPE,  Alexander  (1688-1744). 
Solitude 

ROGERS,  Samuel  (1763-1855). 

A  Wish          .... 

ROSSETTI,  Christina  (1830-1894). 
A  Green  Cornfield     . 

ROSSETTI,  Dante  Gabriel  (1828-1882). 
The  Sea-Limits 

SCOTT,  Sir  Walter  (1771-1832). 
Jock  b'  Hazeldean 
The  Pride  of  Youth  . 
The  Quiet  of  Evening 

SHAKESPEARE,  William  (1564-1616). 
Winter  .  .  . 

Passage  from  Henry  VI. 
Time  and  Love 

SHELLEY,  Percy  Bysshe  (1792-1822). 
To  a  Skylark 

SOUTHEY,  Robert  (1774-1843). 
The  Scholar  . 


xix 
lix 


xlviii 

1 


Hi 


xlix 


Xlll 

v 
xxvi 


VII 

Ivi 
Ivii 

xli 


LIST  OF  AUTHORS  265 


SPENSER,  Edmund  (1553-1599). 

Sweet  and  Sour          .......  xiv 

Magic  Music  .......        xxxiv 

SWINBURNE,  Algernon  Charles  (1837-1909). 

The  Swimmer  .  .  .  .  •          .  .  .  li 

TENNYSON,  Alfred  (1809-1892). 

Sir  Galahad  .......          xxii 

THOMSON,  James  (1700-1748). 

The  Storm     ........  Hv 

THOREAU,  Henry  David  (1817-1862). 

Nature  ........          Iviii 

WHITTIER,  John  Greenleaf  (1807-1892). 

Snow-Bound  .......  Iv 

WORDSWORTH,  William  (1770-1850). 

To  the  Cuckoo           .......  x 

A  Spring  Morning     .......  xviii 

Lucy  Gray     ........  xxix 

WOTTON  (or  WOOTTON),  Sir  Henry  (1568-1639). 

The  Character  of  a  Happy  Life         .....  xi 

UNKNOWN. 

Sir  Patrick  Spens      .......         xxxii 


LIST  OF  ROOTS 


THE  NUMBERS  REFER  TO  THE  PAGES  WHERE  THE  DERIVATIVES 

MAY  BE  FOUND 
Latin: 

agere,  to  drive,  do,  48 
arma,  arms,  62 
art,  -em,  art,  222 
audire,  to  hear,  185 
augere,  to  increase,  192 
batere,  to  beat,  115 
cantare,  to  sing,  48 
caput,  the  head,  90 
castra,  camp,  84 
civis,  a  citizen,  48 
cor,  the  heart,  80 
creare,  to  create,  138 
crescere,  to  grow,  115 
crudelis,  cruel,  53 
currere,  to  run,  231 
damnum,  loss,  102 
densus,  thick,  98 
deus,  a  god,  180 
duo,  two,  161 
esse,  to  exist,  161 
failure,  to  deceive,  126 
fari,  to  speak,  90 
fendeie,  to  strike,  161 
ferre,  to  bear,  180 
finis,  an  end,  192 
fundere,  to  pour,  222 
genus,  a  race,  180 
(g)noscere,  to  know,  185 
gratus,  pleasing,  62 
homo,  a  man,  48 
horrere,  to  bristle,  142 
humus,  the  ground,  126 
ire,  to  go,  230 
jacere,  to  throw,  222 
labor,  labour,  98 
liber,  free,  80 
locus,  a  place,  80 
266 


loqui,  to  speak,  142 

manere,  to  remain,  231 

millia,  measurement  of  distance,  84 

mirus,  wonderful,  142 

mittere,  to  send,  126 

mori,  to  die,  126 

nocere,  to  hurt,  138 

nuntius,  a  messenger,  185 

os,  mouth,  142 

pacere,  to  agree,  138 

pater,  father,  138 

pati,  to  suffer,  62 

pendere,  to  weigh,  hang,  142 

petSre,  to  fly,  attack,  80 

placere,  to  please,  53 

planus,  flat,  57 

plaudere,  to  applaud,  185 

pon£re,  to  place,  39 

portare,  to  carry,  1 1 5 

portus,  harbour,  84 

premere,  to  press,  148 

probus,  good,  142 

rapere,  to  seize,  222 

scire,  to  know,  62 

scribere,  to  write,  23 1 

secare,  to  cut,  192 

sentire,  to  feel,  161 

sequi,  to  follow,  192 

servus,  slave,  62 

signum,  a  sign,  169 

solus,  alone,  148 

sonus,  sound,  98 

spargere,  to  scatter,  148 

specere,  to  look,  185 

sper,  hope,  185 

spirare,  to  breathe,  222 

spondere,  to  promise,  180 


LIST  OF  ROOTS 


267 


stare,  to  stand,  62 
stinguere,  to  prick,  192 
strata,  street,  84 
struere,  to  build,  102 
temperare,  to  restrain,  76 
tendere,  to  stretch,  80 
tenere,  to  hold,  138 
torquere,  to  twist,  213 


trahere,  to  draw,  62,  80 
vallum,  a  wall,  84 
varius,  various,  48 
venire,  to  come,  161 
vertere,  to  turn,  36 
vicus,  village,  84 
videre,  to  see,  57 
vox,  voice,  57 


^Bnglisc : 

bana,  a  slayer,  161 
beran,  to  carry,  115 
biddan,  to  pray,  231 
bindan,  to  bind,  148 
bitan,  to  bite,  231 
brecan,  to  break,  98 
byman,  to  burn,  98 
cteofan,  to  split,  98 
cunnan,  to  know,  231 
deman,  to  judge,  221 
deore,  precious,  53 
drawan,  to  draw,  48 
cage,  the  eye,  53 
faran,  to  go,  90 


grafan,  to  dig,  120 
hebban,  to  raise,  221 
laedan,  to  lead,  52 
leosan,  to  lose,  52 
licgan,  to  lie,  52 
meltan,  to  melt,  213 
scinan,  to  shine,  213 
sciran,  to  cut,  98 
si  can,  to  strike,  90 
spinnan,  to  spin,  115 
steoran,  to  steer,  115 
swarian,  to  swear,  180 
tellan,  to  count,  231 
wringan,  to  wring,  53 


LIST  OF  PREFIXES 


a,  corruption  of  ge,  141 
a,  on,  across,  89,  125 
ab,  away,  from,  141 
ad,  ap,  ar,  to,  48,  57,  80, 

141 

be,  intens.  part.,  48,  57 
con,  together,  62 
de,  from,  141 
dis,  apart,  away,  28 
drum,  ridge  of  land,  52 


en,  to  make,  48 

enter,     inter.,     amongst, 

62 

es,  ex,  out  of,  28,  29,  80 
fitz,  son  of,  1 20 
for,  intens.,  28 
in,  to,  not,  57,  80 
inver,  mouth  of,  52 
mac,  son  of,  120 
o',  son  of,  1 20 


ob,  op,  against,  62 

per,  through,  114 

prae,  before,  89 

pre,  before,  62 

pro,  before,  192 

re,    back,   again,   28,  57, 

62,  141 

sub,  under,  141,  192 
un,  not,  24 
with,  with,  back,  48 


LIST  OF  SUFFIXES 


able,  adj.,  192 

er,  comp.,  24 

age,  abs.,  80 

es,  plur.  ,  29 

age,  collect.,  135 

est,  super/.,  52 

ain,  agent,  doer,  89 

et,  diminu.,  114,  135 

al,  adj.,  114,  138 

ful,  full,  48 

an,  adj.,  89 

hood,  abs.  ,  125 

ary,  adj.,  57 

ht,  ads.,  62 

ate,  adj.,  62 

ial,  adj.,  57 

ce,  abs.,  62 

iar,  ar,  adj.  ,  192 

cle,  diminu.,  192 

ible,  adj.,  57 

ed,  adj.,  20,  72 

ic,  adj.,  62,  180 

ed,  fast,  24 

ice,  ads.,  125 

en,  verbal,  48 

ie,  diminu.,  34 

en,  part.,  43 

ile,  adj.  ,  62 

en,  adj.,  24 

ine,  adj.,  180 

en,  plur.,  52 

ing,  part.,  24  ;  son  of,  2IO 

ence,  abs.,  138 

ion,  abs.,  62.  138 

ent,  adj.,  24 

ious,  adj.,  62 

er,  noun  forming  (one 

ite,  ads.,  141 

who),  29 

ius,  adj.,  1  14 

er,freqiien.,  15 

ive,  adj.  ,  138 

\z,frequen.,  114 
less,  adj.,  62 
ling,  diminu.,  57 
ly,  adverb,  34,  43 
ment,  abs.,  125 
most,  super.,  62 
ness,  abs.,  80 
or,  agent,  62 
our,  abs. ,  62 
's,  fosses,  case,  29 
s,  yd  sing,  pres,,  29 
some,  adj.,  89 
son,  son  of,  120 
st,  2nd  per  s.  pres.,  $2 
t,  /.  part,  weak,  43 
th,  $rd sing,  pres.,  43 
th,  abs.,  62,  138 
tude,  abs.,  138 
ty,  abs.,  48 
ward,  adverb,  34 
y,  abs.,  57,  138 


268 


ADDISON,  JOSEPH,  196 

Adonais,  235 

yElfred  the  Great,  106 

/Elfric,  107 

./Englisc,  ic 

After  Blenheim,  235 

A  Happy  Life,  259 

Alliteration,  23,  158 

Ambiguity,  189 

Analysis,  logical,  134 

Anapaest,  119 

Angles,  9 

Antonyms,  76 

Aphseresis,  159 

Apocope,  159 

Arnold,  Matthew,  242, 252 

Atalanta,  252 

Austen,  Jane,  253 

Autobiography,  100 

BACON,  FRANCIS,  174 
Baeda,  106 
Ballad,  71 
Ballad,  Stanza,  72 
Beowulf,  105,  256 
Biography,  100 
Blank  Verse,  184 
Boccaccio,  171 
Bothwell,  252 
Brevity,  189 
Browning,  Robert,  251 
Bryant,  William   Cullen, 

255 

Burke,  Edmund,  197,  232 
Burns,  Robert,  154 
Byron,  Lord,  237 

CAEDMON,  105,  106 
Cameron,   George   Fred- 
erick, 255 
Campbell,  Thomas,  237 


Canterbury  Tales,  151 

Carlyle,  Thomas,  253 

Catalectic,  125 

Caxton,  150 

Celts,  9,  63 

Charlemagne,  128 

Chaucer,  Geoffrey,  82, 150 

Chaucer's  Grammar,  1 60 

Childe  Harold's  Pilgrim- 
age 237 

Christabel,  235 

Christianity,  Introduction 
of,  127 

Circumlocution,  97 

Coleridge,  Samuel  Taylor, 

233 

Comedy,  147 
Composition,  16,  70 
Condensation,  31,  45 
Cotton,  Charles,  175 
Couplet,  48 
Couplet,  Heroic,  97 
Cynewulf,  106 

DANES,  64 

Dante,  171 

Defoe,  Daniel,  196 

De  Quincey,  Thomas,  237 

Derivatives,  20 

,,  Romanic,  131 

Description,  70 

Dialect,  Mercian,  150 
Midland,  150 
Northern,  150,  152 
Northumbrian,  150 
Southern,  150 
West  Saxon,  150 

Dialects,  150 

Dialogue,  32 

Dickens,  Charles,  253 

Diction,  43,  189 


Digression,  191 
Dimeter,  33 
Diminutive,  34 
Dissyllable,  18 
Domett,  Alfred,  255 
Don  Juan,  237 
Doublets,  66,  172 
Douglas,  Gawain,  152, 175 
Drama,  195 
Dramatic,  32,  147 
Dunbar,  152 
Dryden,  John,  196 

ECCLESIASTICAL 

POLICY,  174 
Elegiac  Stanza,  230 
Elegy     in      a      Country 

Churchyard,  196,  223 
Eliot,  George,  253 
Elision,  113 
Emerson,  Ralph  Waldo, 

255 

Endymion,  235 

English  Dictionary,  198 

English,  Origin,  9 

,,         Periods  of,  149 
,,         Spread  of,  251 

Epenthesis,  159 

Epic,  176 

Epkhesis,  159 

Erectheus,  252 

Essay  on  Criticism,  196 

Essay  on  Man,  196 

Essays,  Bacon's,  174 

Evangeline,  256 

Excessive,  28 

Expansion,  31,  47 

Exposition,  79 

FABLE,  140 

Figure  of  Speech,  212 

169 


270 


A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 


Foot,  24 

Form,  45 

Franklin,  Benjamin,  255 

Franks,  127 

French,  Central,  128 
,,  Norman,  128 
,,  Revolution,  232 

Froude,  James  Anthony, 
253 

GIAOUR,  237 

Gordon,  Adam  Lindsay, 

254 

Gower,  150 
Gray,  Thomas,  196 
Green,  John  Richard,  253 
Gulliver's  Travels,  196 

HAWTHORNE,       NATH- 
ANIEL, 255 
Hazlitt,  William,  237 
Henryson,  152 
Hiawatha,  255 
Holmes,  Oliver  Wendell, 

255 
Home      Thoughts     from 

Abroad,  252 
Homonyms,  219 
Hooker,  Richard,  175 
Htw  they  brought  the  Good 

News,  252 

Huxley,  Thomas,  253 
Hybrids,  39,  125,  152 
Hyperitn,  235 

IAMBIC  PENTAMETER^, 

158 

Iambus,  76 
Illustration,  74 
In  Memoriam,  252 
Inversion,  124 
Irony,  32 
Irving,  Washington,  255 

fASON,  252 
Jeffrey,  Lord,  237 
John  Gilpin,  198 
Johnson,  Samuel,  198 
Jonson,  Ben,  174 
Jutes,  9 


KEATS,  JOHN,  235 
Kendall,  Henry  Clarence, 

253 
Kubla  Khan,  235 

LAMB,  CHARLES,  237 

Lamia,  235 

Langland,  William,  150 

Lara,  237 

Latin  Additions,  84,  104, 

129,  170 

Latin  Influence,  127,  170 
Latin  Place  Names,  84 
Lindsay,  152 
Longfellow,  H.  W.,  255 
Lowell,  J.  R.,  255 

MACAULAY,  LORD,  253 

Manfred,  237 

Marlowe,       Christopher, 

175 

Marmton,  235 
Meredith,  George,  253 
Metaphor,  212 
Metathesis,  159 
Metre,  27 
Milton,  John,  176 
Monometer,  33 
Monosyllable,  etc.,  18 
Moral,  140 

More,  Sir  Thomas,  175 
Morris,  Wm.,  252 
Motley,    John    Lothrop, 

255 

NARRATION,  70 
Nature,  261 
Normans,  129 

OBSERVATION,  NEED  OF, 

95 

Ode,  56 

Old   English     Chronicle, 

107 

Oliver  Goldsmith,  196 
On  a  Grecian  Urn,  235 

PALGRAVE,  FRANCIS,  253 
Paracelsus,  252 
Paradise  Lost,  176 


Paradise  Regained,  176 

Paragraphs,  1 6,  17 

Paraphrase,  46 

Particles,  20 

Pater,  Walter,  253 

Patronymics,  120 

Pattison,  Mark,  253 

Pentameter,  75 

Periphrasis,  97 

Petrarch,  171 

Piers  the  Plowman,  151 

Place  Names,  65,  84 

Plan,  General,  Detailed,  88 

Plan  of  Essay,  1 7 

Poe,  Edgar  Allan,  255 

Poems,  descriptive,  22 
,,        narrative,  26 
,,        reflective,  60 
,,        Romantic,  234 

Poems     of    Wyatt     and 
Surrey,  174 

Poetry,  17,  46 

Poets,  romantic,  232 

Pope,  Alexander,  196 

Prefixes,  20 

Prescott,  Wm.  Hickling, 

255 

Prometheus  Unbound,  237 
Prose,  17,  45 
Prosody,  47 
Prosthesis,  159 
Provincialisms,  72 

,,  of  Scandian 

origin,  67 

QUATRAIN,  61 

REFLECTION,  70 
Reflections      on      French 

Revolution,  232 
Refrain,  42 

Revival  of  Learning,  193 
Rhetorical  Questions,  117, 

118 

Rhyme,  19,  28,  89,  158 
Richardson,  Samuel,  198 
Robinson  Crusoe,  196 
Roderick,  the  Last  of  the 

Goths,  235 
Romance  Languages,  128 


GENERAL  INDEX 


271 


Roman   Occupation,    Si, 

127 

Root,  Latin,  Greek,  20,  36 
Rossetti,  D.  G.,  252 
Rousseau,  J.  J.,  199 
Ruskin,  John,  253 

SAXONS,  9 

Scandian  and  /Englisc,  66 

Scandians,  64 

Scansion,  27 

Scott,  Sir  Walter,  235 

Selection,  95 

Sentence,  16 

Shakespeare,       William, 

175 

Shelley,  P.  B.,  234 
Sigurd  the  Volsung,  252 
Simile,  211 
Sir    Humphrey    Gilbert, 

256 

Sister  Helen,  252 
Slurring,  56,  113 
Snow-Bound,  258 
Sohrab  and  Rustum,  252 
Southey,  Robert,  233 
Spenser,  Edmund,  176 
Spencer,  Herbert,  253 
Spenserian  Stanza,  179 
Stanza,  23 

Steele,  Sir  Richard,  196 
Stem,  20,  36 
Stevenson,  R.  L.,  253 
Sir  afford,  252 
Stress,  1 8,  75 
Suffixes,  20 
Summary,  22,  46 
Surrey,  175 
Swift,  Jonathan,  196 
Swinburne,  Algernon,  252 
Syllables,  1 8 
Syncope,  159 
Synonyms,  96 

TENNYSON,  ALFRED,  251 
Tetrameter,  28 
Thackeray,  WilliamMake- 

peace,  253 
Thalaba    the    Destroyer, 

235 


The  Augustan  Age,  197 

The  Battle  of  the  Books, 
196 

The  Blessed  Damozel,  252 

The  Cenci,  237 

The  Chambered  Nautilus, 
262 

The  Cottar's  Saturday 
Night,  198 

7"he  Deserted  Village,  196 

The  Destruction  of  Sen- 
nacherib, 209 

The  Dunciad,  196 

The  Earthly  Paradise, 
?$?. 

The   Edinburgh  Review, 

237 

The  Excursion,  234 
The  Faerie  Queene,  176 
The  Hind  and  Panther, 

196 

The  House  of  'Life,  252 
The  Idylls  of  the  King,  252 
The  Inchcape  Bell,  235 
The  Lady  of  the  Lake,  235 
The  Lady  ofShalolt,  252 
The    Lay     of    the    Last 

Minstrel,  235 
The     Legende     of     Good 

Women,  157 
The  Life  of  Nelson,  235 
The  Lives  of  the  Potts,  198 
The  Lives  of  the  Saints, 

107 
The    Loss    of  the  Royal 

George,  198 
The  Lost  Leader,  251 
The  Lotus  Eaters,  252 
The  Lyrical  Ballads,  233 
The  Norman  Baron,  121 
The  Novel,  198 
The  Pied  Piper  of  Hame- 

Hn,  252 

The  Prelude,  234 
The  Quarterly,  237 
The  Revolt  of  Islam,  236 
The  Ring  and  the  Book, 

252 
The  Rime  of  the  Ancient 

Mariner,  235 


The  Scholar  Gipsy,  252 
The  Solitude  of  Alexander 

Selkirk,  198 

The  Songs  of  Burns,  198 
The  Spectator,  196 
The  Storm,  257 
The  Task,  198 
The  Tatler,  196 
The  Traveller,  196 
The    Vicar  of  Wakefeld, 

196 
The    Waverley     Novels, 

235 

The  White  Ship,  252 
The    Wreck  of  the   Hes- 
perus, 256 

Thomson,  James,  257 
Thoreau,    Henry   David, 

255 

Time  and  Love,  260 
To  a  Nightingale,  235 
To  a  Skylark,  215,  234 
Tragedy,  147,  176 
Translation  of  the  sEneid, 

174 
Translation  of  the  Bible, 

174 
Translation  of  St  John's 

Gospel,  1 06 
Trimeter,  28 
Triplet,  120 
Tristram     of    Lyonesse, 

252 

Trochee,  76 

Troylus  and  Creseide,  151 
Tyndale,  174-5 

UTOPIA,  174 

VERSE,  17 
Vocabulary,  35,  46 

WHITMAN,  WALTER,  255 
Whittier,  John  Greenleaf, 

255 

Words,  1 6 
Words,  Archaic,  42 
Words,  "Church,"  103 
Words,       Common,      of 

Scandian  Origin,  67 


272 


A  PRACTICAL  TRAINING  IN  ENGLISH 


Words,  Compound,  19 
Words,  Figurative  use  of, 

220 
Words,  Foreign,  13,  35, 

38,  "5 

Words,  Latin  :  their  Ex- 
tent and  Nature,  173 


Words,  Native,  13,  35 
Words,  Obsolete,  42 
Words  of    Fourth   Latin 

Period,  172 
Words    of    Third    Latin 

Addition,  131 
Words,  Onomatopoetic,  57 


Words,  Poetic,  19 
Words,  Short-lived,  173 
Wordsworth,       William, 

233 

Wotton,  Sir  Henry,  175 
Wyatt,  174,  175 
Wyclif,  John,  150 


si 


<0 


o 


•S! 


to 

G 
•H 

a 

•H 

d 

fn; 

-p; 

•ai 

O! 

•Hi 
•Pi 
O! 

^  ! 


UNIVERSITY  OF  TORONTO 
LIBRARY 


Acme    Library    Card    Pocket 

Under  Pat.  "  Ref.  Index  File." 
Made  by  LIBEARY  BURE/U